This is a modern-English version of History of Astronomy, originally written by Forbes, George.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

SIR ISAAC
NEWTON
(From the bust by Roubiliac In Trinity College,
Cambridge.)
SIR ISAAC
NEWTON
(From the bust by Roubiliac in Trinity College, Cambridge.)
HISTORY OF ASTRONOMY
BY
GEORGE FORBES,
M.A., F.R.S., M. INST. C. E.,
(FORMERLY PROFESSOR OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, ANDERSON’S COLLEGE, GLASGOW)
(FORMERLY PROFESSOR OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, ANDERSON’S COLLEGE, GLASGOW)
AUTHOR OF “THE TRANSIT OF VENUS,” RENDU’S “THEORY OF THE GLACIERS OF SAVOY,” ETC., ETC.
AUTHOR OF “THE TRANSIT OF VENUS,” RENDU’S “THEORY OF THE GLACIERS OF SAVOY,” ETC., ETC.
CONTENTS
PREFACE
An attempt has been made in these pages to trace the evolution of intellectual thought in the progress of astronomical discovery, and, by recognising the different points of view of the different ages, to give due credit even to the ancients. No one can expect, in a history of astronomy of limited size, to find a treatise on “practical” or on “theoretical astronomy,” nor a complete “descriptive astronomy,” and still less a book on “speculative astronomy.” Something of each of these is essential, however, for tracing the progress of thought and knowledge which it is the object of this History to describe.
An effort has been made in these pages to outline the growth of intellectual thought alongside the advancement of astronomical discoveries, and by acknowledging the various perspectives of different eras, to give proper credit even to the ancients. No one should expect, in a brief history of astronomy, to find a detailed discussion on “practical” or “theoretical astronomy,” nor a complete guide to “descriptive astronomy,” and even less a book on “speculative astronomy.” However, a bit of each of these is necessary for illustrating the development of thought and knowledge that this History aims to describe.
The progress of human knowledge is measured by the increased habit of looking at facts from new points of view, as much as by the accumulation of facts. The mental capacity of one age does not seem to differ from that of other ages; but it is the imagination of new points of view that gives a wider scope to that capacity. And this is cumulative, and therefore progressive. Aristotle viewed the solar system as a geometrical problem; Kepler and Newton converted the point of view into a dynamical one. Aristotle’s mental capacity to understand the meaning of facts or to criticise a train of reasoning may have been equal to that of Kepler or Newton, but the point of view was different.
The advancement of human knowledge is measured by our growing ability to see facts from different perspectives, just as much as by the increase in facts themselves. The mental capabilities of one era don’t seem to be different from those of any other; however, it's the imagination to consider new perspectives that broadens that capacity. This process builds on itself and leads to progress. Aristotle viewed the solar system as a geometric problem, while Kepler and Newton shifted that perspective to a dynamic one. Aristotle's ability to understand the significance of facts or critique a line of reasoning may have been comparable to that of Kepler or Newton, but the perspective was different.
Then, again, new points of view are provided by the invention of new methods in that system of logic which we call mathematics. All that mathematics can do is to assure us that a statement A is equivalent to statements B, C, D, or is one of the facts expressed by the statements B, C, D; so that we may know, if B, C, and D are true, then A is true. To many people our inability to understand all that is contained in statements B, C, and D, without the cumbrous process of a mathematical demonstration, proves the feebleness of the human mind as a logical machine. For it required the new point of view imagined by Newton’s analysis to enable people to see that, so far as planetary orbits are concerned, Kepler’s three laws (B, C, D) were identical with Newton’s law of gravitation (A). No one recognises more than the mathematical astronomer this feebleness of the human intellect, and no one is more conscious of the limitations of the logical process called mathematics, which even now has not solved directly the problem of only three bodies.
Then again, new perspectives are offered by the creation of new methods in the system of logic we call mathematics. All that mathematics can do is confirm that statement A is equivalent to statements B, C, D, or is one of the facts represented by statements B, C, D; so we can know that if B, C, and D are true, then A is also true. Many people see our inability to fully understand everything contained in statements B, C, and D without the cumbersome process of a mathematical proof as a weakness of the human mind as a logical machine. It took the new perspective imagined by Newton’s analysis for people to realize that, in terms of planetary orbits, Kepler’s three laws (B, C, D) were the same as Newton’s law of gravitation (A). No one recognizes this weakness of the human intellect more than the mathematical astronomer, and no one is more aware of the limitations of the logical process known as mathematics, which still has not directly solved the problem of just three bodies.
These reflections, arising from the writing of this History, go to explain the invariable humility of the great mathematical astronomers. Newton’s comparison of himself to the child on the seashore applies to them all. As each new discovery opens up, it may be, boundless oceans for investigation, for wonder, and for admiration, the great astronomers, refusing to accept mere hypotheses as true, have founded upon these discoveries a science as exact in its observation of facts as in theories. So it is that these men, who have built up the most sure and most solid of all the sciences, refuse to invite others to join them in vain speculation. The writer has, therefore, in this short History, tried to follow that great master, Airy, whose pupil he was, and the key to whose character was exactness and accuracy; and he recognises that Science is impotent except in her own limited sphere.
These reflections, stemming from the writing of this History, explain the consistent humility of the great mathematical astronomers. Newton’s comparison of himself to the child at the beach applies to all of them. As each new discovery opens up, perhaps, endless oceans for exploration, wonder, and admiration, these great astronomers, unwilling to accept mere hypotheses as true, have built upon these discoveries a science that is as precise in its observation of facts as in its theories. Thus, these individuals, who have created the most reliable and solid of all sciences, do not encourage others to engage in pointless speculation. The author has, therefore, in this short History, aimed to follow the great master, Airy, of whom he was a student, and the key to whose character was precision and thoroughness; and he acknowledges that Science is powerless outside her own limited sphere.
It has been necessary to curtail many parts of the History in the attempt—perhaps a hopeless one—to lay before the reader in a limited space enough about each age to illustrate its tone and spirit, the ideals of the workers, the gradual addition of new points of view and of new means of investigation.
It has been necessary to shorten many parts of the History in the attempt—perhaps a futile one—to present to the reader in a limited space enough about each era to capture its tone and spirit, the ideals of the workers, and the gradual introduction of new perspectives and methods of investigation.
It would, indeed, be a pleasure to entertain the hope that these pages might, among new recruits, arouse an interest in the greatest of all the sciences, or that those who have handled the theoretical or practical side might be led by them to read in the original some of the classics of astronomy. Many students have much compassion for the schoolboy of to-day, who is not allowed the luxury of learning the art of reasoning from him who still remains pre-eminently its greatest exponent, Euclid. These students pity also the man of to-morrow, who is not to be allowed to read, in the original Latin of the brilliant Kepler, how he was able—by observations taken from a moving platform, the earth, of the directions of a moving object, Mars—to deduce the exact shape of the path of each of these planets, and their actual positions on these paths at any time. Kepler’s masterpiece is one of the most interesting books that was ever written, combining wit, imagination, ingenuity, and certainty.
It would be a pleasure to hope that these pages might spark interest in the greatest of all sciences among new recruits, or that those who have engaged with its theoretical or practical aspects might be inspired to read some of the classics of astronomy in their original form. Many students feel sorry for today's schoolboy, who doesn't have the chance to learn the art of reasoning from the one who remains its greatest teacher, Euclid. These students also feel for the man of tomorrow, who won't be able to read in the original Latin of the brilliant Kepler, how he was able—by taking observations from a moving platform, the earth, of the directions of a moving object, Mars—to determine the exact shape of each planet's path and their positions on those paths at any given time. Kepler’s masterpiece is one of the most fascinating books ever written, blending wit, imagination, ingenuity, and certainty.
Lastly, it must be noted that, as a History of England cannot deal with the present Parliament, so also the unfinished researches and untested hypotheses of many well-known astronomers of to-day cannot be included among the records of the History of Astronomy. The writer regrets the necessity that thus arises of leaving without mention the names of many who are now making history in astronomical work.
Lastly, it should be noted that just like a History of England can’t cover the current Parliament, the ongoing research and unproven theories of many famous astronomers today can’t be included in the records of the History of Astronomy. The author regrets having to leave out the names of many who are currently making history in astronomical work.
G. F.
G. F.
August 1st, 1909.
August 1, 1909.
1. PRIMITIVE ASTRONOMY AND ASTROLOGY.
The growth of intelligence in the human race has its counterpart in that of the individual, especially in the earliest stages. Intellectual activity and the development of reasoning powers are in both cases based upon the accumulation of experiences, and on the comparison, classification, arrangement, and nomenclature of these experiences. During the infancy of each the succession of events can be watched, but there can be no à priori anticipations. Experience alone, in both cases, leads to the idea of cause and effect as a principle that seems to dominate our present universe, as a rule for predicting the course of events, and as a guide to the choice of a course of action. This idea of cause and effect is the most potent factor in developing the history of the human race, as of the individual.
The growth of intelligence in humanity reflects that of the individual, particularly in the early stages. Intellectual activity and the development of reasoning skills in both are based on accumulating experiences, as well as comparing, classifying, arranging, and naming these experiences. During infancy, you can observe the sequence of events, but there are no à priori anticipations. Experience alone in both cases leads to the concept of cause and effect, which seems to govern our current universe, serving as a guideline for predicting the outcome of events and for making decisions. This idea of cause and effect is the most significant factor in shaping both human history and individual development.
In no realm of nature is the principle of cause and effect more conspicuous than in astronomy; and we fall into the habit of thinking of its laws as not only being unchangeable in our universe, but necessary to the conception of any universe that might have been substituted in its place. The first inhabitants of the world were compelled to accommodate their acts to the daily and annual alternations of light and darkness and of heat and cold, as much as to the irregular changes of weather, attacks of disease, and the fortune of war. They soon came to regard the influence of the sun, in connection with light and heat, as a cause. This led to a search for other signs in the heavens. If the appearance of a comet was sometimes noted simultaneously with the death of a great ruler, or an eclipse with a scourge of plague, these might well be looked upon as causes in the same sense that the veering or backing of the wind is regarded as a cause of fine or foul weather.
In no area of nature is the principle of cause and effect clearer than in astronomy; and we often think of its laws as not only being unchangeable in our universe, but essential to the idea of any universe that could have replaced it. The first people on Earth had to adjust their actions to the daily and yearly cycles of light and darkness and heat and cold, as much as to the unpredictable changes in weather, outbreaks of illness, and the outcomes of battles. They quickly came to see the sun's influence, along with light and heat, as a cause. This sparked their search for other signs in the sky. If the appearance of a comet was sometimes noted at the same time as the death of a powerful leader, or an eclipse coincided with an outbreak of plague, these could easily be viewed as causes in the same way that a change in the wind direction is seen as a reason for good or bad weather.
For these reasons we find that the earnest men of all ages have recorded the occurrence of comets, eclipses, new stars, meteor showers, and remarkable conjunctions of the planets, as well as plagues and famines, floods and droughts, wars and the deaths of great rulers. Sometimes they thought they could trace connections which might lead them to say that a comet presaged famine, or an eclipse war.
For these reasons, we see that serious individuals throughout history have documented the appearances of comets, eclipses, new stars, meteor showers, and significant alignments of planets, alongside plagues and famines, floods and droughts, wars, and the deaths of influential leaders. At times, they believed they could find connections that allowed them to claim a comet predicted famine, or an eclipse foretold war.
Even if these men were sometimes led to evolve laws of cause and effect which now seem to us absurd, let us be tolerant, and gratefully acknowledge that these astrologers, when they suggested such “working hypotheses,” were laying the foundations of observation and deduction.
Even if these men sometimes came up with cause and effect laws that seem ridiculous to us now, let’s be understanding and appreciate that these astrologers, when they proposed such “working hypotheses,” were building the groundwork for observation and deduction.
If the ancient Chaldæans gave to the planetary conjunctions an influence over terrestrial events, let us remember that in our own time people have searched for connection between terrestrial conditions and periods of unusual prevalence of sun spots; while De la Rue, Loewy, and Balfour Stewart[1] thought they found a connection between sun-spot displays and the planetary positions. Thus we find scientific men, even in our own time, responsible for the belief that storms in the Indian Ocean, the fertility of German vines, famines in India, and high or low Nile-floods in Egypt follow the planetary positions.
If the ancient Chaldeans believed that planetary alignments affected events on Earth, it's worth noting that today, people still look for links between earthly conditions and periods of increased sunspot activity. Meanwhile, De la Rue, Loewy, and Balfour Stewart thought they found a connection between sunspot occurrences and the positions of the planets. So, even today, some scientists support the idea that storms in the Indian Ocean, the growth of German grapevines, famines in India, and the levels of the Nile floods in Egypt are influenced by the positions of the planets.
And, again, the desire to foretell the weather is so laudable that we cannot blame the ancient Greeks for announcing the influence of the moon with as much confidence as it is affirmed in Lord Wolseley’s Soldier’s Pocket Book.
And, once again, the desire to predict the weather is so commendable that we can't blame the ancient Greeks for declaring the moon's influence with as much certainty as it’s stated in Lord Wolseley’s Soldier’s Pocket Book.
Even if the scientific spirit of observation and deduction (astronomy) has sometimes led to erroneous systems for predicting terrestrial events (astrology), we owe to the old astronomer and astrologer alike the deepest gratitude for their diligence in recording astronomical events. For, out of the scanty records which have survived the destructive acts of fire and flood, of monarchs and mobs, we have found much that has helped to a fuller knowledge of the heavenly motions than was possible without these records.
Even though the scientific approach of observation and reasoning (astronomy) has occasionally resulted in mistaken methods for predicting earthly events (astrology), we owe a great deal of gratitude to both old astronomers and astrologers for their hard work in documenting astronomical occurrences. From the limited records that have survived through fires, floods, the actions of rulers, and the chaos of crowds, we have discovered a lot that has contributed to a deeper understanding of celestial movements than we could have achieved without these records.
So Hipparchus, about 150 B.C., and Ptolemy a little later, were able to use the observations of Chaldæan astrologers, as well as those of Alexandrian astronomers, and to make some discoveries which have helped the progress of astronomy in all ages. So, also, Mr. Cowell[2] has examined the marks made on the baked bricks used by the Chaldæans for recording the eclipses of 1062 B.C. and 762 B.C.; and has thereby been enabled, in the last few years, to correct the lunar tables of Hansen, and to find a more accurate value for the secular acceleration of the moon’s longitude and the node of her orbit than any that could be obtained from modern observations made with instruments of the highest precision.
So Hipparchus, around 150 B.C., and Ptolemy shortly after him, were able to use the observations of Chaldean astrologers and Alexandrian astronomers to make discoveries that have advanced astronomy throughout the ages. Also, Mr. Cowell[2] has studied the markings on the baked bricks used by the Chaldeans to record the eclipses of 1062 B.C. and 762 B.C.; as a result, in recent years, he has been able to correct Hansen's lunar tables and determine a more accurate value for the secular acceleration of the moon's longitude and the node of her orbit than any obtained from modern observations using the most precise instruments.
So again, Mr. Hind[3] was enabled to trace back the period during which Halley’s comet has been a member of the solar system, and to identify it in the Chinese observations of comets as far back as 12 B.C. Cowell and Cromellin extended the date to 240 B.C. In the same way the comet 1861.i. has been traced back in the Chinese records to 617 A.D.[4]
So once again, Mr. Hind[3] was able to track the time that Halley’s comet has been part of the solar system and spot it in Chinese records of comets dating back to 12 B.C. Cowell and Cromellin pushed the date back to 240 B.C. Similarly, the comet 1861.i. has been traced back in Chinese documents to 617 A.D.[4]
The theoretical views founded on Newton’s great law of universal gravitation led to the conclusion that the inclination of the earth’s equator to the plane of her orbit (the obliquity of the ecliptic) has been diminishing slowly since prehistoric times; and this fact has been confirmed by Egyptian and Chinese observations on the length of the shadow of a vertical pillar, made thousands of years before the Christian era, in summer and winter.
The theoretical ideas based on Newton’s law of universal gravitation led to the conclusion that the tilt of the Earth’s equator relative to the plane of its orbit (the obliquity of the ecliptic) has been gradually decreasing since prehistoric times. This has been supported by Egyptian and Chinese observations of the length of the shadow of a vertical pillar, made thousands of years before the Christian era, during both summer and winter.
There are other reasons why we must be tolerant of the crude notions of the ancients. The historian, wishing to give credit wherever it may be due, is met by two difficulties. Firstly, only a few records of very ancient astronomy are extant, and the authenticity of many of these is open to doubt. Secondly, it is very difficult to divest ourselves of present knowledge, and to appreciate the originality of thought required to make the first beginnings.
There are other reasons why we need to be open-minded about the basic ideas of the ancients. The historian, wanting to give credit where it’s due, faces two challenges. First, only a limited number of records from very ancient astronomy still exist, and the authenticity of many of these is questionable. Second, it's tough to remove our current knowledge bias and recognize the level of original thinking that was needed to make those initial discoveries.
With regard to the first point, we are generally dependent upon histories written long after the events. The astronomy of Egyptians, Babylonians, and Assyrians is known to us mainly through the Greek historians, and for information about the Chinese we rely upon the researches of travellers and missionaries in comparatively recent times. The testimony of the Greek writers has fortunately been confirmed, and we now have in addition a mass of facts translated from the original sculptures, papyri, and inscribed bricks, dating back thousands of years.
With regard to the first point, we mostly rely on histories that were written long after the actual events took place. Our knowledge of the astronomy of Egyptians, Babylonians, and Assyrians primarily comes from Greek historians, and for information about the Chinese, we depend on the studies of travelers and missionaries from more recent times. Fortunately, the accounts from Greek writers have been confirmed, and we now have a lot of facts translated from original sculptures, papyri, and inscribed bricks that date back thousands of years.
In attempting to appraise the efforts of the beginners we must remember that it was natural to look upon the earth (as all the first astronomers did) as a circular plane, surrounded and bounded by the heaven, which was a solid vault, or hemisphere, with its concavity turned downwards. The stars seemed to be fixed on this vault; the moon, and later the planets, were seen to crawl over it. It was a great step to look on the vault as a hollow sphere carrying the sun too. It must have been difficult to believe that at midday the stars are shining as brightly in the blue sky as they do at night. It must have been difficult to explain how the sun, having set in the west, could get back to rise in the east without being seen if it was always the same sun. It was a great step to suppose the earth to be spherical, and to ascribe the diurnal motions to its rotation. Probably the greatest step ever made in astronomical theory was the placing of the sun, moon, and planets at different distances from the earth instead of having them stuck on the vault of heaven. It was a transition from “flatland” to a space of three dimensions.
In trying to evaluate the efforts of early astronomers, we need to remember that it was natural for them to view the earth (like all the first astronomers did) as a flat circle, surrounded and bounded by the sky, which they thought of as a solid dome or hemisphere with its curved side facing down. The stars looked fixed to this dome; the moon and later the planets appeared to move across it. It was a significant advancement to understand the dome as a hollow sphere containing the sun as well. It must have been hard to accept that at noon, the stars are shining just as brightly in the blue sky as they do at night. It must have been tough to explain how the sun, after setting in the west, could reappear to rise in the east without being seen if it were always the same sun. It was a big leap to think of the earth as spherical and to attribute the daily motions to its rotation. Probably the most important step in astronomical theory was realizing that the sun, moon, and planets are at different distances from the earth rather than being fixed on the dome of the sky. It marked a shift from a “flatland” perspective to a three-dimensional understanding of space.
Great progress was made when systematic observations began, such as following the motion of the moon and planets among the stars, and the inferred motion of the sun among the stars, by observing their heliacal risings—i.e., the times of year when a star would first be seen to rise at sunrise, and when it could last be seen to rise at sunset. The grouping of the stars into constellations and recording their places was a useful observation. The theoretical prediction of eclipses of the sun and moon, and of the motions of the planets among the stars, became later the highest goal in astronomy.
Great progress was made when systematic observations began, like tracking the motion of the moon and planets among the stars, and the inferred motion of the sun among the stars, by watching their heliacal risings—that is, the times of year when a star would first be seen rising at sunrise, and when it could last be seen rising at sunset. Grouping the stars into constellations and recording their locations was a valuable observation. The theoretical prediction of eclipses of the sun and moon, as well as the motions of the planets among the stars, later became the ultimate goal in astronomy.
To not one of the above important steps in the progress of astronomy can we assign the author with certainty. Probably many of them were independently taken by Chinese, Indian, Persian, Tartar, Egyptian, Babylonian, Assyrian, Phoenician, and Greek astronomers. And we have not a particle of information about the discoveries, which may have been great, by other peoples—by the Druids, the Mexicans, and the Peruvians, for example.
To none of the important steps in the advancement of astronomy can we definitely assign the authorship. It’s likely that many of these were made independently by astronomers from China, India, Persia, Tartary, Egypt, Babylon, Assyria, Phoenicia, and Greece. Additionally, we don’t have any information about the significant discoveries that might have been made by other cultures—such as the Druids, Mexicans, and Peruvians, for example.
We do know this, that all nations required to have a calendar. The solar year, the lunar month, and the day were the units, and it is owing to their incommensurability that we find so many calendars proposed and in use at different times. The only object to be attained by comparing the chronologies of ancient races is to fix the actual dates of observations recorded, and this is not a part of a history of astronomy.
We know that all nations needed a calendar. The solar year, the lunar month, and the day were the units used, and because they don't match up perfectly, we see many different calendars proposed and used at various times. The only purpose of comparing the chronologies of ancient cultures is to determine the actual dates of recorded observations, and this is not part of the history of astronomy.
In conclusion, let us bear in mind the limited point of view of the ancients when we try to estimate their merit. Let us remember that the first astronomy was of two dimensions; the second astronomy was of three dimensions, but still purely geometrical. Since Kepler’s day we have had a dynamical astronomy.
In conclusion, let’s keep in mind the narrow perspective of the ancients when we assess their value. Remember that the first astronomy was two-dimensional; the second astronomy was three-dimensional, but still purely geometrical. Since Kepler’s time, we’ve had a dynamic astronomy.
FOOTNOTES:
FOOTNOTES:
[1] Trans. R. S. E., xxiii. 1864, p. 499, On Sun Spots, etc., by B. Stewart. Also Trans. R. S. 1860-70. Also Prof. Ernest Brown, in R. A. S. Monthly Notices, 1900.
[1] Trans. R. S. E., xxiii. 1864, p. 499, On Sun Spots, etc., by B. Stewart. Also Trans. R. S. 1860-70. Also Prof. Ernest Brown, in R. A. S. Monthly Notices, 1900.

CHALDÆAN BAKED BRICK
OR TABLET,
Obverse and reverse sides,
Containing record of solar eclipse, 1062 B.C., used lately by Cowell for
rendering the lunar theory more accurate than was possible by finest modern
observations. (British Museum collection, No. 35908.)
CHALDÆAN BAKED BRICK
OR TABLET,
Obverse and reverse sides,
Documenting the solar eclipse of 1062 B.C., recently utilized by Cowell to enhance the accuracy of the lunar theory beyond what the best modern observations could achieve. (British Museum collection, No. 35908.)
2. ANCIENT ASTRONOMY—THE CHINESE AND CHALDÆANS.
The last section must have made clear the difficulties the way of assigning to the ancient nations their proper place in the development of primitive notions about astronomy. The fact that some alleged observations date back to a period before the Chinese had invented the art of writing leads immediately to the question how far tradition can be trusted.
The last section should have clarified the challenges in giving ancient nations their rightful place in the development of early ideas about astronomy. The fact that some supposed observations go back to a time before the Chinese had developed writing raises the question of how much we can rely on tradition.
Our first detailed knowledge was gathered in the far East by travellers, and by the Jesuit priests, and was published in the eighteenth century. The Asiatic Society of Bengal contributed translations of Brahmin literature. The two principal sources of knowledge about Chinese astronomy were supplied, first by Father Souciet, who in 1729 published Observations Astronomical, Geographical, Chronological, and Physical, drawn from ancient Chinese books; and later by Father Moyriac-de-Mailla, who in 1777-1785 published Annals of the Chinese Empire, translated from Tong-Kien-Kang-Mou.
Our first detailed knowledge came from travelers in the Far East and Jesuit priests, and it was published in the eighteenth century. The Asiatic Society of Bengal provided translations of Brahmin literature. The two main sources of knowledge about Chinese astronomy were first provided by Father Souciet, who published Observations Astronomical, Geographical, Chronological, and Physical in 1729, based on ancient Chinese texts; and later by Father Moyriac-de-Mailla, who published Annals of the Chinese Empire, translated from Tong-Kien-Kang-Mou between 1777 and 1785.
Bailly, in his Astronomie Ancienne (1781), drew, from these and other sources, the conclusion that all we know of the astronomical learning of the Chinese, Indians, Chaldæans, Assyrians, and Egyptians is but the remnant of a far more complete astronomy of which no trace can be found.
Bailly, in his Astronomie Ancienne (1781), concluded from these and other sources that everything we know about the astronomical knowledge of the Chinese, Indians, Chaldeans, Assyrians, and Egyptians is just a small part of a much more extensive astronomy of which there is no trace left.
Delambre, in his Histoire de l’Astronomie Ancienne (1817), ridicules the opinion of Bailly, and considers that the progress made by all of these nations is insignificant.
Delambre, in his Histoire de l’Astronomie Ancienne (1817), mocks Bailly's opinion and believes that the advancements made by all of these nations are trivial.
It will be well now to give an idea of some of the astronomy of the ancients not yet entirely discredited. China and Babylon may be taken as typical examples.
It’s a good time to give an overview of some of the astronomy from ancient times that hasn’t been completely discredited. China and Babylon can be seen as typical examples.
China.—It would appear that Fohi, the first emperor, reigned about 2952 B.C., and shortly afterwards Yu-Chi made a sphere to represent the motions of the celestial bodies. It is also mentioned, in the book called Chu-King, supposed to have been written in 2205 B.C., that a similar sphere was made in the time of Yao (2357 B.C.).[1] It is said that the Emperor Chueni (2513 B.C.) saw five planets in conjunction the same day that the sun and moon were in conjunction. This is discussed by Father Martin (MSS. of De Lisle); also by M. Desvignolles (Mem. Acad. Berlin, vol. iii., p. 193), and by M. Kirsch (ditto, vol. v., p. 19), who both found that Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, and Mercury were all between the eleventh and eighteenth degrees of Pisces, all visible together in the evening on February 28th 2446 B.C., while on the same day the sun and moon were in conjunction at 9 a.m., and that on March 1st the moon was in conjunction with the other four planets. But this needs confirmation.
China.—It seems that Fohi, the first emperor, ruled around 2952 B.C., and soon after, Yu-Chi created a sphere to illustrate the movements of celestial bodies. The book called Chu-King, which is believed to have been written in 2205 B.C., mentions that a similar sphere was made during the time of Yao (2357 B.C.). [1] It is reported that Emperor Chueni (2513 B.C.) witnessed five planets aligning on the same day the sun and moon were in conjunction. This is examined by Father Martin (MSS. of De Lisle); also by M. Desvignolles (Mem. Acad. Berlin, vol. iii., p. 193), and by M. Kirsch (ditto, vol. v., p. 19), both of whom discovered that Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, and Mercury were all located between the eleventh and eighteenth degrees of Pisces, all visible together in the evening on February 28th, 2446 B.C. On that same day, the sun and moon were in conjunction at 9 a.m., and the following day the moon was in conjunction with the other four planets. However, this needs further validation.
Yao, referred to above, gave instructions to his astronomers to determine the positions of the solstices and equinoxes, and they reported the names of the stars in the places occupied by the sun at these seasons, and in 2285 B.C. he gave them further orders. If this account be true, it shows a knowledge that the vault of heaven is a complete sphere, and that stars are shining at mid-day, although eclipsed by the sun’s brightness.
Yao, mentioned earlier, instructed his astronomers to find out the positions of the solstices and equinoxes, and they reported the names of the stars in the areas where the sun is located during these times. In 2285 B.C., he gave them more orders. If this account is accurate, it indicates an understanding that the sky is a complete sphere and that stars are visible during the day, even though they are overshadowed by the sun’s brightness.
It is also asserted, in the book called Chu-King, that in the time of Yao the year was known to have 365¼ days, and that he adopted 365 days and added an intercalary day every four years (as in the Julian Calendar). This may be true or not, but the ancient Chinese certainly seem to have divided the circle into 365 degrees. To learn the length of the year needed only patient observation—a characteristic of the Chinese; but many younger nations got into a terrible mess with their calendar from ignorance of the year’s length.
It’s also mentioned in the book called Chu-King that during Yao’s time, the year was known to be 365¼ days long, and that he used 365 days and added an extra day every four years (like the Julian Calendar). This might be true or not, but the ancient Chinese definitely seemed to have divided the circle into 365 degrees. Figuring out the length of the year only required careful observation—a quality the Chinese are known for; however, many younger nations got really confused with their calendars because they didn’t understand how long the year was.
It is stated that in 2159 B.C. the royal astronomers Hi and Ho failed to predict an eclipse. It probably created great terror, for they were executed in punishment for their neglect. If this account be true, it means that in the twenty-second century B.C. some rule for calculating eclipses was in use. Here, again, patient observation would easily lead to the detection of the eighteen-year cycle known to the Chaldeans as the Saros. It consists of 235 lunations, and in that time the pole of the moon’s orbit revolves just once round the pole of the ecliptic, and for this reason the eclipses in one cycle are repeated with very slight modification in the next cycle, and so on for many centuries.
It is reported that in 2159 B.C., the royal astronomers Hi and Ho failed to predict an eclipse. This likely caused a lot of fear, as they were executed for their oversight. If this account is accurate, it suggests that in the twenty-second century B.C., there was a method for calculating eclipses in use. Once again, careful observation would have easily led to the discovery of the eighteen-year cycle known to the Chaldeans as the Saros. It consists of 235 lunar months, and during this period, the pole of the moon’s orbit moves just once around the pole of the ecliptic. Because of this, the eclipses in one cycle are repeated with only slight changes in the next cycle, continuing for many centuries.
It may be that the neglect of their duties by Hi and Ho, and their punishment, influenced Chinese astronomy; or that the succeeding records have not been available to later scholars; but the fact remains that—although at long intervals observations were made of eclipses, comets, and falling stars, and of the position of the solstices, and of the obliquity of the ecliptic—records become rare, until 776 B.C., when eclipses began to be recorded once more with some approach to continuity. Shortly afterwards notices of comets were added. Biot gave a list of these, and Mr. John Williams, in 1871, published Observations of Comets from 611 B.C. to 1640 A.D., Extracted from the Chinese Annals.
It’s possible that Hi and Ho's neglect of their responsibilities and their punishment affected Chinese astronomy; or that later scholars didn’t have access to the subsequent records. However, the fact is that—while there were occasional observations of eclipses, comets, and falling stars, as well as the positions of the solstices and the tilt of the ecliptic—records became scarce until 776 B.C., when eclipses started being recorded again with some consistency. Shortly after that, there were also notices of comets. Biot provided a list of these, and in 1871, Mr. John Williams published Observations of Comets from 611 B.C. to 1640 A.D., Extracted from the Chinese Annals.
With regard to those centuries concerning which we have no astronomical Chinese records, it is fair to state that it is recorded that some centuries before the Christian era, in the reign of Tsin-Chi-Hoang, all the classical and scientific books that could be found were ordered to be destroyed. If true, our loss therefrom is as great as from the burning of the Alexandrian library by the Caliph Omar. He burnt all the books because he held that they must be either consistent or inconsistent with the Koran, and in the one case they were superfluous, in the other case objectionable.
Regarding the centuries for which we have no Chinese astronomical records, it’s fair to say that it is documented that several centuries before the Christian era, during the reign of Tsin-Chi-Hoang, all classical and scientific books that could be found were ordered to be destroyed. If this is true, our loss from this destruction is as significant as the loss from the burning of the Alexandrian library by Caliph Omar. He burned all the books because he believed they were either consistent with the Koran, making them unnecessary, or inconsistent with it, making them objectionable.
Chaldæans.—Until the last half century historians were accustomed to look back upon the Greeks, who led the world from the fifth to the third century B.C., as the pioneers of art, literature, and science. But the excavations and researches of later years make us more ready to grant that in science as in art the Greeks only developed what they derived from the Egyptians, Babylonians, and Assyrians. The Greek historians said as much, in fact; and modern commentators used to attribute the assertion to undue modesty. Since, however, the records of the libraries have been unearthed it has been recognised that the Babylonians were in no way inferior in the matter of original scientific investigation to other races of the same era.
Chaldæans.—Until the last fifty years, historians tended to view the Greeks, who dominated the world from the fifth to the third century B.C., as the trailblazers of art, literature, and science. However, recent excavations and research make us more willing to acknowledge that, in both science and art, the Greeks primarily built upon what they inherited from the Egyptians, Babylonians, and Assyrians. The Greek historians themselves pointed this out, and earlier commentators often dismissed this claim as mere modesty. However, now that the records from ancient libraries have been uncovered, it has become clear that the Babylonians were just as innovative in original scientific research as other cultures from the same period.
The Chaldæans, being the most ancient Babylonians, held the same station and dignity in the State as did the priests in Egypt, and spent all their time in the study of philosophy and astronomy, and the arts of divination and astrology. They held that the world of which we have a conception is an eternal world without any beginning or ending, in which all things are ordered by rules supported by a divine providence, and that the heavenly bodies do not move by chance, nor by their own will, but by the determinate will and appointment of the gods. They recorded these movements, but mainly in the hope of tracing the will of the gods in mundane affairs. Ptolemy (about 130 A.D.) made use of Babylonian eclipses in the eighth century B.C. for improving his solar and lunar tables.
The Chaldeans, the earliest Babylonians, held the same position and respect in the state as the priests in Egypt. They devoted all their time to studying philosophy, astronomy, divination, and astrology. They believed that the world we know is an eternal one with no beginning or end, where everything is governed by rules that are upheld by divine providence. They thought the celestial bodies did not move randomly or of their own accord, but according to the determined will of the gods. They recorded these movements primarily to understand the gods' intentions regarding earthly matters. Ptolemy (around 130 A.D.) utilized Babylonian eclipse data from the eighth century B.C. to enhance his solar and lunar tables.
Fragments of a library at Agade have been preserved at Nineveh, from which we learn that the star-charts were even then divided into constellations, which were known by the names which they bear to this day, and that the signs of the zodiac were used for determining the courses of the sun, moon, and of the five planets Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn.
Fragments of a library at Agade have been preserved at Nineveh, from which we learn that the star charts were even then divided into constellations, known by the names they still have today. The signs of the zodiac were used to determine the paths of the sun, moon, and the five planets: Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn.
We have records of observations carried on under Asshurbanapal, who sent astronomers to different parts to study celestial phenomena. Here is one:—
We have records of observations made during the time of Asshurbanapal, who sent astronomers to various locations to study celestial phenomena. Here's one:—
To the Director of Observations,—My Lord, his humble servant Nabushum-iddin, Great Astronomer of Nineveh, writes thus: “May Nabu and Marduk be propitious to the Director of these Observations, my Lord. The fifteenth day we observed the Node of the moon, and the moon was eclipsed.”
To the Director of Observations,—My Lord, your humble servant Nabushum-iddin, Great Astronomer of Nineveh, writes: “May Nabu and Marduk be favorable to the Director of these Observations, my Lord. On the fifteenth day, we observed the moon's Node, and the moon was eclipsed.”
The Phoenicians are supposed to have used the stars for navigation, but there are no records. The Egyptian priests tried to keep such astronomical knowledge as they possessed to themselves. It is probable that they had arbitrary rules for predicting eclipses. All that was known to the Greeks about Egyptian science is to be found in the writings of Diodorus Siculus. But confirmatory and more authentic facts have been derived from late explorations. Thus we learn from E. B. Knobel[2] about the Jewish calendar dates, on records of land sales in Aramaic papyri at Assuan, translated by Professor A. H. Sayce and A. E. Cowley, (1) that the lunar cycle of nineteen years was used by the Jews in the fifth century B.C. [the present reformed Jewish calendar dating from the fourth century A.D.], a date a “little more than a century after the grandfathers and great-grandfathers of those whose business is recorded had fled into Egypt with Jeremiah” (Sayce); and (2) that the order of intercalation at that time was not dissimilar to that in use at the present day.
The Phoenicians are believed to have navigated by the stars, but there are no records to confirm this. The Egyptian priests likely kept their astronomical knowledge to themselves. They probably had their own methods for predicting eclipses. The Greeks learned what they knew about Egyptian science from the writings of Diodorus Siculus. However, more reliable information has come from recent explorations. For example, E. B. Knobel[2] shares insights about the Jewish calendar dates found in records of land sales written in Aramaic papyri at Assuan, translated by Professor A. H. Sayce and A. E. Cowley, (1) indicating that the Jews were using a nineteen-year lunar cycle in the fifth century B.C. [the current reformed Jewish calendar dates back to the fourth century A.D.], a time just over a hundred years after the ancestors of those mentioned had fled to Egypt with Jeremiah (Sayce); and (2) showing that the way intercalation was handled back then was quite similar to how it is done today.
Then again, Knobel reminds us of “the most interesting discovery a few years ago by Father Strassmeier of a Babylonian tablet recording a partial lunar eclipse at Babylon in the seventh year of Cambyses, on the fourteenth day of the Jewish month Tammuz.” Ptolemy, in the Almagest (Suntaxis), says it occurred in the seventh year of Cambyses, on the night of the seventeenth and eighteenth of the Egyptian month Phamenoth. Pingré and Oppolzer fix the date July 16th, 533 B.C. Thus are the relations of the chronologies of Jews and Egyptians established by these explorations.
Then again, Knobel points out “the most exciting discovery a few years ago by Father Strassmeier of a Babylonian tablet that documents a partial lunar eclipse in Babylon during the seventh year of Cambyses, on the fourteenth day of the Jewish month Tammuz.” Ptolemy, in the Almagest (Suntaxis), states that it took place in the seventh year of Cambyses, on the night of the seventeenth and eighteenth of the Egyptian month Phamenoth. Pingré and Oppolzer set the date as July 16th, 533 B.C. This is how the chronologies of the Jews and Egyptians are connected through these findings.
FOOTNOTES:
Notes:
[1] These ancient dates are uncertain.
These old dates are vague.
3. ANCIENT GREEK ASTRONOMY.
We have our information about the earliest Greek astronomy from Herodotus (born 480 B.C.). He put the traditions into writing. Thales (639-546 B.C.) is said to have predicted an eclipse, which caused much alarm, and ended the battle between the Medes and Lydians. Airy fixed the date May 28th, 585 B.C. But other modern astronomers give different dates. Thales went to Egypt to study science, and learnt from its priests the length of the year (which was kept a profound secret!), and the signs of the zodiac, and the positions of the solstices. He held that the sun, moon, and stars are not mere spots on the heavenly vault, but solids; that the moon derives her light from the sun, and that this fact explains her phases; that an eclipse of the moon happens when the earth cuts off the sun’s light from her. He supposed the earth to be flat, and to float upon water. He determined the ratio of the sun’s diameter to its orbit, and apparently made out the diameter correctly as half a degree. He left nothing in writing.
We get our information about the earliest Greek astronomy from Herodotus (born 480 B.C.). He wrote down the traditions. Thales (639-546 B.C.) is said to have predicted an eclipse, which caused a lot of panic and ended the battle between the Medes and Lydians. Airy set the date as May 28th, 585 B.C., but other modern astronomers have different dates. Thales traveled to Egypt to study science and learned from its priests the length of the year (which was kept a closely guarded secret!) and the signs of the zodiac, as well as the positions of the solstices. He believed that the sun, moon, and stars are not just dots in the sky, but solid objects; that the moon gets its light from the sun, which explains its phases; and that a lunar eclipse occurs when the earth blocks the sun’s light from the moon. He thought the earth was flat and floated on water. He calculated the ratio of the sun’s diameter to its orbit, apparently determining the diameter correctly as half a degree. He didn’t leave anything written down.
His successors, Anaximander (610-547 B.C.) and Anaximenes (550-475 B.C.), held absurd notions about the sun, moon, and stars, while Heraclitus (540-500 B.C.) supposed that the stars were lighted each night like lamps, and the sun each morning. Parmenides supposed the earth to be a sphere.
His successors, Anaximander (610-547 B.C.) and Anaximenes (550-475 B.C.), had ridiculous ideas about the sun, moon, and stars, while Heraclitus (540-500 B.C.) believed that the stars were lit up every night like lamps, and that the sun was turned on each morning. Parmenides thought the earth was a sphere.
Pythagoras (569-470 B.C.) visited Egypt to study science. He deduced his system, in which the earth revolves in an orbit, from fantastic first principles, of which the following are examples: “The circular motion is the most perfect motion,” “Fire is more worthy than earth,” “Ten is the perfect number.” He wrote nothing, but is supposed to have said that the earth, moon, five planets, and fixed stars all revolve round the sun, which itself revolves round an imaginary central fire called the Antichthon. Copernicus in the sixteenth century claimed Pythagoras as the founder of the system which he, Copernicus, revived.
Pythagoras (569-470 B.C.) went to Egypt to study science. He developed his system, where the Earth moves in an orbit, based on remarkable fundamental principles, such as: “Circular motion is the most perfect form of motion,” “Fire is more valuable than earth,” and “Ten is the perfect number.” He didn’t write anything down, but he’s thought to have stated that the Earth, moon, five planets, and fixed stars all orbit the sun, which itself revolves around an imagined central fire known as the Antichthon. In the sixteenth century, Copernicus regarded Pythagoras as the originator of the system that he, Copernicus, brought back to life.
Anaxagoras (born 499 B.C.) studied astronomy in Egypt. He explained the return of the sun to the east each morning by its going under the flat earth in the night. He held that in a solar eclipse the moon hides the sun, and in a lunar eclipse the moon enters the earth’s shadow—both excellent opinions. But he entertained absurd ideas of the vortical motion of the heavens whisking stones into the sky, there to be ignited by the fiery firmament to form stars. He was prosecuted for this unsettling opinion, and for maintaining that the moon is an inhabited earth. He was defended by Pericles (432 B.C.).
Anaxagoras (born 499 B.C.) studied astronomy in Egypt. He explained why the sun rises in the east each morning by saying it goes under the flat earth at night. He believed that during a solar eclipse, the moon covers the sun, and during a lunar eclipse, the moon moves into the earth’s shadow—both great ideas. However, he also had some strange notions about the swirling motion of the heavens pulling stones up into the sky, where they would ignite in the fiery atmosphere to become stars. He was prosecuted for these unsettling beliefs and for claiming that the moon is an inhabited earth. He was defended by Pericles (432 B.C.).
Solon dabbled, like many others, in reforms of the calendar. The common year of the Greeks originally had 360 days—twelve months of thirty days. Solon’s year was 354 days. It is obvious that these erroneous years would, before long, remove the summer to January and the winter to July. To prevent this it was customary at regular intervals to intercalate days or months. Meton (432 B.C.) introduced a reform based on the nineteen-year cycle. This is not the same as the Egyptian and Chaldean eclipse cycle called Saros of 223 lunations, or a little over eighteen years. The Metonic cycle is 235 lunations or nineteen years, after which period the sun and moon occupy the same position relative to the stars. It is still used for fixing the date of Easter, the number of the year in Melon’s cycle being the golden number of our prayer-books. Melon’s system divided the 235 lunations into months of thirty days and omitted every sixty-third day. Of the nineteen years, twelve had twelve months and seven had thirteen months.
Solon, like many others, experimented with reforms to the calendar. The standard year for the Greeks initially had 360 days—twelve months of thirty days each. Solon’s year was 354 days. It's clear that these incorrect year lengths would soon shift summer to January and winter to July. To prevent this, it was common practice to add extra days or months at regular intervals. Meton (432 B.C.) introduced a reform based on a nineteen-year cycle. This is different from the Egyptian and Chaldean eclipse cycle known as Saros, which consists of 223 lunations, or just over eighteen years. The Metonic cycle has 235 lunations, or nineteen years, after which the sun and moon return to the same position in relation to the stars. This cycle is still used to determine the date of Easter, with the year number in Meton’s cycle being the golden number in our prayer books. Meton’s system divided the 235 lunations into months of thirty days and skipped every sixty-third day. Of the nineteen years, twelve had twelve months and seven had thirteen months.
Callippus (330 B.C.) used a cycle four times as long, 940 lunations, but one day short of Melon’s seventy-six years. This was more correct.
Callippus (330 B.C.) used a cycle four times longer, 940 lunations, but one day short of Melon's seventy-six years. This was more accurate.
Eudoxus (406-350 B.C.) is said to have travelled with Plato in Egypt. He made astronomical observations in Asia Minor, Sicily, and Italy, and described the starry heavens divided into constellations. His name is connected with a planetary theory which as generally stated sounds most fanciful. He imagined the fixed stars to be on a vault of heaven; and the sun, moon, and planets to be upon similar vaults or spheres, twenty-six revolving spheres in all, the motion of each planet being resolved into its components, and a separate sphere being assigned for each component motion. Callippus (330 B.C.) increased the number to thirty-three. It is now generally accepted that the real existence of these spheres was not suggested, but the idea was only a mathematical conception to facilitate the construction of tables for predicting the places of the heavenly bodies.
Eudoxus (406-350 B.C.) is said to have traveled with Plato in Egypt. He made astronomical observations in Asia Minor, Sicily, and Italy, and divided the starry sky into constellations. His name is associated with a planetary theory that, when generally stated, sounds quite fanciful. He imagined the fixed stars to be on a vault of heaven, while the sun, moon, and planets were believed to be on similar vaults or spheres—twenty-six revolving spheres in total. The motion of each planet was broken down into its components, with a separate sphere assigned for each motion. Callippus (330 B.C.) increased the number to thirty-three. It is now widely accepted that these spheres were not thought to exist in reality; rather, the concept was just a mathematical idea to help create tables for predicting the positions of celestial bodies.
Aristotle (384-322 B.C.) summed up the state of astronomical knowledge in his time, and held the earth to be fixed in the centre of the world.
Aristotle (384-322 B.C.) summarized the state of astronomical knowledge in his time and believed that the earth was fixed at the center of the universe.
Nicetas, Heraclides, and Ecphantes supposed the earth to revolve on its axis, but to have no orbital motion.
Nicetas, Heraclides, and Ecphantes thought that the Earth spins on its axis but does not move in an orbit.
The short epitome so far given illustrates the extraordinary deductive methods adopted by the ancient Greeks. But they went much farther in the same direction. They seem to have been in great difficulty to explain how the earth is supported, just as were those who invented the myth of Atlas, or the Indians with the tortoise. Thales thought that the flat earth floated on water. Anaxagoras thought that, being flat, it would be buoyed up and supported on the air like a kite. Democritus thought it remained fixed, like the donkey between two bundles of hay, because it was equidistant from all parts of the containing sphere, and there was no reason why it should incline one way rather than another. Empedocles attributed its state of rest to centrifugal force by the rapid circular movement of the heavens, as water is stationary in a pail when whirled round by a string. Democritus further supposed that the inclination of the flat earth to the ecliptic was due to the greater weight of the southern parts owing to the exuberant vegetation.
The brief summary provided so far shows the remarkable reasoning methods used by the ancient Greeks. However, they went much further in this area. They struggled to explain how the earth is held up, similar to those who created the myth of Atlas, or the Indians with their tortoise. Thales believed that the flat earth floated on water. Anaxagoras thought that, being flat, it was supported in the air like a kite. Democritus believed it stayed in place, like a donkey between two stacks of hay, because it was equally distant from all parts of the surrounding sphere, with no reason to tilt one way or another. Empedocles attributed its stability to centrifugal force from the rapid circular movement of the heavens, much like water remains still in a pail when spun around by a string. Democritus also suggested that the tilt of the flat earth towards the ecliptic was caused by the heavier weight of the southern areas due to their lush vegetation.
For further references to similar efforts of imagination the reader is referred to Sir George Cornwall Lewis’s Historical Survey of the Astronomy of the Ancients; London, 1862. His list of authorities is very complete, but some of his conclusions are doubtful. At p. 113 of that work he records the real opinions of Socrates as set forth by Xenophon; and the reader will, perhaps, sympathise with Socrates in his views on contemporary astronomy:—
For more references to similar imaginative efforts, the reader can check out Sir George Cornwall Lewis’s Historical Survey of the Astronomy of the Ancients; London, 1862. His list of sources is quite thorough, but some of his conclusions are questionable. On page 113 of that work, he documents the true opinions of Socrates as described by Xenophon; and the reader may, perhaps, relate to Socrates in his thoughts on the astronomy of his time:—
With regard to astronomy he [Socrates] considered a knowledge of it desirable to the extent of determining the day of the year or month, and the hour of the night, ... but as to learning the courses of the stars, to be occupied with the planets, and to inquire about their distances from the earth, and their orbits, and the causes of their motions, he strongly objected to such a waste of valuable time. He dwelt on the contradictions and conflicting opinions of the physical philosophers, ... and, in fine, he held that the speculators on the universe and on the laws of the heavenly bodies were no better than madmen (Xen. Mem, i. 1, 11-15).
Regarding astronomy, he [Socrates] thought it was useful to know enough to figure out the day of the year or month, and the hour of the night... but he strongly opposed spending time on learning the paths of the stars, focusing on the planets, and probing into their distances from the earth, their orbits, and the reasons for their movements, viewing such pursuits as a waste of valuable time. He pointed out the contradictions and differing views of the physical philosophers... and ultimately, he believed that those who speculate about the universe and the laws of celestial bodies were no better than madmen (Xen. Mem, i. 1, 11-15).
Plato (born 429 B.C.), the pupil of Socrates, the fellow-student of Euclid, and a follower of Pythagoras, studied science in his travels in Egypt and elsewhere. He was held in so great reverence by all learned men that a problem which he set to the astronomers was the keynote to all astronomical investigation from this date till the time of Kepler in the sixteenth century. He proposed to astronomers the problem of representing the courses of the planets by circular and uniform motions.
Plato (born 429 B.C.), a student of Socrates, a classmate of Euclid, and a follower of Pythagoras, explored science during his travels in Egypt and beyond. He was so highly respected by all educated individuals that a challenge he posed to astronomers became the foundation for all astronomical research from that time until Kepler in the sixteenth century. He presented astronomers with the challenge of representing the paths of the planets using circular and uniform motions.
Systematic observation among the Greeks began with the rise of the Alexandrian school. Aristillus and Timocharis set up instruments and fixed the positions of the zodiacal stars, near to which all the planets in their orbits pass, thus facilitating the determination of planetary motions. Aristarchus (320-250 B.C.) showed that the sun must be at least nineteen times as far off as the moon, which is far short of the mark. He also found the sun’s diameter, correctly, to be half a degree. Eratosthenes (276-196 B.C.) measured the inclination to the equator of the sun’s apparent path in the heavens—i.e., he measured the obliquity of the ecliptic, making it 23° 51’, confirming our knowledge of its continuous diminution during historical times. He measured an arc of meridian, from Alexandria to Syene (Assuan), and found the difference of latitude by the length of a shadow at noon, summer solstice. He deduced the diameter of the earth, 250,000 stadia. Unfortunately, we do not know the length of the stadium he used.
Systematic observation among the Greeks started with the rise of the Alexandrian school. Aristillus and Timocharis set up instruments and mapped the positions of the zodiac stars, around which all the planets orbit, making it easier to determine their motions. Aristarchus (320-250 B.C.) demonstrated that the sun must be at least nineteen times farther away than the moon, though this was still an underestimation. He also accurately calculated the sun’s diameter to be half a degree. Eratosthenes (276-196 B.C.) measured the angle of the sun’s apparent path in the sky relative to the equator—this is known as the obliquity of the ecliptic, which he found to be 23° 51’, confirming our understanding that this angle has gradually decreased over historical times. He measured a segment of the meridian from Alexandria to Syene (Assuan) and calculated the difference in latitude using the length of a shadow at noon during the summer solstice. He deduced the earth's diameter to be 250,000 stadia. Unfortunately, we don’t know the exact length of the stadium he referenced.
Hipparchus (190-120 B.C.) may be regarded as the founder of observational astronomy. He measured the obliquity of the ecliptic, and agreed with Eratosthenes. He altered the length of the tropical year from 365 days, 6 hours to 365 days, 5 hours, 53 minutes—still four minutes too much. He measured the equation of time and the irregular motion of the sun; and allowed for this in his calculations by supposing that the centre, about which the sun moves uniformly, is situated a little distance from the fixed earth. He called this point the excentric. The line from the earth to the “excentric” was called the line of apses. A circle having this centre was called the equant, and he supposed that a radius drawn to the sun from the excentric passes over equal arcs on the equant in equal times. He then computed tables for predicting the place of the sun.
Hipparchus (190-120 B.C.) is considered the founder of observational astronomy. He measured the tilt of the ecliptic and agreed with Eratosthenes. He adjusted the length of the tropical year from 365 days, 6 hours to 365 days, 5 hours, and 53 minutes—still four minutes too long. He calculated the equation of time and the irregular movement of the sun; he accounted for this in his calculations by assuming that the center around which the sun moves uniformly is located a bit away from the stationary earth. He referred to this point as the excentric. The line from the earth to the “excentric” was called the line of apses. A circle with this center was known as the equant, and he believed that a radius drawn to the sun from the excentric sweeps over equal arcs on the equant in equal times. He then created tables to predict the sun's position.
He proceeded in the same way to compute Lunar tables. Making use of Chaldæan eclipses, he was able to get an accurate value of the moon’s mean motion. [Halley, in 1693, compared this value with his own measurements, and so discovered the acceleration of the moon’s mean motion. This was conclusively established, but could not be explained by the Newtonian theory for quite a long time.] He determined the plane of the moon’s orbit and its inclination to the ecliptic. The motion of this plane round the pole of the ecliptic once in eighteen years complicated the problem. He located the moon’s excentric as he had done the sun’s. He also discovered some of the minor irregularities of the moon’s motion, due, as Newton’s theory proves, to the disturbing action of the sun’s attraction.
He continued in the same way to calculate Lunar tables. Using Chaldæan eclipses, he was able to determine an accurate value for the moon’s average motion. [Halley, in 1693, compared this value with his own measurements, which led to the discovery of the moon’s accelerating average motion. This was conclusively established, but it couldn't be explained by Newton's theory for quite a while.] He figured out the plane of the moon’s orbit and its tilt to the ecliptic. The motion of this plane around the pole of the ecliptic every eighteen years made the problem more complicated. He found the moon’s eccentricity just like he did with the sun’s. He also identified some of the minor irregularities in the moon’s motion, which, as Newton’s theory indicates, are due to the sun’s gravitational influence.
In the year 134 B.C. Hipparchus observed a new star. This upset every notion about the permanence of the fixed stars. He then set to work to catalogue all the principal stars so as to know if any others appeared or disappeared. Here his experiences resembled those of several later astronomers, who, when in search of some special object, have been rewarded by a discovery in a totally different direction. On comparing his star positions with those of Timocharis and Aristillus he found no stars that had appeared or disappeared in the interval of 150 years; but he found that all the stars seemed to have changed their places with reference to that point in the heavens where the ecliptic is 90° from the poles of the earth—i.e., the equinox. He found that this could be explained by a motion of the equinox in the direction of the apparent diurnal motion of the stars. This discovery of precession of the equinoxes, which takes place at the rate of 52".1 every year, was necessary for the progress of accurate astronomical observations. It is due to a steady revolution of the earth’s pole round the pole of the ecliptic once in 26,000 years in the opposite direction to the planetary revolutions.
In 134 B.C., Hipparchus observed a new star. This threw into question the idea that the fixed stars were unchanging. He then began cataloging all the main stars to track any that might appear or disappear. His experiences were similar to those of several later astronomers who, while searching for something specific, discovered something entirely different. When he compared his star positions with those of Timocharis and Aristillus, he found no stars had appeared or disappeared in the 150 years since; however, he noticed that all the stars seemed to have shifted positions relative to the point in the sky where the ecliptic is 90° from the Earth's poles—i.e., the equinox. He concluded that this shift could be explained by a motion of the equinox in the same direction as the apparent daily motion of the stars. This discovery of precession of the equinoxes, occurring at a rate of 52".1 every year, was essential for the advancement of precise astronomical observations. It results from a continuous rotation of the Earth's pole around the pole of the ecliptic every 26,000 years, in the opposite direction of the planetary revolutions.
Hipparchus was also the inventor of trigonometry, both plane and spherical. He explained the method of using eclipses for determining the longitude.
Hipparchus was also the creator of trigonometry, both for flat surfaces and spheres. He described how to use eclipses to determine longitude.
In connection with Hipparchus’ great discovery it may be mentioned that modern astronomers have often attempted to fix dates in history by the effects of precession of the equinoxes. (1) At about the date when the Great Pyramid may have been built γ Draconis was near to the pole, and must have been used as the pole-star. In the north face of the Great Pyramid is the entrance to an inclined passage, and six of the nine pyramids at Gizeh possess the same feature; all the passages being inclined at an angle between 26° and 27° to the horizon and in the plane of the meridian. It also appears that 4,000 years ago—i.e., about 2100 B.C.—an observer at the lower end of the passage would be able to see γ Draconis, the then pole-star, at its lower culmination.[1] It has been suggested that the passage was made for this purpose. On other grounds the date assigned to the Great Pyramid is 2123 B.C.
In relation to Hipparchus' significant discovery, it's worth noting that modern astronomers have often tried to date historical events by examining the effects of the precession of the equinoxes. (1) Around the time when the Great Pyramid was likely built, γ Draconis was close to the pole and would have served as the pole star. The north face of the Great Pyramid has an entrance to an inclined passage, and six of the nine pyramids at Giza share this characteristic; all the passages are inclined at an angle between 26° and 27° to the horizon and aligned with the meridian. It also appears that 4,000 years ago—around 2100 B.C.—an observer at the lower end of the passage could have seen γ Draconis, the pole star at the time, at its lowest point in the sky. It has been proposed that the passage was constructed for this reason. Based on other evidence, the date attributed to the Great Pyramid is 2123 B.C.
(2) The Chaldæans gave names to constellations now invisible from Babylon which would have been visible in 2000 B.C., at which date it is claimed that these people were studying astronomy.
(2) The Chaldeans named constellations that are now hidden from Babylon, which would have been visible in 2000 B.C., a time when it's said that these people were studying astronomy.
(3) In the Odyssey, Calypso directs Odysseus, in accordance with Phoenician rules for navigating the Mediterranean, to keep the Great Bear “ever on the left as he traversed the deep” when sailing from the pillars of Hercules (Gibraltar) to Corfu. Yet such a course taken now would land the traveller in Africa. Odysseus is said in his voyage in springtime to have seen the Pleiades and Arcturus setting late, which seemed to early commentators a proof of Homer’s inaccuracy. Likewise Homer, both in the Odyssey[2] (v. 272-5) and in the Iliad (xviii. 489), asserts that the Great Bear never set in those latitudes. Now it has been found that the precession of the equinoxes explains all these puzzles; shows that in springtime on the Mediterranean the Bear was just above the horizon, near the sea but not touching it, between 750 B.C. and 1000 B.C.; and fixes the date of the poems, thus confirming other evidence, and establishing Homer’s character for accuracy.[3]
(3) In the Odyssey, Calypso tells Odysseus, following Phoenician navigation rules for the Mediterranean, to keep the Great Bear “always on the left as he crossed the deep” when sailing from the pillars of Hercules (Gibraltar) to Corfu. However, taking that route now would end up placing the traveler in Africa. It’s said that during his voyage in spring, Odysseus saw the Pleiades and Arcturus setting late, which seemed to early commentators like proof of Homer’s mistake. Likewise, Homer states in both the Odyssey (v. 272-5) and in the Iliad (xviii. 489) that the Great Bear never set in those latitudes. It has now been discovered that the precession of the equinoxes explains all these issues; it shows that in springtime over the Mediterranean, the Bear was just above the horizon, near the sea but not touching it, between 750 B.C. and 1000 B.C.; and it provides a date for the poems, thus supporting other evidence and confirming Homer’s accuracy.[3]
(4) The orientation of Egyptian temples and Druidical stones is such that possibly they were so placed as to assist in the observation of the heliacal risings[4] of certain stars. If the star were known, this would give an approximate date. Up to the present the results of these investigations are far from being conclusive.
(4) The way Egyptian temples and Druid stones are oriented suggests that they might have been positioned to help observe the first appearances of certain stars. If the star was identified, this could provide an approximate date. So far, the findings from these studies are far from conclusive.
Ptolemy (130 A.D.) wrote the Suntaxis, or Almagest, which includes a cyclopedia of astronomy, containing a summary of knowledge at that date. We have no evidence beyond his own statement that he was a practical observer. He theorised on the planetary motions, and held that the earth is fixed in the centre of the universe. He adopted the excentric and equant of Hipparchus to explain the unequal motions of the sun and moon. He adopted the epicycles and deferents which had been used by Apollonius and others to explain the retrograde motions of the planets. We, who know that the earth revolves round the sun once in a year, can understand that the apparent motion of a planet is only its motion relative to the earth. If, then, we suppose the earth fixed and the sun to revolve round it once a year, and the planets each in its own period, it is only necessary to impose upon each of these an additional annual motion to enable us to represent truly the apparent motions. This way of looking at the apparent motions shows why each planet, when nearest to the earth, seems to move for a time in a retrograde direction. The attempts of Ptolemy and others of his time to explain the retrograde motion in this way were only approximate. Let us suppose each planet to have a bar with one end centred at the earth. If at the other end of the bar one end of a shorter bar is pivotted, having the planet at its other end, then the planet is given an annual motion in the secondary circle (the epicycle), whose centre revolves round the earth on the primary circle (the deferent), at a uniform rate round the excentric. Ptolemy supposed the centres of the epicycles of Mercury and Venus to be on a bar passing through the sun, and to be between the earth and the sun. The centres of the epicycles of Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn were supposed to be further away than the sun. Mercury and Venus were supposed to revolve in their epicycles in their own periodic times and in the deferent round the earth in a year. The major planets were supposed to revolve in the deferent round the earth in their own periodic times, and in their epicycles once in a year.
Ptolemy (130 A.D.) wrote the Suntaxis, or Almagest, which is a comprehensive guide to astronomy, summarizing the knowledge of his time. We have no evidence beyond his own claim that he was a practical observer. He theorized about the movements of the planets and believed that the Earth is fixed at the center of the universe. He used the excentric and equant methods from Hipparchus to explain the uneven motions of the sun and moon. He also adopted the epicycles and deferents previously used by Apollonius and others to explain the retrograde motions of the planets. We, who know that the Earth revolves around the sun once a year, can understand that the apparent motion of a planet is just its motion relative to the Earth. So, if we assume the Earth is fixed and the sun revolves around it once a year, with the planets moving in their own cycles, we just need to add an extra annual motion to each to accurately represent their apparent motions. This perspective explains why each planet seems to move backward temporarily when it is closest to Earth. The explanations offered by Ptolemy and others of his time for retrograde motion were only rough approximations. Imagine each planet connected to a bar with one end anchored at the Earth. If the other end of this bar pivots another shorter bar, with the planet at the far end of that, then the planet has an annual motion in the secondary circle (the epicycle), whose center revolves around the Earth on the primary circle (the deferent) at a steady rate around the excentric. Ptolemy believed the centers of the epicycles for Mercury and Venus were located on a bar that passed through the sun and lay between the Earth and the sun. The centers for the epicycles of Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn were thought to be farther away than the sun. Mercury and Venus were assumed to orbit in their epicycles at their own periodic rates and around the Earth in the deferent over the course of a year. The major planets were believed to revolve in the deferent around the Earth at their own periodic rates and complete their epicycles once a year.
It did not occur to Ptolemy to place the centres of the epicycles of Mercury and Venus at the sun, and to extend the same system to the major planets. Something of this sort had been proposed by the Egyptians (we are told by Cicero and others), and was accepted by Tycho Brahe; and was as true a representation of the relative motions in the solar system as when we suppose the sun to be fixed and the earth to revolve.
It didn't cross Ptolemy's mind to put the centers of the epicycles of Mercury and Venus at the sun, and to apply the same idea to the larger planets. This kind of proposal had been suggested by the Egyptians (as noted by Cicero and others), and Tycho Brahe agreed with it; it represented the relative movements in the solar system just as accurately as when we assume the sun is stationary and the earth revolves around it.
The cumbrous system advocated by Ptolemy answered its purpose, enabling him to predict astronomical events approximately. He improved the lunar theory considerably, and discovered minor inequalities which could be allowed for by the addition of new epicycles. We may look upon these epicycles of Apollonius, and the excentric of Hipparchus, as the responses of these astronomers to the demand of Plato for uniform circular motions. Their use became more and more confirmed, until the seventeenth century, when the accurate observations of Tycho Brahe enabled Kepler to abolish these purely geometrical makeshifts, and to substitute a system in which the sun became physically its controller.
The complicated system proposed by Ptolemy served its purpose, allowing him to predict astronomical events fairly accurately. He made significant improvements to lunar theory and identified minor irregularities that could be addressed by adding new epicycles. We can view these epicycles from Apollonius and the eccentric from Hipparchus as responses to Plato's demand for uniform circular motions. Their use became increasingly accepted until the seventeenth century, when Tycho Brahe's precise observations allowed Kepler to eliminate these purely geometric adjustments and introduce a system where the sun became the actual controller.
FOOTNOTES:
FOOTNOTES:
[2]
Plaeiadas t’ esoronte kai opse duonta bootaen
‘Arkton th’ aen kai amaxan epiklaesin kaleousin,
‘Ae t’ autou strephetai kai t’ Oriona dokeuei,
Oin d’ammoros esti loetron Okeanoio.
“The Pleiades and Boötes that setteth late, and the Bear, which they
likewise call the Wain, which turneth ever in one place, and keepeth watch upon
Orion, and alone hath no part in the baths of the ocean.”
[2]
The Pleiades and Boötes set late, and the Bear, which they also call the Wain, always turns in one spot and keeps watch over Orion, and it alone has no share in the ocean's waters.
4. THE REIGN OF EPICYCLES—FROM PTOLEMY TO COPERNICUS.
After Ptolemy had published his book there seemed to be nothing more to do for the solar system except to go on observing and finding more and more accurate values for the constants involved--viz., the periods of revolution, the diameter of the deferent,[1] and its ratio to that of the epicycle,[2] the distance of the excentric[3] from the centre of the deferent, and the position of the line of apses,[4] besides the inclination and position of the plane of the planet’s orbit. The only object ever aimed at in those days was to prepare tables for predicting the places of the planets. It was not a mechanical problem; there was no notion of a governing law of forces.
After Ptolemy published his book, it seemed there was nothing left to do for the solar system except continue observing and finding increasingly accurate values for the constants involved—namely, the periods of revolution, the diameter of the deferent,[1] and its ratio to that of the epicycle,[2] the distance of the eccentric[3] from the center of the deferent, and the position of the line of apses,[4] along with the inclination and position of the plane of the planet’s orbit. The main goal back then was to create tables for predicting the locations of the planets. It wasn't a mechanical problem; there was no idea of a governing law of forces.
From this time onwards all interest in astronomy seemed, in Europe at least, to sink to a low ebb. When the Caliph Omar, in the middle of the seventh century, burnt the library of Alexandria, which had been the centre of intellectual progress, that centre migrated to Baghdad, and the Arabs became the leaders of science and philosophy. In astronomy they made careful observations. In the middle of the ninth century Albategnius, a Syrian prince, improved the value of excentricity of the sun’s orbit, observed the motion of the moon’s apse, and thought he detected a smaller progression of the sun’s apse. His tables were much more accurate than Ptolemy’s. Abul Wefa, in the tenth century, seems to have discovered the moon’s “variation.” Meanwhile the Moors were leaders of science in the west, and Arzachel of Toledo improved the solar tables very much. Ulugh Begh, grandson of the great Tamerlane the Tartar, built a fine observatory at Samarcand in the fifteenth century, and made a great catalogue of stars, the first since the time of Hipparchus.
From this point on, interest in astronomy seemed to decline in Europe, at least. When Caliph Omar burned the library of Alexandria in the middle of the seventh century, which had been the hub of intellectual advancement, that hub shifted to Baghdad, and the Arabs took the lead in science and philosophy. They made careful observations in astronomy. In the middle of the ninth century, Albategnius, a Syrian prince, improved the value of the sun’s orbit eccentricity, observed the motion of the moon’s apse, and believed he noticed a smaller progression of the sun’s apse. His tables were much more accurate than Ptolemy’s. Abul Wefa, in the tenth century, seems to have discovered the moon’s “variation.” Meanwhile, the Moors were at the forefront of science in the west, and Arzachel of Toledo greatly improved the solar tables. Ulugh Begh, the grandson of the great Tamerlane the Tartar, built a splendid observatory in Samarcand in the fifteenth century and created a comprehensive star catalog, the first since Hipparchus.
At the close of the fifteenth century King Alphonso of Spain employed computers to produce the Alphonsine Tables (1488 A.D.), Purbach translated Ptolemy’s book, and observations were carried out in Germany by Müller, known as Regiomontanus, and Waltherus.
At the end of the fifteenth century, King Alphonso of Spain used computers to create the Alphonsine Tables (1488 A.D.). Purbach translated Ptolemy’s book, and observations were made in Germany by Müller, also known as Regiomontanus, and Waltherus.
Nicolai Copernicus, a Sclav, was born in 1473 at Thorn, in Polish Prussia. He studied at Cracow and in Italy. He was a priest, and settled at Frauenberg. He did not undertake continuous observations, but devoted himself to simplifying the planetary systems and devising means for more accurately predicting the positions of the sun, moon, and planets. He had no idea of framing a solar system on a dynamical basis. His great object was to increase the accuracy of the calculations and the tables. The results of his cogitations were printed just before his death in an interesting book, De Revolutionibus Orbium Celestium. It is only by careful reading of this book that the true position of Copernicus can be realised. He noticed that Nicetas and others had ascribed the apparent diurnal rotation of the heavens to a real daily rotation of the earth about its axis, in the opposite direction to the apparent motion of the stars. Also in the writings of Martianus Capella he learnt that the Egyptians had supposed Mercury and Venus to revolve round the sun, and to be carried with him in his annual motion round the earth. He noticed that the same supposition, if extended to Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, would explain easily why they, and especially Mars, seem so much brighter in opposition. For Mars would then be a great deal nearer to the earth than at other times. It would also explain the retrograde motion of planets when in opposition.
Nicolai Copernicus, a Sclav, was born in 1473 in Thorn, in Polish Prussia. He studied at Cracow and in Italy. He was a priest and settled in Frauenberg. He didn’t conduct continuous observations but focused on simplifying the planetary systems and creating methods for more accurately predicting the positions of the sun, moon, and planets. He didn’t have the idea of creating a solar system based on dynamics. His main goal was to improve the accuracy of the calculations and the tables. The results of his thoughts were published just before his death in an interesting book, De Revolutionibus Orbium Celestium. It's only by carefully reading this book that the true position of Copernicus can be understood. He noticed that Nicetas and others had attributed the apparent daily movement of the heavens to a real daily rotation of the earth around its axis, in the opposite direction to the apparent motion of the stars. He also learned from the writings of Martianus Capella that the Egyptians believed Mercury and Venus revolved around the sun and were carried with it in its annual motion around the earth. He observed that this same idea, if applied to Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, would easily explain why they, especially Mars, appear much brighter during opposition. This would mean that Mars is much closer to the earth than at other times. It would also explain the retrograde motion of planets when in opposition.
We must here notice that at this stage Copernicus was actually confronted with the system accepted later by Tycho Brahe, with the earth fixed. But he now recalled and accepted the views of Pythagoras and others, according to which the sun is fixed and the earth revolves; and it must be noted that, geometrically, there is no difference of any sort between the Egyptian or Tychonic system and that of Pythagoras as revived by Copernicus, except that on the latter theory the stars ought to seem to move when the earth changes its position—a test which failed completely with the rough means of observation then available. The radical defect of all solar systems previous to the time of Kepler (1609 A.D.) was the slavish yielding to Plato’s dictum demanding uniform circular motion for the planets, and the consequent evolution of the epicycle, which was fatal to any conception of a dynamical theory.
We should note that at this point, Copernicus was actually dealing with the system that would later be accepted by Tycho Brahe, where the earth is stationary. However, he remembered and embraced the ideas of Pythagoras and others, which stated that the sun is fixed and the earth revolves around it. It's important to highlight that, geometrically, there is no difference at all between the Egyptian or Tychonic system and the Pythagorean system as revived by Copernicus, except that in the latter theory, the stars should appear to move when the earth changes its position—a test that completely failed due to the crude observational tools available at the time. The major flaw in all solar systems before Kepler (1609 A.D.) was the unthinking adherence to Plato's idea that planets must move in uniform circular motion, leading to the development of the epicycle, which undermined any potential for a dynamic theory.
Copernicus could not sever himself from this obnoxious tradition.[5] It is true that neither the Pythagorean nor the Egypto-Tychonic system required epicycles for explaining retrograde motion, as the Ptolemaic theory did. Furthermore, either system could use the excentric of Hipparchus to explain the irregular motion known as the equation of the centre. But Copernicus remarked that he could also use an epicycle for this purpose, or that he could use both an excentric and an epicycle for each planet, and so bring theory still closer into accord with observation. And this he proceeded to do.[6] Moreover, observers had found irregularities in the moon’s motion, due, as we now know, to the disturbing attraction of the sun. To correct for these irregularities Copernicus introduced epicycle on epicycle in the lunar orbit.
Copernicus couldn’t completely break free from this troublesome tradition. It’s true that neither the Pythagorean nor the Egyptian-Tychonic system needed epicycles to explain retrograde motion, unlike the Ptolemaic theory. Additionally, either system could use Hipparchus' eccentric to account for the irregular motion known as the equation of the center. However, Copernicus noted that he could also use an epicycle for this purpose, or both an eccentric and an epicycle for each planet, thus bringing the theory even closer to what was observed. And that’s exactly what he did. Furthermore, observers had noticed irregularities in the moon’s motion, which we now know were caused by the sun's gravitational influence. To adjust for these irregularities, Copernicus added epicycle upon epicycle in the lunar orbit.
This is in its main features the system propounded by Copernicus. But attention must, to state the case fully, be drawn to two points to be found in his first and sixth books respectively. The first point relates to the seasons, and it shows a strange ignorance of the laws of rotating bodies. To use the words of Delambre,[7] in drawing attention to the strange conception,
This system mainly reflects the ideas proposed by Copernicus. However, to fully address the matter, we need to highlight two points found in his first and sixth books, respectively. The first point concerns the seasons and reveals a surprising lack of understanding of the principles of rotating bodies. To quote Delambre, [7] while pointing out this unusual concept,
he imagined that the earth, revolving round the sun, ought always to show to it the same face; the contrary phenomena surprised him: to explain them he invented a third motion, and added it to the two real motions (rotation and orbital revolution). By this third motion the earth, he held, made a revolution on itself and on the poles of the ecliptic once a year ... Copernicus did not know that motion in a straight line is the natural motion, and that motion in a curve is the resultant of several movements. He believed, with Aristotle, that circular motion was the natural one.
He thought that the earth, orbiting around the sun, should always show the same face to it; the opposite occurrences surprised him. To explain them, he came up with a third type of motion and added it to the two real motions (rotation and orbital revolution). He believed that with this third motion, the earth made a revolution on itself and around the poles of the ecliptic once a year... Copernicus didn’t realize that straight-line motion is the natural motion, and that curved motion results from multiple movements. He believed, like Aristotle, that circular motion was the natural one.
Copernicus made this rotation of the earth’s axis about the pole of the ecliptic retrograde (i.e., opposite to the orbital revolution), and by making it perform more than one complete revolution in a year, the added part being 1/26000 of the whole, he was able to include the precession of the equinoxes in his explanation of the seasons. His explanation of the seasons is given on leaf 10 of his book (the pages of this book are not all numbered, only alternate pages, or leaves).
Copernicus made the rotation of the earth's axis around the pole of the ecliptic go backward (meaning it moves opposite to the orbital revolution), and by having it complete more than one full revolution in a year, with the additional part being 1/26000 of the total, he was able to incorporate the precession of the equinoxes into his explanation of the seasons. His explanation of the seasons can be found on leaf 10 of his book (not all pages are numbered in this book, only alternate pages, or leaves).
In his sixth book he discusses the inclination of the planetary orbits to the ecliptic. In regard to this the theory of Copernicus is unique; and it will be best to explain this in the words of Grant in his great work.[8] He says:—
In his sixth book, he talks about how the planetary orbits are tilted in relation to the ecliptic. The theory of Copernicus is unique in this aspect, and it’s best explained in the words of Grant in his great work.[8] He says:—
Copernicus, as we have already remarked, did not attack the principle of the epicyclical theory: he merely sought to make it more simple by placing the centre of the earth’s orbit in the centre of the universe. This was the point to which the motions of the planets were referred, for the planes of their orbits were made to pass through it, and their points of least and greatest velocities were also determined with reference to it. By this arrangement the sun was situate mathematically near the centre of the planetary system, but he did not appear to have any physical connexion with the planets as the centre of their motions.
Copernicus, as we've already noted, didn't challenge the idea behind the epicyclical theory; he simply aimed to simplify it by positioning the center of the earth’s orbit at the center of the universe. This was the reference point for the movements of the planets, as their orbital planes were designed to pass through it, and their fastest and slowest points were also measured in relation to it. With this setup, the sun was mathematically located close to the center of the planetary system, but it didn't seem to have any physical connection to the planets as the center of their movements.
According to Copernicus’ sixth book, the planes of the planetary orbits do not pass through the sun, and the lines of apses do not pass through to the sun.
According to Copernicus’ sixth book, the planes of the planetary orbits don't pass through the sun, and the lines of apses don't extend to the sun.
Such was the theory advanced by Copernicus: The earth moves in an epicycle, on a deferent whose centre is a little distance from the sun. The planets move in a similar way on epicycles, but their deferents have no geometrical or physical relation to the sun. The moon moves on an epicycle centred on a second epicycle, itself centred on a deferent, excentric to the earth. The earth’s axis rotates about the pole of the ecliptic, making one revolution and a twenty-six thousandth part of a revolution in the sidereal year, in the opposite direction to its orbital motion.
Such was the theory put forward by Copernicus: The Earth moves in an epicycle on a deferent that is slightly away from the sun. The planets follow a similar pattern on epicycles, but their deferents have no geometric or physical connection to the sun. The moon moves on an epicycle centered on another epicycle, which itself is centered on a deferent that is off-center from the Earth. The Earth's axis rotates around the pole of the ecliptic, completing one full revolution plus an additional twenty-six thousandths of a revolution in the sidereal year, in the opposite direction of its orbital motion.
In view of this fanciful structure it must be noted, in fairness to Copernicus, that he repeatedly states that the reader is not obliged to accept his system as showing the real motions; that it does not matter whether they be true, even approximately, or not, so long as they enable us to compute tables from which the places of the planets among the stars can be predicted.[9] He says that whoever is not satisfied with this explanation must be contented by being told that “mathematics are for mathematicians” (Mathematicis mathematica scribuntur).
Given this imaginative structure, it's important to acknowledge, in fairness to Copernicus, that he consistently clarifies that the reader isn't required to accept his system as representing the actual movements; whether these movements are true, even somewhat, doesn't really matter, as long as they allow us to create tables from which we can predict the positions of the planets among the stars.[9] He states that anyone who isn't satisfied with this explanation should be content with the notion that “mathematics are for mathematicians” (Mathematicis mathematica scribuntur).
At the same time he expresses his conviction over and over again that the earth is in motion. It is with him a pious belief, just as it was with Pythagoras and his school and with Aristarchus. “But” (as Dreyer says in his most interesting book, Tycho Brahe) “proofs of the physical truth of his system Copernicus had given none, and could give none,” any more than Pythagoras or Aristarchus.
At the same time, he keeps insisting that the earth is moving. This is a strong belief for him, just like it was for Pythagoras and his followers, as well as Aristarchus. “But” (as Dreyer mentions in his fascinating book, Tycho Brahe) “Copernicus provided no proof of the physical truth of his system, nor could he,” just as Pythagoras and Aristarchus could not.
There was nothing so startlingly simple in his system as to lead the cautious astronomer to accept it, as there was in the later Keplerian system; and the absence of parallax in the stars seemed to condemn his system, which had no physical basis to recommend it, and no simplification at all over the Egypto-Tychonic system, to which Copernicus himself drew attention. It has been necessary to devote perhaps undue space to the interesting work of Copernicus, because by a curious chance his name has become so widely known. He has been spoken of very generally as the founder of the solar system that is now accepted. This seems unfair, and on reading over what has been written about him at different times it will be noticed that the astronomers—those who have evidently read his great book—are very cautious in the words with which they eulogise him, and refrain from attributing to him the foundation of our solar system, which is entirely due to Kepler. It is only the more popular writers who give the idea that a revolution had been effected when Pythagoras’ system was revived, and when Copernicus supported his view that the earth moves and is not fixed.
There was nothing so strikingly straightforward in his system that would convince the careful astronomer to accept it, unlike the later Keplerian system. The lack of parallax in the stars seemed to undermine his system, which had no physical basis to support it and offered no simplification over the Egypto-Tychonic system, which Copernicus himself noted. It's perhaps necessary to spend too much time discussing Copernicus's fascinating work because, by a strange coincidence, his name has become so recognizable. He is often referred to as the founder of the solar system that we currently accept. This seems unfair, and upon reviewing what has been said about him over the years, it's clear that astronomers—those who have evidently studied his significant book—are very careful with their praise and avoid claiming that he established our solar system, which is entirely credited to Kepler. Only the more popular writers suggest that a transformation occurred when Pythagoras's system was revived and when Copernicus supported the idea that the Earth moves and is not stationary.
It may be easy to explain the association of the name of Copernicus with the Keplerian system. But the time has long passed when the historian can support in any way this popular error, which was started not by astronomers acquainted with Kepler’s work, but by those who desired to put the Church in the wrong by extolling Copernicus.
It might be simple to relate Copernicus's name to the Keplerian system. However, the time has long gone when historians can justify this common misconception, which was not promoted by astronomers familiar with Kepler’s work, but by those who wanted to discredit the Church by praising Copernicus.
Copernicus dreaded much the abuse he expected to receive from philosophers for opposing the authority of Aristotle, who had declared that the earth was fixed. So he sought and obtained the support of the Church, dedicating his great work to Pope Paul III. in a lengthy explanatory epistle. The Bishop of Cracow set up a memorial tablet in his honour.
Copernicus feared the backlash he anticipated from philosophers for challenging Aristotle's authority, which claimed that the earth was stationary. Therefore, he sought and received the backing of the Church, dedicating his monumental work to Pope Paul III in a detailed explanatory letter. The Bishop of Cracow established a memorial plaque in his honor.
Copernicus was the most refined exponent, and almost the last representative, of the Epicyclical School. As has been already stated, his successor, Tycho Brahe, supported the same use of epicycles and excentrics as Copernicus, though he held the earth to be fixed. But Tycho Brahe was eminently a practical observer, and took little part in theory; and his observations formed so essential a portion of the system of Kepler that it is only fair to include his name among these who laid the foundations of the solar system which we accept to-day.
Copernicus was the most sophisticated representative, and almost the last one, of the Epicyclical School. As mentioned earlier, his successor, Tycho Brahe, used epicycles and eccentrics just like Copernicus, even though he believed the Earth was stationary. However, Tycho Brahe was primarily a practical observer and didn’t engage much in theory; his observations were crucial to Kepler's system, so it's only fair to include his name among those who laid the groundwork for the solar system we accept today.
In now taking leave of the system of epicycles let it be remarked that it has been held up to ridicule more than it deserves. On reading Airy’s account of epicycles, in the beautifully clear language of his Six Lectures on Astronomy, the impression is made that the jointed bars there spoken of for describing the circles were supposed to be real. This is no more the case than that the spheres of Eudoxus and Callippus were supposed to be real. Both were introduced only to illustrate the mathematical conception upon which the solar, planetary, and lunar tables were constructed. The epicycles represented nothing more nor less than the first terms in the Fourier series, which in the last century has become a basis of such calculations, both in astronomy and physics generally.
In leaving behind the system of epicycles, it should be noted that it has been mocked more than it deserves. After reading Airy’s explanation of epicycles in the clearly articulated language of his Six Lectures on Astronomy, one might get the impression that the connected bars mentioned for describing the circles were meant to be real. This is no more accurate than claiming that the spheres of Eudoxus and Callippus were considered real. Both were introduced solely to illustrate the mathematical concept on which the solar, planetary, and lunar tables were built. The epicycles represented nothing more than the initial terms in the Fourier series, which became a foundation for such calculations in the last century, both in astronomy and in physics more broadly.

“QUADRANS MURALIS SIVE
TICHONICUS.”
With portrait of Tycho Brahe,
instruments, etc., painted on the wall; showing assistants using the sight,
watching the clock, and recording. (From the author’s copy of the
Astronomiæ Instauratæ Mechanica.)
“QUADRANS MURALIS SIVE
TICHONICUS.”
With a portrait of Tycho Brahe, instruments, etc., painted on the wall; showing assistants using the sight, watching the clock, and recording. (From the author’s copy of the Astronomiæ Instauratæ Mechanica.)
FOOTNOTES:
FOOTNOTES:
[2] Ibid.
[5] In his great book Copernicus says: “The movement of the heavenly bodies is uniform, circular, perpetual, or else composed of circular movements.” In this he proclaimed himself a follower of Pythagoras (see p. 14), as also when he says: “The world is spherical because the sphere is, of all figures, the most perfect” (Delambre, Ast. Mod. Hist., pp. 86, 87).
[5] In his influential book, Copernicus states: “The movement of the heavenly bodies is regular, circular, and continuous, or made up of circular motions.” In this, he identified himself as a follower of Pythagoras (see p. 14), as he also notes: “The world is spherical because the sphere is the most perfect of all shapes” (Delambre, Ast. Mod. Hist., pp. 86, 87).
[6] Kepler tells us that Tycho Brahe was pleased with this device, and adapted it to his own system.
[6] Kepler tells us that Tycho Brahe was happy with this device and adjusted it to fit his own system.
[9] “Est enim Astronomi proprium, historiam motuum coelestium diligenti et artificiosa observatione colligere. Deinde causas earundem, seu hypotheses, cum veras assequi nulla ratione possit ... Neque enim necesse est, eas hypotheses esse veras, imo ne verisimiles quidem, sed sufficit hoc usum, si calculum observationibus congruentem exhibeant.”
[9] "It is the task of astronomers to carefully and skillfully gather the history of celestial movements. Then they seek the causes or hypotheses for these movements, although no reasoning can fully establish their truth... Furthermore, it is not necessary for these hypotheses to be true, or even likely; it is enough if they present a calculation that aligns with observations."
5. DISCOVERY OF THE TRUE SOLAR SYSTEM—TYCHO BRAHE—KEPLER.
During the period of the intellectual and aesthetic revival, at the beginning of the sixteenth century, the “spirit of the age” was fostered by the invention of printing, by the downfall of the Byzantine Empire, and the scattering of Greek fugitives, carrying the treasures of literature through Western Europe, by the works of Raphael and Michael Angelo, by the Reformation, and by the extension of the known world through the voyages of Spaniards and Portuguese. During that period there came to the front the founder of accurate observational astronomy. Tycho Brahe, a Dane, born in 1546 of noble parents, was the most distinguished, diligent, and accurate observer of the heavens since the days of Hipparchus, 1,700 years before.
During the time of the intellectual and cultural revival at the start of the sixteenth century, the “spirit of the age” was driven by the invention of printing, the fall of the Byzantine Empire, and the dispersal of Greek exiles who brought the treasures of literature to Western Europe. It was also influenced by the works of Raphael and Michelangelo, the Reformation, and the expansion of the known world thanks to the explorations of Spaniards and Portuguese. In this period, a prominent figure emerged as the founder of accurate observational astronomy. Tycho Brahe, a Dane born in 1546 to noble parents, became the most distinguished, dedicated, and precise observer of the heavens since Hipparchus, who lived 1,700 years earlier.
Tycho was devoted entirely to his science from childhood, and the opposition of his parents only stimulated him in his efforts to overcome difficulties. He soon grasped the hopelessness of the old deductive methods of reasoning, and decided that no theories ought to be indulged in until preparations had been made by the accumulation of accurate observations. We may claim for him the title of founder of the inductive method.
Tycho was completely dedicated to his science from a young age, and his parents' opposition only motivated him to push through challenges. He quickly realized that the old deductive reasoning methods were ineffective and decided that no theories should be entertained until a solid foundation of accurate observations had been gathered. We can consider him the founder of the inductive method.
For a complete life of this great man the reader is referred to Dreyer’s Tycho Brahe, Edinburgh, 1890, containing a complete bibliography. The present notice must be limited to noting the work done, and the qualities of character which enabled him to attain his scientific aims, and which have been conspicuous in many of his successors.
For a full biography of this great man, the reader should check out Dreyer’s Tycho Brahe, Edinburgh, 1890, which includes a complete bibliography. This overview will focus on highlighting his achievements and the character traits that helped him reach his scientific goals, which have also been evident in many of his successors.
He studied in Germany, but King Frederick of Denmark, appreciating his great talents, invited him to carry out his life’s work in that country. He granted to him the island of Hveen, gave him a pension, and made him a canon of the Cathedral of Roskilde. On that island Tycho Brahe built the splendid observatory which he called Uraniborg, and, later, a second one for his assistants and students, called Stjerneborg. These he fitted up with the most perfect instruments, and never lost a chance of adding to his stock of careful observations.[1]
He studied in Germany, but King Frederick of Denmark, recognizing his immense talents, invited him to pursue his life's work in that country. He granted him the island of Hveen, provided him a stipend, and appointed him as a canon of the Cathedral of Roskilde. On that island, Tycho Brahe built the impressive observatory he named Uraniborg, and later, a second observatory for his assistants and students, called Stjerneborg. He equipped both with the finest instruments and seized every opportunity to expand his collection of meticulous observations.[1]
The account of all these instruments and observations, printed at his own press on the island, was published by Tycho Brahe himself, and the admirable and numerous engravings bear witness to the excellence of design and the stability of his instruments.
The record of all these tools and observations, printed at his own press on the island, was published by Tycho Brahe himself, and the impressive and numerous engravings reflect the quality of design and the reliability of his instruments.
His mechanical skill was very great, and in his workmanship he was satisfied with nothing but the best. He recognised the importance of rigidity in the instruments, and, whereas these had generally been made of wood, he designed them in metal. His instruments included armillae like those which had been used in Alexandria, and other armillae designed by himself—sextants, mural quadrants, large celestial globes and various instruments for special purposes. He lived before the days of telescopes and accurate clocks. He invented the method of sub-dividing the degrees on the arc of an instrument by transversals somewhat in the way that Pedro Nunez had proposed.
His mechanical skills were exceptional, and he accepted nothing but the best in his work. He understood the importance of rigidity in instruments, so while most were typically made from wood, he created them using metal. His instruments included armillae similar to those used in Alexandria, along with other armillae of his own design—sextants, mural quadrants, large celestial globes, and various tools for specific purposes. He lived before telescopes and accurate clocks were invented. He developed a method for subdividing degrees on the arc of an instrument using transversals, somewhat similar to what Pedro Nunez had suggested.
He originated the true system of observation and reduction of observations, recognising the fact that the best instrument in the world is not perfect; and with each of his instruments he set to work to find out the errors of graduation and the errors of mounting, the necessary correction being applied to each observation.
He developed the real system for observing and correcting observations, understanding that no instrument in the world is perfect. With each of his instruments, he worked to identify the graduation errors and mounting errors, applying the necessary corrections to each observation.
When he wanted to point his instrument exactly to a star he was confronted with precisely the same difficulty as is met in gunnery and rifle-shooting. The sights and the object aimed at cannot be in focus together, and a great deal depends on the form of sight. Tycho Brahe invented, and applied to the pointers of his instruments, an aperture-sight of variable area, like the iris diaphragm used now in photography. This enabled him to get the best result with stars of different brightness. The telescope not having been invented, he could not use a telescopic-sight as we now do in gunnery. This not only removes the difficulty of focussing, but makes the minimum visible angle smaller. Helmholtz has defined the minimum angle measurable with the naked eye as being one minute of arc. In view of this it is simply marvellous that, when the positions of Tycho’s standard stars are compared with the best modern catalogues, his probable error in right ascension is only ± 24”, 1, and in declination only ± 25”, 9.
When he wanted to aim his instrument precisely at a star, he faced the same challenge as in shooting with guns and rifles. The sights and the target can’t be in focus at the same time, and a lot depends on the shape of the sight. Tycho Brahe invented and applied a variable aperture sight to the pointers of his instruments, similar to the iris diaphragm used in photography today. This allowed him to achieve the best results with stars of varying brightness. Since the telescope hadn't been invented yet, he couldn't use a telescopic sight like we do in shooting nowadays. This would not only eliminate the focusing issue but also reduce the minimum visible angle. Helmholtz has defined the minimum angle that can be measured with the naked eye as one minute of arc. Given this, it’s truly amazing that when comparing the positions of Tycho’s standard stars with the best modern catalogs, his probable error in right ascension is only ± 24”, 1, and in declination only ± 25”, 9.
Clocks of a sort had been made, but Tycho Brahe found them so unreliable that he seldom used them, and many of his position-measurements were made by measuring the angular distances from known stars.
Clocks of a kind had been created, but Tycho Brahe considered them so unreliable that he rarely used them, and many of his measurements of positions were done by measuring the angular distances from known stars.
Taking into consideration the absence of either a telescope or a clock, and reading his account of the labour he bestowed upon each observation, we must all agree that Kepler, who inherited these observations in MS., was justified, under the conditions then existing, in declaring that there was no hope of anyone ever improving upon them.
Considering the lack of a telescope or a clock, and looking at his account of the effort he put into each observation, we all have to agree that Kepler, who received these observations in manuscript form, was right, given the circumstances at the time, in saying that there was no chance anyone would ever do better than that.
In the year 1572, on November 11th, Tycho discovered in Cassiopeia a new star of great brilliance, and continued to observe it until the end of January, 1573. So incredible to him was such an event that he refused to believe his own eyes until he got others to confirm what he saw. He made accurate observations of its distance from the nine principal stars in Casseiopeia, and proved that it had no measurable parallax. Later he employed the same method with the comets of 1577, 1580, 1582, 1585, 1590, 1593, and 1596, and proved that they too had no measurable parallax and must be very distant.
In 1572, on November 11th, Tycho discovered a new star in Cassiopeia that was exceptionally bright, and he continued to observe it until the end of January, 1573. It was such an unbelievable event for him that he couldn’t trust his own eyes until he got others to confirm what he saw. He made precise measurements of its distance from the nine main stars in Cassiopeia and demonstrated that it had no measurable parallax. Later, he used the same technique with the comets of 1577, 1580, 1582, 1585, 1590, 1593, and 1596, and showed that they also had no measurable parallax and must be very far away.
The startling discovery that stars are not necessarily permanent, that new stars may appear, and possibly that old ones may disappear, had upon him exactly the same effect that a similar occurrence had upon Hipparchus 1,700 years before. He felt it his duty to catalogue all the principal stars, so that there should be no mistake in the future. During the construction of his catalogue of 1,000 stars he prepared and used accurate tables of refraction deduced from his own observations. Thus he eliminated (so far as naked eye observations required) the effect of atmospheric refraction which makes the altitude of a star seem greater than it really is.
The shocking realization that stars aren’t permanent, that new stars can appear, and possibly that old ones can disappear, had on him the same impact that a similar event had on Hipparchus 1,700 years earlier. He felt it was his responsibility to catalog all the main stars to avoid any confusion in the future. While creating his catalog of 1,000 stars, he developed and utilized precise tables of refraction based on his own observations. This way, he accounted for (as far as naked eye observations were concerned) the effect of atmospheric refraction, which makes a star's altitude seem higher than it actually is.
Tycho Brahe was able to correct the lunar theory by his observations. Copernicus had introduced two epicycles on the lunar orbit in the hope of obtaining a better accordance between theory and observation; and he was not too ambitious, as his desire was to get the tables accurate to ten minutes. Tycho Brahe found that the tables of Copernicus were in error as much as two degrees. He re-discovered the inequality called “variation” by observing the moon in all phases—a thing which had not been attended to. [It is remarkable that in the nineteenth century Sir George Airy established an altazimuth at Greenwich Observatory with this special object, to get observations of the moon in all phases.] He also discovered other lunar equalities, and wanted to add another epicycle to the moon’s orbit, but he feared that these would soon become unmanageable if further observations showed more new inequalities.
Tycho Brahe was able to improve the lunar theory through his observations. Copernicus had added two epicycles to the lunar orbit in hopes of achieving a better fit between theory and observation, and he wasn’t aiming too high, wanting the tables to be accurate to ten minutes. Tycho Brahe found that Copernicus's tables were off by as much as two degrees. He re-discovered the inequality known as “variation” by observing the moon in all its phases—a detail that had been overlooked. [It’s interesting that in the nineteenth century, Sir George Airy set up an altazimuth at Greenwich Observatory specifically to get observations of the moon in all phases.] He also uncovered other lunar equalities and wanted to add another epicycle to the moon’s orbit, but he worried that these would quickly become unmanageable if further observations revealed more new inequalities.
But, as it turned out, the most fruitful work of Tycho Brahe was on the motions of the planets, and especially of the planet Mars, for it was by an examination of these results that Kepler was led to the discovery of his immortal laws.
But, as it turned out, the most productive work of Tycho Brahe was on the movements of the planets, particularly the planet Mars, because it was by analyzing these results that Kepler made his groundbreaking discoveries.
After the death of King Frederick the observatories of Tycho Brahe were not supported. The gigantic power and industry displayed by this determined man were accompanied, as often happens, by an overbearing manner, intolerant of obstacles. This led to friction, and eventually the observatories were dismantled, and Tycho Brahe was received by the Emperor Rudolph II., who placed a house in Prague at his disposal. Here he worked for a few years, with Kepler as one of his assistants, and he died in the year 1601.
After King Frederick died, Tycho Brahe’s observatories lost support. The immense talent and drive of this resolute man often came with a controlling attitude that wouldn’t tolerate obstacles. This caused conflicts, and eventually the observatories were taken apart. Tycho Brahe was then taken in by Emperor Rudolph II., who gave him a house in Prague. He worked there for a few years, with Kepler as one of his assistants, and he died in 1601.
It is an interesting fact that Tycho Brahe had a firm conviction that mundane events could be predicted by astrology, and that this belief was supported by his own predictions.
It’s interesting that Tycho Brahe strongly believed that earthly events could be predicted through astrology, and his own predictions backed up this belief.
It has already been stated that Tycho Brahe maintained that observation must precede theory. He did not accept the Copernican theory that the earth moves, but for a working hypothesis he used a modification of an old Egyptian theory, mathematically identical with that of Copernicus, but not involving a stellar parallax. He says (De Mundi, etc.) that
It has already been stated that Tycho Brahe believed observation must come before theory. He did not agree with the Copernican theory that the Earth moves, but for a working hypothesis, he used a modified version of an old Egyptian theory, which was mathematically identical to Copernicus's but did not involve stellar parallax. He says (De Mundi, etc) that
the Ptolemean system was too complicated, and the new one which that great man Copernicus had proposed, following in the footsteps of Aristarchus of Samos, though there was nothing in it contrary to mathematical principles, was in opposition to those of physics, as the heavy and sluggish earth is unfit to move, and the system is even opposed to the authority of Scripture. The absence of annual parallax further involves an incredible distance between the outermost planet and the fixed stars.
the Ptolemaic system was too complicated, and the new one proposed by that great man Copernicus, following in the footsteps of Aristarchus of Samos, although it didn’t violate any mathematical principles, conflicted with physical principles, as the heavy and sluggish earth is not suited to move, and the system even contradicted the authority of Scripture. The lack of annual parallax also suggests an incredible distance between the farthest planet and the fixed stars.
We are bound to admit that in the circumstances of the case, so long as there was no question of dynamical forces connecting the members of the solar system, his reasoning, as we should expect from such a man, is practical and sound. It is not surprising, then, that astronomers generally did not readily accept the views of Copernicus, that Luther (Luther’s Tischreden, pp. 22, 60) derided him in his usual pithy manner, that Melancthon (Initia doctrinae physicae) said that Scripture, and also science, are against the earth’s motion; and that the men of science whose opinion was asked for by the cardinals (who wished to know whether Galileo was right or wrong) looked upon Copernicus as a weaver of fanciful theories.
We have to acknowledge that in this situation, as long as there wasn't any question of dynamic forces connecting the members of the solar system, his reasoning, as we would expect from someone like him, is practical and sound. It's not surprising that astronomers in general were not quick to accept Copernicus's ideas, that Luther mocked him in his usual blunt way, that Melancthon stated that both Scripture and science are against the earth's motion, and that the scientists who were consulted by the cardinals (who wanted to know if Galileo was right or wrong) viewed Copernicus as someone who spun fanciful theories.
Johann Kepler is the name of the man whose place, as is generally agreed, would have been the most difficult to fill among all those who have contributed to the advance of astronomical knowledge. He was born at Wiel, in the Duchy of Wurtemberg, in 1571. He held an appointment at Gratz, in Styria, and went to join Tycho Brahe in Prague, and to assist in reducing his observations. These came into his possession when Tycho Brahe died, the Emperor Rudolph entrusting to him the preparation of new tables (called the Rudolphine tables) founded on the new and accurate observations. He had the most profound respect for the knowledge, skill, determination, and perseverance of the man who had reaped such a harvest of most accurate data; and though Tycho hardly recognised the transcendent genius of the man who was working as his assistant, and although there were disagreements between them, Kepler held to his post, sustained by the conviction that, with these observations to test any theory, he would be in a position to settle for ever the problem of the solar system.
Johann Kepler is the name of the man whose role, as is generally agreed, would have been the hardest to replace among everyone who has helped advance astronomical knowledge. He was born in 1571 in Wiel, in the Duchy of Wurtemberg. He held a position in Gratz, Styria, before joining Tycho Brahe in Prague to help analyze his observations. After Tycho Brahe passed away, Kepler took over his observations, and the Emperor Rudolph entrusted him with creating new tables (called the Rudolphine tables) based on these new and precise observations. He had great respect for the knowledge, skill, determination, and perseverance of the man who had gathered such a wealth of accurate data; and even though Tycho barely recognized the outstanding genius of his assistant and there were disagreements between them, Kepler remained committed to his position, believing that with these observations to test any theory, he could finally resolve the mysteries of the solar system.

PORTRAIT OF JOHANNES
KEPLER.
By F. Wanderer, from Reitlinger’s
“Johannes Kepler”
(original in Strassburg).
PORTRAIT OF JOHANNES KEPLER.
By F. Wanderer, from Reitlinger’s “Johannes Kepler”
(original in Strassburg).
It has seemed to many that Plato’s demand for uniform circular motion (linear or angular) was responsible for a loss to astronomy of good work during fifteen hundred years, for a hundred ill-considered speculative cosmogonies, for dissatisfaction, amounting to disgust, with these à priori guesses, and for the relegation of the science to less intellectual races than Greeks and other Europeans. Nobody seemed to dare to depart from this fetish of uniform angular motion and circular orbits until the insight, boldness, and independence of Johann Kepler opened up a new world of thought and of intellectual delight.
It has seemed to many that Plato’s insistence on uniform circular motion (whether linear or angular) was responsible for a significant setback in astronomy for fifteen hundred years, leading to a multitude of poorly thought-out speculative theories about the universe, a growing dissatisfaction that bordered on disgust with these à priori assumptions, and the relegation of the field to less intellectual groups than the Greeks and other Europeans. No one appeared to have the courage to challenge this obsession with uniform angular motion and circular orbits until the insight, boldness, and independence of Johann Kepler opened up a new realm of thought and intellectual enjoyment.
While at work on the Rudolphine tables he used the old epicycles and deferents and excentrics, but he could not make theory agree with observation. His instincts told him that these apologists for uniform motion were a fraud; and he proved it to himself by trying every possible variation of the elements and finding them fail. The number of hypotheses which he examined and rejected was almost incredible (for example, that the planets turn round centres at a little distance from the sun, that the epicycles have centres at a little distance from the deferent, and so on). He says that, after using all these devices to make theory agree with Tycho’s observations, he still found errors amounting to eight minutes of a degree. Then he said boldly that it was impossible that so good an observer as Tycho could have made a mistake of eight minutes, and added: “Out of these eight minutes we will construct a new theory that will explain the motions of all the planets.” And he did it, with elliptic orbits having the sun in a focus of each.[2]
While working on the Rudolphine tables, he relied on the old concepts of epicycles, deferents, and eccentricities, but he couldn't get the theory to match the observations. His instincts told him that these explanations for uniform motion were misleading; he confirmed this by trying every possible variation of the elements and finding them lacking. The number of ideas he looked into and dismissed was almost unbelievable (for instance, that planets orbit around centers a bit away from the sun, or that the epicycles have centers slightly off from the deferent, and so on). He noted that after using all these methods to align theory with Tycho’s observations, he still encountered errors of up to eight minutes of a degree. Then he confidently stated that it was impossible for such a skilled observer as Tycho to have made an eight-minute mistake and added, “From these eight minutes, we will build a new theory that explains the movements of all the planets.” And he did it, with elliptical orbits having the sun at one focus of each.[2]
It is often difficult to define the boundaries between fancies, imagination, hypothesis, and sound theory. This extraordinary genius was a master in all these modes of attacking a problem. His analogy between the spaces occupied by the five regular solids and the distances of the planets from the sun, which filled him with so much delight, was a display of pure fancy. His demonstration of the three fundamental laws of planetary motion was the most strict and complete theory that had ever been attempted.
It’s often tough to draw the line between imagination, guesses, and solid theories. This incredible genius excelled in all these ways of tackling a problem. His comparison of the spaces taken up by the five regular solids to the distances of the planets from the sun, which brought him so much joy, was just pure imagination. His proof of the three fundamental laws of planetary motion was the most rigorous and comprehensive theory that had ever been developed.
It has been often suggested that the revival by Copernicus of the notion of a moving earth was a help to Kepler. No one who reads Kepler’s great book could hold such an opinion for a moment. In fact, the excellence of Copernicus’s book helped to prolong the life of the epicyclical theories in opposition to Kepler’s teaching.
It has often been said that Copernicus's revival of the idea of a moving Earth helped Kepler. However, anyone who reads Kepler's great book would quickly dismiss that idea. In reality, the quality of Copernicus's work actually contributed to the longevity of the epicyclical theories, which went against Kepler's teachings.
All of the best theories were compared by him with observation. These were the Ptolemaic, the Copernican, and the Tychonic. The two latter placed all of the planetary orbits concentric with one another, the sun being placed a little away from their common centre, and having no apparent relation to them, and being actually outside the planes in which they move. Kepler’s first great discovery was that the planes of all the orbits pass through the sun; his second was that the line of apses of each planet passes through the sun; both were contradictory to the Copernican theory.
He compared all the best theories to observations. These included the Ptolemaic, the Copernican, and the Tychonic models. The latter two had all the planetary orbits arranged around a common center, with the sun placed slightly away from it, showing no apparent connection and sitting outside the planes in which the planets move. Kepler’s first major discovery was that the planes of all the orbits intersect at the sun; his second was that the line connecting the farthest and closest points of each planet's orbit goes through the sun; both of these findings contradicted the Copernican theory.
He proceeds cautiously with his propositions until he arrives at his great laws, and he concludes his book by comparing observations of Mars, of all dates, with his theory.
He moves carefully with his ideas until he gets to his major laws, and he wraps up his book by comparing observations of Mars from all time periods to his theory.
His first law states that the planets describe ellipses with the sun at a focus of each ellipse.
His first law states that the planets move in elliptical orbits with the sun at one of the foci of each ellipse.
His second law (a far more difficult one to prove) states that a line drawn from a planet to the sun sweeps over equal areas in equal times. These two laws were published in his great work, Astronomia Nova, sen. Physica Coelestis tradita commentariis de Motibus Stelloe; Martis, Prague, 1609.
His second law (which is much harder to prove) states that a line drawn from a planet to the sun sweeps over equal areas in equal times. These two laws were published in his major work, Astronomia Nova, sen. Physica Coelestis tradita commentariis de Motibus Stelloe; Martis, Prague, 1609.
It took him nine years more[3] to discover his third law, that the squares of the periodic times are proportional to the cubes of the mean distances from the sun.
It took him nine more years[3] to find his third law, that the squares of the orbital periods are proportional to the cubes of the average distances from the sun.
These three laws contain implicitly the law of universal gravitation. They are simply an alternative way of expressing that law in dealing with planets, not particles. Only, the power of the greatest human intellect is so utterly feeble that the meaning of the words in Kepler’s three laws could not be understood until expounded by the logic of Newton’s dynamics.
These three laws implicitly include the law of universal gravitation. They offer another way to express that law when discussing planets instead of particles. However, the capacity of even the brightest human mind is so limited that the meaning of Kepler’s three laws couldn’t be grasped until it was explained through Newton’s principles of motion.
The joy with which Kepler contemplated the final demonstration of these laws, the evolution of which had occupied twenty years, can hardly be imagined by us. He has given some idea of it in a passage in his work on Harmonics, which is not now quoted, only lest someone might say it was egotistical—a term which is simply grotesque when applied to such a man with such a life’s work accomplished.
The joy that Kepler felt when he finally proved these laws, which had taken him twenty years to develop, is almost unimaginable for us today. He touched on this in a section of his work on Harmonics, which isn't quoted here, just in case someone claims it sounds self-centered—a label that seems ridiculous when used to describe someone with such an incredible life’s work.
The whole book, Astronomia Nova, is a pleasure to read; the mass of observations that are used, and the ingenuity of the propositions, contrast strongly with the loose and imperfectly supported explanations of all his predecessors; and the indulgent reader will excuse the devotion of a few lines to an example of the ingenuity and beauty of his methods.
The entire book, Astronomia Nova, is enjoyable to read; the wealth of observations and the cleverness of the ideas stand out sharply against the vague and poorly supported explanations of all his predecessors. A kind reader will forgive the attention given to a brief example of the creativity and elegance of his methods.
It may seem a hopeless task to find out the true paths of Mars and the earth (at that time when their shape even was not known) from the observations giving only the relative direction from night to night. Now, Kepler had twenty years of observations of Mars to deal with. This enabled him to use a new method, to find the earth’s orbit. Observe the date at any time when Mars is in opposition. The earth’s position E at that date gives the longitude of Mars M. His period is 687 days. Now choose dates before and after the principal date at intervals of 687 days and its multiples. Mars is in each case in the same position. Now for any date when Mars is at M and the earth at E3 the date of the year gives the angle E3SM. And the observation of Tycho gives the direction of Mars compared with the sun, SE3M. So all the angles of the triangle SEM in any of these positions of E are known, and also the ratios of SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4 to SM and to each other.
It might seem like a pointless task to figure out the exact paths of Mars and Earth (especially at a time when their shapes weren't even known) based only on observations that provided relative directions from night to night. Kepler, however, had twenty years’ worth of observations of Mars to work with. This allowed him to apply a new method to determine Earth’s orbit. By noting the date when Mars is in opposition, Earth’s position E on that date reveals the longitude of Mars M. Mars has a cycle of 687 days. Next, select dates before and after the main date at intervals of 687 days and its multiples. In each case, Mars will be in the same position. For any date when Mars is at M and Earth is at E3, the date of the year will provide the angle E3SM. Tycho’s observations give the direction of Mars compared to the sun, SE3M. Thus, all the angles of triangle SEM at any of these positions of E are known, as well as the ratios of SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4 to SM and to one another.

For the orbit of Mars observations were chosen at intervals of a year, when the earth was always in the same place.
For the observations of Mars's orbit, data was collected at one-year intervals, when the Earth was consistently in the same position.
But Kepler saw much farther than the geometrical facts. He realised that the orbits are followed owing to a force directed to the sun; and he guessed that this is the same force as the gravity that makes a stone fall. He saw the difficulty of gravitation acting through the void space. He compared universal gravitation to magnetism, and speaks of the work of Gilbert of Colchester. (Gilbert’s book, De Mundo Nostro Sublunari, Philosophia Nova, Amstelodami, 1651, containing similar views, was published forty-eight years after Gilbert’s death, and forty-two years after Kepler’s book and reference. His book De Magnete was published in 1600.)
But Kepler saw much more than just the mathematical details. He understood that the planets move in their orbits because of a force pulling them towards the sun; he speculated that this force was the same one that causes a stone to fall. He recognized the challenge of gravity acting through empty space. He compared universal gravitation to magnetism and mentioned the work of Gilbert of Colchester. (Gilbert’s book, De Mundo Nostro Sublunari, Philosophia Nova, Amstelodami, 1651, which shares similar ideas, was published forty-eight years after Gilbert’s death, and forty-two years after Kepler’s book and mention. His book De Magnete was published in 1600.)
A few of Kepler’s views on gravitation, extracted from the Introduction to his Astronomia Nova, may now be mentioned:—
A few of Kepler’s ideas about gravity, taken from the Introduction to his Astronomia Nova, can now be mentioned:—
1. Every body at rest remains at rest if outside the attractive power of other bodies.
1. Every object at rest stays at rest unless acted on by the attractive force of other objects.
2. Gravity is a property of masses mutually attracting in such manner that the earth attracts a stone much more than a stone attracts the earth.
2. Gravity is a property of masses that attract each other in a way that the earth pulls on a stone much more than the stone pulls on the earth.
3. Bodies are attracted to the earth’s centre, not because it is the centre of the universe, but because it is the centre of the attracting particles of the earth.
3. Objects are drawn to the earth's center, not because it is the center of the universe, but because it is the center of the attracting particles of the earth.
4. If the earth be not round (but spheroidal?), then bodies at different latitudes will not be attracted to its centre, but to different points in the neighbourhood of that centre.
4. If the earth isn't round (but spheroidal?), then objects at different latitudes won't be pulled toward its center, but toward different points near that center.
5. If the earth and moon were not retained in their orbits by vital force (aut alia aligua aequipollenti), the earth and moon would come together.
5. If the earth and moon weren’t held in their orbits by a vital force (aut alia aligua aequipollenti), the earth and moon would collide.
6. If the earth were to cease to attract its waters, the oceans would all rise and flow to the moon.
6. If the Earth stopped pulling in its water, the oceans would all rise and move toward the moon.
7. He attributes the tides to lunar attraction. Kepler had been appointed Imperial Astronomer with a handsome salary (on paper), a fraction of which was doled out to him very irregularly. He was led to miserable makeshifts to earn enough to keep his family from starvation; and proceeded to Ratisbon in 1630 to represent his claims to the Diet. He arrived worn out and debilitated; he failed in his appeal, and died from fever, contracted under, and fed upon, disappointment and exhaustion. Those were not the days when men could adopt as a profession the “research of endowment.”
7. He explains the tides by the pull of the moon. Kepler had been made the Imperial Astronomer with a nice salary (on paper), but he only received a small portion of it very sporadically. He was forced to find desperate ways to earn enough to keep his family from starving, and in 1630 he went to Ratisbon to present his case to the Diet. He arrived worn out and weak; he failed in his appeal and died from fever, brought on by disappointment and exhaustion. Those weren't the times when people could turn “grant-seeking” into a profession.
Before taking leave of Kepler, who was by no means a man of one idea, it ought to be here recorded that he was the first to suggest that a telescope made with both lenses convex (not a Galilean telescope) can have cross wires in the focus, for use as a pointer to fix accurately the positions of stars. An Englishman, Gascoigne, was the first to use this in practice.
Before parting ways with Kepler, who was definitely not a one-dimensional thinker, it should be noted that he was the first to propose that a telescope made with both lenses convex (not a Galilean telescope) can have crosshairs in the focus, serving as a pointer to accurately determine the positions of stars. An Englishman, Gascoigne, was the first to put this into practice.
From the all too brief epitome here given of Kepler’s greatest book, it must be obvious that he had at that time some inkling of the meaning of his laws—universal gravitation. From that moment the idea of universal gravitation was in the air, and hints and guesses were thrown out by many; and in time the law of gravitation would doubtless have been discovered, though probably not by the work of one man, even if Newton had not lived. But, if Kepler had not lived, who else could have discovered his laws?
From the brief summary provided here of Kepler’s greatest book, it's clear that he had some understanding of his laws—universal gravitation. From that point on, the concept of universal gravitation was in circulation, and many people were making suggestions and hypotheses. Eventually, the law of gravitation would have been uncovered, although probably not by a single individual, even if Newton hadn't existed. But if Kepler hadn't lived, who else could have come up with his laws?
FOOTNOTES:
FOOTNOTES:
[1] When the writer visited M. D’Arrest, the astronomer, at Copenhagen, in 1872, he was presented by D’Arrest with one of several bricks collected from the ruins of Uraniborg. This was one of his most cherished possessions until, on returning home after a prolonged absence on astronomical work, he found that his treasure had been tidied away from his study.
[1] When the writer visited the astronomer M. D’Arrest in Copenhagen in 1872, D’Arrest gave him one of several bricks collected from the ruins of Uraniborg. This became one of his most treasured possessions until he returned home after a long absence due to astronomical work and discovered that his prized item had been put away from his study.
[2] An ellipse is one of the plane, sections of a cone. It is an oval curve, which may be drawn by fixing two pins in a sheet of paper at S and H, fastening a string, SPH, to the two pins, and stretching it with a pencil point at P, and moving the pencil point, while the string is kept taut, to trace the oval ellipse, APB. S and H are the foci. Kepler found the sun to be in one focus, say S. AB is the major axis. DE is the minor axis. C is the centre. The direction of AB is the line of apses. The ratio of CS to CA is the excentricity. The position of the planet at A is the perihelion (nearest to the sun). The position of the planet at B is the aphelion (farthest from the sun). The angle ASP is the anomaly when the planet is at P. CA or a line drawn from S to D is the mean distance of the planet from the sun.
[2] An ellipse is a flat shape created by slicing a cone. It looks like an oval, which can be drawn by sticking two pins in a piece of paper at points S and H, attaching a string, SPH, to the two pins, and pulling it taut with a pencil at point P. As you move the pencil while keeping the string tight, you trace out the oval ellipse, APB. S and H are the foci. Kepler discovered that the sun is located at one focus, which we can call S. AB is the major axis. DE is the minor axis. C is the centre. The direction of AB is known as the line of apses. The ratio of CS to CA is called the excentricity. The position of the planet at A is the perihelion (the closest point to the sun). The position of the planet at B is the aphelion (the farthest point from the sun). The angle ASP is the anomaly when the planet is at P. CA or a line drawn from S to D represents the mean distance of the planet from the sun.

[3] The ruled logarithmic paper we now use was not then to be had by going into a stationer’s shop. Else he would have accomplished this in five minutes.
[3] The ruled logarithmic paper we use today wasn’t available in a stationery store back then. Otherwise, he would have gotten it in five minutes.
6. GALILEO AND THE TELESCOPE—NOTIONS OF GRAVITY BY HORROCKS, ETC.
It is now necessary to leave the subject of dynamical astronomy for a short time in order to give some account of work in a different direction originated by a contemporary of Kepler’s, his senior in fact by seven years. Galileo Galilei was born at Pisa in 1564. The most scientific part of his work dealt with terrestrial dynamics; but one of those fortunate chances which happen only to really great men put him in the way of originating a new branch of astronomy.
It’s now essential to step away from the topic of dynamic astronomy for a moment to discuss some work in a different area started by a contemporary of Kepler, who was actually seven years older than him. Galileo Galilei was born in Pisa in 1564. The most scientific aspect of his work focused on terrestrial dynamics, but one of those lucky breaks that only happen to truly great individuals led him to establish a new branch of astronomy.
The laws of motion had not been correctly defined. The only man of Galileo’s time who seems to have worked successfully in the same direction as himself was that Admirable Crichton of the Italians, Leonardo da Vinci. Galileo cleared the ground. It had always been noticed that things tend to come to rest; a ball rolled on the ground, a boat moved on the water, a shot fired in the air. Galileo realised that in all of these cases a resisting force acts to stop the motion, and he was the first to arrive at the not very obvious law that the motion of a body will never stop, nor vary its speed, nor change its direction, except by the action of some force.
The laws of motion hadn’t been properly defined yet. The only person during Galileo's time who seemed to be working effectively in the same area as him was the remarkable Leonardo da Vinci. Galileo laid the groundwork. It had always been observed that objects tend to eventually come to a stop; whether it was a ball rolling on the ground, a boat gliding on the water, or a projectile launched into the air. Galileo understood that in all these cases, a resisting force works to halt the movement, and he was the first to establish the not-so-obvious principle that an object's motion will never stop, change speed, or alter direction without the influence of some force.
It is not very obvious that a light body and a heavy one fall at the same speed (except for the resistance of the air). Galileo proved this on paper, but to convince the world he had to experiment from the leaning tower of Pisa.
It’s not very clear that a light object and a heavy one fall at the same speed (except for air resistance). Galileo demonstrated this on paper, but to convince everyone, he had to do experiments from the Leaning Tower of Pisa.
At an early age he discovered the principle of isochronism of the pendulum, which, in the hands of Huyghens in the middle of the seventeenth century, led to the invention of the pendulum clock, perhaps the most valuable astronomical instrument ever produced.
At a young age, he discovered the principle of isochronism of the pendulum, which, in the hands of Huyghens in the mid-seventeenth century, led to the invention of the pendulum clock, arguably the most valuable astronomical instrument ever created.
These and other discoveries in dynamics may seem very obvious now; but it is often the most every-day matters which have been found to elude the inquiries of ordinary minds, and it required a high order of intellect to unravel the truth and discard the stupid maxims scattered through the works of Aristotle and accepted on his authority. A blind worship of scientific authorities has often delayed the progress of human knowledge, just as too much “instruction” of a youth often ruins his “education.” Grant, in his history of Physical Astronomy, has well said that “the sagacity and skill which Galileo displays in resolving the phenomena of motion into their constituent elements, and hence deriving the original principles involved in them, will ever assure to him a distinguished place among those who have extended the domains of science.”
These and other findings in dynamics might seem really obvious today, but it's often the most everyday things that ordinary people struggle to understand. It took a great intellect to uncover the truth and reject the misguided ideas spread throughout Aristotle's works, which were accepted without question. Blindly following scientific authorities has often slowed down the advancement of human knowledge, just like too much “teaching” can ruin a young person's “education.” Grant, in his history of Physical Astronomy, aptly noted that “the insight and skill that Galileo shows in breaking down the phenomena of motion into their basic components, and from that deriving the original principles involved, will always guarantee him a prominent place among those who have expanded the fields of science.”
But it was work of a different kind that established Galileo’s popular reputation. In 1609 Galileo heard that a Dutch spectacle-maker had combined a pair of lenses so as to magnify distant objects. Working on this hint, he solved the same problem, first on paper and then in practice. So he came to make one of the first telescopes ever used in astronomy. No sooner had he turned it on the heavenly bodies than he was rewarded by such a shower of startling discoveries as forthwith made his name the best known in Europe. He found curious irregular black spots on the sun, revolving round it in twenty-seven days; hills and valleys on the moon; the planets showing discs of sensible size, not points like the fixed stars; Venus showing phases according to her position in relation to the sun; Jupiter accompanied by four moons; Saturn with appendages that he could not explain, but unlike the other planets; the Milky Way composed of a multitude of separate stars.
But it was a different kind of work that built Galileo’s popular reputation. In 1609, Galileo learned that a Dutch spectacle maker had combined two lenses to magnify distant objects. With this idea in mind, he solved the same problem, first on paper and then in practice. This led him to create one of the first telescopes ever used in astronomy. As soon as he pointed it at the heavens, he was met with a flood of astonishing discoveries that quickly made his name the most recognized in Europe. He observed strange irregular black spots on the sun, rotating around it in twenty-seven days; mountains and valleys on the moon; planets appearing as visible disks instead of mere points like the fixed stars; Venus showing phases based on her position relative to the sun; Jupiter with four moons; Saturn having features he couldn't explain, unlike the other planets; and the Milky Way consisting of countless separate stars.
His fame flew over Europe like magic, and his discoveries were much discussed—and there were many who refused to believe. Cosmo de Medici induced him to migrate to Florence to carry on his observations. He was received by Paul V., the Pope, at Rome, to whom he explained his discoveries.
His fame spread across Europe like wildfire, and people talked a lot about his discoveries—though many refused to believe them. Cosmo de Medici convinced him to move to Florence to continue his research. He was welcomed by Pope Paul V in Rome, where he explained his findings.
He thought that these discoveries proved the truth of the Copernican theory of the Earth’s motion; and he urged this view on friends and foes alike. Although in frequent correspondence with Kepler, he never alluded to the New Astronomy, and wrote to him extolling the virtue of epicycles. He loved to argue, never shirked an encounter with any number of disputants, and laughed as he broke down their arguments.
He believed that these discoveries proved the validity of the Copernican theory about the Earth's movement, and he promoted this belief to both friends and critics. Even though he regularly exchanged letters with Kepler, he never mentioned the New Astronomy and instead wrote to him praising the merit of epicycles. He enjoyed debating, never backed down from any number of challengers, and found amusement in dismantling their arguments.
Through some strange course of events, not easy to follow, the Copernican theory, whose birth was welcomed by the Church, had now been taken up by certain anti-clerical agitators, and was opposed by the cardinals as well as by the dignitaries of the Reformed Church. Galileo—a good Catholic—got mixed up in these discussions, although on excellent terms with the Pope and his entourage. At last it came about that Galileo was summoned to appear at Rome, where he was charged with holding and teaching heretical opinions about the movement of the earth; and he then solemnly abjured these opinions. There has been much exaggeration and misstatement about his trial and punishment, and for a long time there was a great deal of bitterness shown on both sides. But the general verdict of the present day seems to be that, although Galileo himself was treated with consideration, the hostility of the Church to the views of Copernicus placed it in opposition also to the true Keplerian system, and this led to unprofitable controversies. From the time of Galileo onwards, for some time, opponents of religion included the theory of the Earth’s motion in their disputations, not so much for the love, or knowledge, of astronomy, as for the pleasure of putting the Church in the wrong. This created a great deal of bitterness and intolerance on both sides. Among the sufferers was Giordano Bruno, a learned speculative philosopher, who was condemned to be burnt at the stake.
Through a strange series of events that are hard to trace, the Copernican theory, originally welcomed by the Church, was now embraced by some anti-clerical activists, and was opposed by the cardinals as well as the leaders of the Reformed Church. Galileo—a devout Catholic—got involved in these debates, despite having good relations with the Pope and his circle. Eventually, Galileo was called to Rome, where he was accused of holding and teaching heretical views about the Earth's movement; he then formally rejected these views. There has been a lot of exaggeration and misunderstanding about his trial and punishment, and for a long time, both sides displayed significant resentment. However, the general consensus today seems to be that, while Galileo himself was treated fairly, the Church's opposition to Copernicus' ideas also put it against the legitimate Keplerian system, leading to unproductive disputes. After Galileo, for a while, critics of religion included the theory of the Earth’s motion in their arguments, not so much out of a passion for astronomy, but rather to discredit the Church. This fueled considerable bitterness and intolerance on both sides. Among those who suffered was Giordano Bruno, a knowledgeable speculative philosopher, who was sentenced to be burned at the stake.
Galileo died on Christmas Day, 1642—the day of Newton’s birth. The further consideration of the grand field of discovery opened out by Galileo with his telescopes must be now postponed, to avoid discontinuity in the history of the intellectual development of this period, which lay in the direction of dynamical, or physical, astronomy.
Galileo died on Christmas Day, 1642—the same day Newton was born. Further exploration of the vast area of discovery that Galileo opened up with his telescopes will have to wait, in order to maintain continuity in the history of intellectual development during this time, which was moving toward dynamical or physical astronomy.
Until the time of Kepler no one seems to have conceived the idea of universal physical forces controlling terrestrial phenomena, and equally applicable to the heavenly bodies. The grand discovery by Kepler of the true relationship of the Sun to the Planets, and the telescopic discoveries of Galileo and of those who followed him, spread a spirit of inquiry and philosophic thought throughout Europe, and once more did astronomy rise in estimation; and the irresistible logic of its mathematical process of reasoning soon placed it in the position it has ever since occupied as the foremost of the exact sciences.
Until Kepler's time, no one really seemed to think about universal physical forces that control earthly events and apply to the stars as well. Kepler's amazing discovery of the true relationship between the Sun and the Planets, along with Galileo's telescopic discoveries and those of others who came after him, sparked a wave of curiosity and philosophical thinking across Europe. Astronomy's reputation was lifted once again, and the undeniable logic of its mathematical reasoning quickly established it as the leading exact science.
The practical application of this process of reasoning was enormously facilitated by the invention of logarithms by Napier. He was born at Merchistoun, near Edinburgh, in 1550, and died in 1617. By this system the tedious arithmetical operations necessary in astronomical calculations, especially those dealing with the trigonometrical functions of angles, were so much simplified that Laplace declared that by this invention the life-work of an astronomer was doubled.
The practical use of this reasoning process was greatly enhanced by Napier's invention of logarithms. He was born in Merchistoun, near Edinburgh, in 1550, and died in 1617. This system made the tedious math needed for astronomical calculations, especially for trigonometric functions of angles, much easier. Laplace even said that this invention doubled an astronomer's lifetime work.
Jeremiah Horrocks (born 1619, died 1641) was an ardent admirer of Tycho Brahe and Kepler, and was able to improve the Rudolphine tables so much that he foretold a transit of Venus, in 1639, which these tables failed to indicate, and was the only observer of it. His life was short, but he accomplished a great deal, and rightly ascribed the lunar inequality called evection to variations in the value of the eccentricity and in the direction of the line of apses, at the same time correctly assigning the disturbing force of the Sun as the cause. He discovered the errors in Jupiter’s calculated place, due to what we now know as the long inequality of Jupiter and Saturn, and measured with considerable accuracy the acceleration at that date of Jupiter’s mean motion, and indicated the retardation of Saturn’s mean motion.
Jeremiah Horrocks (born 1619, died 1641) was a passionate admirer of Tycho Brahe and Kepler, and he significantly improved the Rudolphine tables to the point where he predicted a transit of Venus in 1639, which those tables did not indicate, and he was the only person to observe it. His life was short, but he achieved a lot and correctly attributed the lunar inequality known as evection to changes in the value of the eccentricity and the direction of the line of apses, while also accurately identifying the disturbing force of the Sun as the cause. He found mistakes in Jupiter’s calculated position, caused by what we now refer to as the long inequality of Jupiter and Saturn, and he measured, with considerable accuracy, the acceleration of Jupiter’s mean motion at that time, as well as noting the retardation of Saturn’s mean motion.
Horrocks’ investigations, so far as they could be collected, were published posthumously in 1672, and seldom, if ever, has a man who lived only twenty-two years originated so much scientific knowledge.
Horrocks' research, as much as could be gathered, was published after his death in 1672, and rarely, if ever, has someone who lived only twenty-two years contributed so much to scientific knowledge.
At this period British science received a lasting impetus by the wise initiation of a much-abused man, Charles II., who founded the Royal Society of London, and also the Royal Observatory of Greeenwich, where he established Flamsteed as first Astronomer Royal, especially for lunar and stellar observations likely to be useful for navigation. At the same time the French Academy and the Paris Observatory were founded. All this within fourteen years, 1662-1675.
During this time, British science got a significant boost thanks to the smart actions of Charles II, a man who had been treated poorly. He established the Royal Society of London and the Royal Observatory of Greenwich, where he appointed Flamsteed as the first Astronomer Royal, primarily for lunar and stellar observations that would benefit navigation. Around the same period, the French Academy and the Paris Observatory were also founded. All of this happened within just fourteen years, from 1662 to 1675.
Meanwhile gravitation in general terms was being discussed by Hooke, Wren, Halley, and many others. All of these men felt a repugnance to accept the idea of a force acting across the empty void of space. Descartes (1596-1650) proposed an ethereal medium whirling round the sun with the planets, and having local whirls revolving with the satellites. As Delambre and Grant have said, this fiction only retarded the progress of pure science. It had no sort of relation to the more modern, but equally misleading, “nebular hypothesis.” While many were talking and guessing, a giant mind was needed at this stage to make things clear.
Meanwhile, Hooke, Wren, Halley, and many others were discussing gravitation in general terms. All these men were uneasy about accepting the idea of a force acting across the empty space. Descartes (1596-1650) suggested an ethereal medium swirling around the sun with the planets, along with local whirls moving with the satellites. As Delambre and Grant pointed out, this idea only slowed down the progress of pure science. It had no real connection to the more modern, yet equally misleading, “nebular hypothesis.” While many were talking and speculating, it was clear that a brilliant mind was needed at this stage to clarify things.
7. SIR ISAAC NEWTON—LAW OF UNIVERSAL GRAVITATION.
We now reach the period which is the culminating point of interest in the history of dynamical astronomy. Isaac Newton was born in 1642. Pemberton states that Newton, having quitted Cambridge to avoid the plague, was residing at Wolsthorpe, in Lincolnshire, where he had been born; that he was sitting one day in the garden, reflecting upon the force which prevents a planet from flying off at a tangent and which draws it to the sun, and upon the force which draws the moon to the earth; and that he saw in the case of the planets that the sun’s force must clearly be unequal at different distances, for the pull out of the tangential line in a minute is less for Jupiter than for Mars. He then saw that the pull of the earth on the moon would be less than for a nearer object. It is said that while thus meditating he saw an apple fall from a tree to the ground, and that this fact suggested the questions: Is the force that pulled that apple from the tree the same as the force which draws the moon to the earth? Does the attraction for both of them follow the same law as to distance as is given by the planetary motions round the sun? It has been stated that in this way the first conception of universal gravitation arose.[1]
We now arrive at a key moment in the history of dynamical astronomy. Isaac Newton was born in 1642. Pemberton mentions that Newton, having left Cambridge to escape the plague, was staying in Wolsthorpe, Lincolnshire, where he was born. One day, while sitting in the garden, he contemplated the force that keeps a planet from drifting away in a straight line and pulls it towards the sun, as well as the force that draws the moon towards the earth. He realized that the sun’s gravitational force must be different at various distances, as the pull on Jupiter is less than that on Mars over a short time. He then understood that the force of the earth on the moon would be weaker than that on an object closer to it. It is said that while he was thinking about this, he saw an apple fall from a tree, which led him to wonder: Is the force that pulled the apple from the tree the same as the force that pulls the moon towards the earth? Does the attraction for both follow the same distance law as seen in the planets orbiting the sun? This experience is believed to have sparked the idea of universal gravitation.
Quite the most important event in the whole history of physical astronomy was the publication, in 1687, of Newton’s Principia (Philosophiae Naturalis Principia Mathematica). In this great work Newton started from the beginning of things, the laws of motion, and carried his argument, step by step, into every branch of physical astronomy; giving the physical meaning of Kepler’s three laws, and explaining, or indicating the explanation of, all the known heavenly motions and their irregularities; showing that all of these were included in his simple statement about the law of universal gravitation; and proceeding to deduce from that law new irregularities in the motions of the moon which had never been noticed, and to discover the oblate figure of the earth and the cause of the tides. These investigations occupied the best part of his life; but he wrote the whole of his great book in fifteen months.
The most significant event in the entire history of physical astronomy was the publication of Newton's Principia (Philosophiae Naturalis Principia Mathematica) in 1687. In this remarkable work, Newton started from the fundamentals, the laws of motion, and carefully expanded his argument into every area of physical astronomy. He provided a physical interpretation of Kepler’s three laws and explained, or pointed out the explanations for, all the known movements of celestial bodies and their irregularities. He demonstrated that all of these could be explained by his simple statement about the law of universal gravitation. He also went on to deduce new irregularities in the moon's motions that had never been noticed before and to reveal the oblate shape of the earth and the reasons behind the tides. These studies took up a significant portion of his life, yet he wrote the entirety of his monumental book in just fifteen months.
Having developed and enunciated the true laws of motion, he was able to show that Kepler’s second law (that equal areas are described by the line from the planet to the sun in equal times) was only another way of saying that the centripetal force on a planet is always directed to the sun. Also that Kepler’s first law (elliptic orbits with the sun in one focus) was only another way of saying that the force urging a planet to the sun varies inversely as the square of the distance. Also (if these two be granted) it follows that Kepler’s third law is only another way of saying that the sun’s force on different planets (besides depending as above on distance) is proportional to their masses.
Having developed and explained the true laws of motion, he was able to demonstrate that Kepler’s second law (which states that equal areas are swept by the line from the planet to the sun in equal times) is just another way of saying that the centripetal force acting on a planet is always directed toward the sun. He also showed that Kepler’s first law (which describes elliptical orbits with the sun at one focus) simply means that the force pulling a planet toward the sun varies inversely with the square of the distance. Furthermore, if these two points are accepted, it follows that Kepler’s third law is merely another way of saying that the sun’s force on different planets (in addition to depending on distance as mentioned) is proportional to their masses.
Having further proved the, for that day, wonderful proposition that, with the law of inverse squares, the attraction by the separate particles of a sphere of uniform density (or one composed of concentric spherical shells, each of uniform density) acts as if the whole mass were collected at the centre, he was able to express the meaning of Kepler’s laws in propositions which have been summarised as follows:—
Having further demonstrated the amazing idea for that day that, using the law of inverse squares, the attraction from the individual particles of a sphere with uniform density (or one made up of concentric spherical shells, each having uniform density) behaves as if the entire mass were concentrated at the center, he was able to articulate the meaning of Kepler’s laws in propositions that have been summarized as follows:—
The law of universal gravitation.—Every particle of matter in the universe attracts every other particle with a force varying inversely as the square of the distance between them, and directly as the product of the masses of the two particles.[2]
The law of universal gravitation.—Every piece of matter in the universe pulls on every other piece with a force that decreases with the square of the distance between them and increases with the product of their masses..[2]
But Newton did not commit himself to the law until he had answered that question about the apple; and the above proposition now enabled him to deal with the Moon and the apple. Gravity makes a stone fall 16.1 feet in a second. The moon is 60 times farther from the earth’s centre than the stone, so it ought to be drawn out of a straight course through 16.1 feet in a minute. Newton found the distance through which she is actually drawn as a fraction of the earth’s diameter. But when he first examined this matter he proceeded to use a wrong diameter for the earth, and he found a serious discrepancy. This, for a time, seemed to condemn his theory, and regretfully he laid that part of his work aside. Fortunately, before Newton wrote the Principia the French astronomer Picard made a new and correct measure of an arc of the meridian, from which he obtained an accurate value of the earth’s diameter. Newton applied this value, and found, to his great joy, that when the distance of the moon is 60 times the radius of the earth she is attracted out of the straight course 16.1 feet per minute, and that the force acting on a stone or an apple follows the same law as the force acting upon the heavenly bodies.[3]
But Newton didn’t fully commit to the law until he resolved the question about the apple; and the proposition above allowed him to address both the Moon and the apple. Gravity causes a stone to fall 16.1 feet in one second. The Moon is 60 times farther from the Earth's center than the stone, so it should be pulled off its straight path by 16.1 feet in one minute. Newton calculated the distance that it is actually pulled as a fraction of the Earth's diameter. However, when he first looked into this, he used an incorrect diameter for the Earth, which led to a significant error. For a while, this seemed to undermine his theory, and he reluctantly set that part of his work aside. Luckily, before Newton wrote the Principia, the French astronomer Picard made a new and accurate measurement of an arc of the meridian, giving him a precise value for the Earth's diameter. Newton applied this value and found, to his delight, that when the distance to the Moon is 60 times the Earth's radius, it is pulled off its straight path by 16.1 feet per minute, confirming that the force acting on a stone or an apple follows the same law as the force acting on celestial bodies.[3]
The universality claimed for the law—if not by Newton, at least by his commentators—was bold, and warranted only by the large number of cases in which Newton had found it to apply. Its universality has been under test ever since, and so far it has stood the test. There has often been a suspicion of a doubt, when some inequality of motion in the heavenly bodies has, for a time, foiled the astronomers in their attempts to explain it. But improved mathematical methods have always succeeded in the end, and so the seeming doubt has been converted into a surer conviction of the universality of the law.
The claim of universality for the law—if not by Newton, then certainly by his commentators—was audacious, and it was backed only by the many instances where Newton found it to be applicable. Its universality has been tested ever since, and it has consistently held up. There have often been doubts when some unusual motion of celestial bodies temporarily stumped astronomers in their efforts to explain it. However, improved mathematical techniques have always ultimately prevailed, turning what seemed like doubt into a stronger belief in the law's universality.
Having once established the law, Newton proceeded to trace some of its consequences. He saw that the figure of the earth depends partly on the mutual gravitation of its parts, and partly on the centrifugal tendency due to the earth’s rotation, and that these should cause a flattening of the poles. He invented a mathematical method which he used for computing the ratio of the polar to the equatorial diameter.
Having established the law, Newton then explored some of its implications. He recognized that the shape of the earth is influenced both by the gravitational pull of its components and by the outward force caused by the earth’s rotation, which leads to a flattening at the poles. He developed a mathematical method to calculate the ratio of the polar diameter to the equatorial diameter.
He then noticed that the consequent bulging of matter at the equator would be attracted by the moon unequally, the nearest parts being most attracted; and so the moon would tend to tilt the earth when in some parts of her orbit; and the sun would do this to a less extent, because of its great distance. Then he proved that the effect ought to be a rotation of the earth’s axis over a conical surface in space, exactly as the axis of a top describes a cone, if the top has a sharp point, and is set spinning and displaced from the vertical. He actually calculated the amount; and so he explained the cause of the precession of the equinoxes discovered by Hipparchus about 150 B.C.
He then realized that the resulting bulge of matter at the equator would be pulled by the moon unevenly, with the closest areas experiencing the strongest attraction. This means the moon would cause the Earth to tilt at certain points in its orbit, while the sun would have a similar but smaller effect due to its greater distance. He demonstrated that this effect should result in the Earth's axis rotating over a conical surface in space, similar to how the axis of a spinning top traces out a cone when it has a sharp point and is tilted away from vertical. He even calculated the precise amount, thereby explaining the cause of the precession of the equinoxes that Hipparchus discovered around 150 B.C.
One of his grandest discoveries was a method of weighing the heavenly bodies by their action on each other. By means of this principle he was able to compare the mass of the sun with the masses of those planets that have moons, and also to compare the mass of our moon with the mass of the earth.
One of his greatest discoveries was a way to weigh celestial bodies by observing how they affect each other. Using this principle, he could compare the mass of the sun with the masses of the planets that have moons and also compare the mass of our moon with the mass of the earth.
Thus Newton, after having established his great principle, devoted his splendid intellect to the calculation of its consequences. He proved that if a body be projected with any velocity in free space, subject only to a central force, varying inversely as the square of the distance, the body must revolve in a curve which may be any one of the sections of a cone—a circle, ellipse, parabola, or hyperbola; and he found that those comets of which he had observations move in parabolae round the Sun, and are thus subject to the universal law.
Thus, after establishing his great principle, Newton dedicated his remarkable intellect to figuring out its implications. He demonstrated that if an object is launched with any speed in open space, influenced only by a central force that decreases inversely with the square of the distance, the object must move in a curve that could be any section of a cone—a circle, ellipse, parabola, or hyperbola. He discovered that the comets he observed travel in parabolas around the Sun, and are therefore governed by this universal law.
Newton realised that, while planets and satellites are chiefly controlled by the central body about which they revolve, the new law must involve irregularities, due to their mutual action—such, in fact, as Horrocks had indicated. He determined to put this to a test in the case of the moon, and to calculate the sun’s effect, from its mass compared with that of the earth, and from its distance. He proved that the average effect upon the plane of the orbit would be to cause the line in which it cuts the plane of the ecliptic (i.e., the line of nodes) to revolve in the ecliptic once in about nineteen years. This had been a known fact from the earliest ages. He also concluded that the line of apses would revolve in the plane of the lunar orbit also in about nineteen years; but the observed period is only ten years. For a long time this was the one weak point in the Newtonian theory. It was not till 1747 that Clairaut reconciled this with the theory, and showed why Newton’s calculation was not exact.
Newton recognized that, while planets and moons are mainly influenced by the central body they orbit, the new law must account for irregularities caused by their mutual interactions—just as Horrocks had pointed out. He decided to test this with the moon and calculate the sun's effect based on its mass compared to Earth's and its distance. He demonstrated that the average impact on the plane of the orbit would cause the line where it intersects the plane of the ecliptic (i.e., the line of nodes) to rotate in the ecliptic approximately every nineteen years. This had been known since ancient times. He also concluded that the line of apses would rotate in the plane of the lunar orbit in about nineteen years as well; however, the observed period was only ten years. For a long time, this was a significant flaw in the Newtonian theory. It wasn't until 1747 that Clairaut resolved this issue and explained why Newton's calculations were not precise.
Newton proceeded to explain the other inequalities recognised by Tycho Brahe and older observers, and to calculate their maximum amounts as indicated by his theory. He further discovered from his calculations two new inequalities, one of the apogee, the other of the nodes, and assigned the maximum value. Grant has shown the values of some of these as given by observation in the tables of Meyer and more modern tables, and has compared them with the values assigned by Newton from his theory; and the comparison is very remarkable.
Newton went on to explain the other inequalities identified by Tycho Brahe and earlier astronomers, calculating their maximum values based on his theory. He also discovered two new inequalities from his calculations: one related to the apogee and the other to the nodes, and he determined their maximum values. Grant has shown the observed values of some of these in the tables of Meyer and more recent tables, comparing them with the values Newton derived from his theory; the comparison is quite striking.
Newton. Modern Tables. ° ’ " ° ’ " Mean monthly motion of Apses 1.31.28 3.4.0 Mean annual motion of nodes 19.18.1,23 19.21.22,50 Mean value of “variation” 36.10 35.47 Annual equation 11.51 11.14 Inequality of mean motion of apogee 19.43 22.17 Inequality of mean motion of nodes 9.24 9.0
Newton. Modern Tables. ° ’ " ° ’ " Mean monthly motion of Apses 1.31.28 3.4.0 Mean annual motion of nodes 19.18.1,23 19.21.22,50 Mean value of “variation” 36.10 35.47 Annual equation 11.51 11.14 Inequality of mean motion of apogee 19.43 22.17 Inequality of mean motion of nodes 9.24 9.0
The only serious discrepancy is the first, which has been already mentioned. Considering that some of these perturbations had never been discovered, that the cause of none of them had ever been known, and that he exhibited his results, if he did not also make the discoveries, by the synthetic methods of geometry, it is simply marvellous that he reached to such a degree of accuracy. He invented the infinitesimal calculus which is more suited for such calculations, but had he expressed his results in that language he would have been unintelligible to many.
The only major difference is the first one, which has already been mentioned. Considering that some of these disturbances had never been found before, that the cause of any of them was never understood, and that he showed his results—if he didn't also make the discoveries—using the synthetic methods of geometry, it’s just amazing that he achieved such accuracy. He created the infinitesimal calculus, which is better suited for these calculations, but if he had presented his results in that way, many people would have found it confusing.
Newton’s method of calculating the precession of the equinoxes, already referred to, is as beautiful as anything in the Principia. He had already proved the regression of the nodes of a satellite moving in an orbit inclined to the ecliptic. He now said that the nodes of a ring of satellites revolving round the earth’s equator would consequently all regress. And if joined into a solid ring its node would regress; and it would do so, only more slowly, if encumbered by the spherical part of the earth’s mass. Therefore the axis of the equatorial belt of the earth must revolve round the pole of the ecliptic. Then he set to work and found the amount due to the moon and that due to the sun, and so he solved the mystery of 2,000 years.
Newton's method for calculating the precession of the equinoxes, previously mentioned, is as impressive as anything in the Principia. He had already demonstrated the regression of the nodes of a satellite orbiting in an angle to the ecliptic. Now, he stated that the nodes of a group of satellites orbiting around the Earth's equator would also regress. If they were combined into a solid ring, its node would regress as well, although at a slower rate if it were affected by the Earth's spherical mass. Therefore, the axis of the Earth's equatorial belt must revolve around the pole of the ecliptic. Then he got to work and calculated the effects from the moon and the sun, thus solving a mystery that had persisted for 2,000 years.
When Newton applied his law of gravitation to an explanation of the tides he started a new field for the application of mathematics to physical problems; and there can be little doubt that, if he could have been furnished with complete tidal observations from different parts of the world, his extraordinary powers of analysis would have enabled him to reach a satisfactory theory. He certainly opened up many mines full of intellectual gems; and his successors have never ceased in their explorations. This has led to improved mathematical methods, which, combined with the greater accuracy of observation, have rendered physical astronomy of to-day the most exact of the sciences.
When Newton used his law of gravitation to explain the tides, he opened up a new area for applying mathematics to physical problems. It's clear that if he had access to complete tidal observations from around the world, his exceptional analytical skills would have helped him develop a solid theory. He certainly uncovered many intellectual treasures, and those who followed him have continued to explore. This has resulted in better mathematical methods, which, along with improved observational accuracy, have made modern physical astronomy the most precise of all sciences.
Laplace only expressed the universal opinion of posterity when he said that to the Principia is assured “a pre-eminence above all the other productions of the human intellect.”
Laplace summed up what everyone thinks today when he said that the Principia is guaranteed “a superiority over all the other works of the human mind.”
The name of Flamsteed, First Astronomer Royal, must here be mentioned as having supplied Newton with the accurate data required for completing the theory.
The name of Flamsteed, First Astronomer Royal, should be noted for having provided Newton with the precise data needed to finalize the theory.
The name of Edmund Halley, Second Astronomer Royal, must ever be held in repute, not only for his own discoveries, but for the part he played in urging Newton to commit to writing, and present to the Royal Society, the results of his investigations. But for his friendly insistence it is possible that the Principia would never have been written; and but for his generosity in supplying the means the Royal Society could not have published the book.
The name of Edmund Halley, Second Astronomer Royal, will always be respected, not just for his own discoveries, but for the role he played in encouraging Newton to write down and present his findings to the Royal Society. If it weren't for his supportive pressure, it’s possible the Principia would never have been written; and without his generosity in providing the funds, the Royal Society wouldn't have been able to publish the book.

DEATH MASK OF
SIR ISAAC NEWTON.
Photographed specially for this work from the original, by kind permission of
the Royal Society, London.
DEATH MASK OF
SIR ISAAC NEWTON.
Photographed specifically for this work from the original, with permission from the Royal Society, London.
Sir Isaac Newton died in 1727, at the age of eighty-five. His body lay in state in the Jerusalem Chamber, and was buried in Westminster Abbey.
Sir Isaac Newton died in 1727, at the age of eighty-five. His body was displayed in the Jerusalem Chamber and was buried in Westminster Abbey.
FOOTNOTES:
FOOTNOTES:
[1] The writer inherited from his father (Professor J. D. Forbes) a small box containing a bit of wood and a slip of paper, which had been presented to him by Sir David Brewster. On the paper Sir David had written these words: “If there be any truth in the story that Newton was led to the theory of gravitation by the fall of an apple, this bit of wood is probably a piece of the apple tree from which Newton saw the apple fall. When I was on a pilgrimage to the house in which Newton was born, I cut it off an ancient apple tree growing in his garden.” When lecturing in Glasgow, about 1875, the writer showed it to his audience. The next morning, when removing his property from the lecture table, he found that his precious relic had been stolen. It would be interesting to know who has got it now!
[1] The writer inherited from his father (Professor J. D. Forbes) a small box containing a piece of wood and a slip of paper, presented to him by Sir David Brewster. On the paper, Sir David had written these words: “If there’s any truth to the story that Newton came up with the theory of gravitation after seeing an apple fall, this piece of wood is likely from the apple tree where Newton saw the apple drop. When I visited the house where Newton was born, I cut it from an old apple tree in his garden.” While lecturing in Glasgow around 1875, the writer showed it to his audience. The next morning, as he was packing up after the lecture, he discovered that his cherished relic had been stolen. It would be interesting to know who has it now!
[2]
It must be noted that these words, in which the laws of gravitation are always
summarised in histories and text-books, do not appear in the Principia;
but, though they must have been composed by some early commentator, it does not
appear that their origin has been traced. Nor does it appear that Newton ever
extended the law beyond the Solar System, and probably his caution would have
led him to avoid any statement of the kind until it should be proved.
With this exception the above statement of the law of universal gravitation
contains nothing that is not to be found in the Principia; and the
nearest approach to that statement occurs in the Seventh Proposition of Book
III.:—
Prop.: That gravitation occurs in all bodies, and that it is proportional to
the quantity of matter in each.
Cor. I.: The total attraction of gravitation on a planet arises, and is
composed, out of the attraction on the separate parts.
Cor. II.: The attraction on separate equal particles of a body is reciprocally
as the square of the distance from the particles.
[2]
It's important to note that the words summarizing the laws of gravitation found in histories and textbooks don't actually appear in the Principia; although they must have been written by some early commentator, their origin has not been traced. It also seems that Newton never applied the law beyond the Solar System, and likely his caution would have kept him from making any statements of that sort until it was proven.
With this exception, the statement of the law of universal gravitation mentioned above contains nothing that isn't found in the Principia; and the closest version of that statement can be found in the Seventh Proposition of Book III.:—
Prop.: That gravitation occurs in all bodies and that it is proportional to the amount of matter in each.
Cor. I.: The total gravitational attraction on a planet is derived from and made up of the attraction on the individual parts.
Cor. II.: The attraction on equal individual particles of a body is inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the particles.
[3] It is said that, when working out this final result, the probability of its confirming that part of his theory which he had reluctantly abandoned years before excited him so keenly that he was forced to hand over his calculations to a friend, to be completed by him.
[3] It is said that, while figuring out this final result, the chance that it might support that part of his theory which he had hesitantly given up years earlier thrilled him so much that he had to pass his calculations to a friend to finish.
8. NEWTON’S SUCCESSORS—HALLEY, EULER, LAGRANGE, LAPLACE, ETC.
Edmund Halley succeeded Flamsteed as Second Astronomer Royal in 1721. Although he did not contribute directly to the mathematical proofs of Newton’s theory, yet his name is closely associated with some of its greatest successes.
Edmund Halley took over from Flamsteed as the Second Astronomer Royal in 1721. While he didn't directly work on the mathematical proofs of Newton's theory, his name is strongly linked to many of its most significant achievements.
He was the first to detect the acceleration of the moon’s mean motion. Hipparchus, having compared his own observations with those of more ancient astronomers, supplied an accurate value of the moon’s mean motion in his time. Halley similarly deduced a value for modern times, and found it sensibly greater. He announced this in 1693, but it was not until 1749 that Dunthorne used modern lunar tables to compute a lunar eclipse observed in Babylon 721 B.C., another at Alexandria 201 B.C., a solar eclipse observed by Theon 360 A.D., and two later ones up to the tenth century. He found that to explain these eclipses Halley’s suggestion must be adopted, the acceleration being 10” in one century. In 1757 Lalande again fixed it at 10.”
He was the first to notice the increase in the moon’s average speed. Hipparchus, after comparing his observations with those of older astronomers, provided an accurate measurement of the moon’s average speed during his time. Halley similarly calculated a value for modern times and found it to be noticeably higher. He announced this in 1693, but it wasn’t until 1749 that Dunthorne used modern lunar tables to compute a lunar eclipse that was observed in Babylon in 721 B.C., another in Alexandria in 201 B.C., a solar eclipse seen by Theon in 360 A.D., and two more up to the tenth century. He concluded that to explain these eclipses, Halley’s suggestion had to be accepted, with the acceleration being 10” per century. In 1757, Lalande confirmed it again at 10.”
The Paris Academy, in 1770, offered their prize for an investigation to see if this could be explained by the theory of gravitation. Euler won the prize, but failed to explain the effect, and said: “It appears to be established by indisputable evidence that the secular inequality of the moon’s mean motion cannot be produced by the forces of gravitation.”
The Paris Academy, in 1770, offered a prize for research to see if this could be explained by the theory of gravitation. Euler won the prize but couldn't explain the effect, stating: “It seems to be clearly established that the long-term irregularity of the moon’s average motion cannot be produced by gravitational forces.”
The same subject was again proposed for a prize which was shared by Lagrange[1] and Euler, neither finding a solution, while the latter asserted the existence of a resisting medium in space.
The same topic was proposed again for a prize, which was shared by Lagrange[1] and Euler. Neither of them found a solution, while Euler claimed that there was a resisting medium in space.
Again, in 1774, the Academy submitted the same subject, a third time, for the prize; and again Lagrange failed to detect a cause in gravitation.
Again, in 1774, the Academy submitted the same topic for the prize a third time; and once more, Lagrange couldn't find a cause in gravitation.
Laplace[2] now took the matter in hand. He tried the effect of a non-instantaneous action of gravity, to no purpose. But in 1787 he gave the true explanation. The principal effect of the sun on the moon’s orbit is to diminish the earth’s influence, thus lengthening the period to a new value generally taken as constant. But Laplace’s calculations showed the new value to depend upon the excentricity of the earth’s orbit, which, according; to theory, has a periodical variation of enormous period, and has been continually diminishing for thousands of years. Thus the solar influence has been diminishing, and the moon’s mean motion increased. Laplace computed the amount at 10” in one century, agreeing with observation. (Later on Adams showed that Laplace’s calculation was wrong, and that the value he found was too large; so, part of the acceleration is now attributed by some astronomers to a lengthening of the day by tidal friction.)
Laplace[2] took charge of the situation. He experimented with the effects of a gradual gravitational action, but it didn't work out. However, in 1787, he provided the correct explanation. The main effect of the sun on the moon’s orbit is to reduce the earth’s influence, which in turn lengthens the period to a new value typically considered constant. But Laplace’s calculations revealed that the new value depends on the eccentricity of the earth’s orbit, which, according to theory, has a long-term periodic variation and has been gradually decreasing for thousands of years. Thus, the solar influence has been decreasing, causing the moon’s average motion to increase. Laplace calculated the change to be 10” per century, which matched observations. (Later, Adams demonstrated that Laplace's calculation was incorrect, and that the value he found was too high; so now some astronomers attribute part of the acceleration to the lengthening of the day due to tidal friction.)
Another contribution by Halley to the verification of Newton’s law was made when he went to St. Helena to catalogue the southern stars. He measured the change in length of the second’s pendulum in different latitudes due to the changes in gravity foretold by Newton.
Another contribution by Halley to verifying Newton’s law came when he traveled to St. Helena to catalog the southern stars. He measured the change in the length of the second's pendulum at different latitudes because of the variations in gravity predicted by Newton.
Furthermore, he discovered the long inequality of Jupiter and Saturn, whose period is 929 years. For an investigation of this also the Academy of Sciences offered their prize. This led Euler to write a valuable essay disclosing a new method of computing perturbations, called the instantaneous ellipse with variable elements. The method was much developed by Lagrange.
Furthermore, he discovered the long inequality of Jupiter and Saturn, which has a period of 929 years. The Academy of Sciences also offered a prize for studying this. This prompted Euler to write an important essay revealing a new method for calculating perturbations, known as the instantaneous ellipse with variable elements. Lagrange further developed this method.
But again it was Laplace who solved the problem of the inequalities of Jupiter and Saturn by the theory of gravitation, reducing the errors of the tables from 20’ down to 12”, thus abolishing the use of empirical corrections to the planetary tables, and providing another glorious triumph for the law of gravitation. As Laplace justly said: “These inequalities appeared formerly to be inexplicable by the law of gravitation—they now form one of its most striking proofs.”
But once more, it was Laplace who resolved the issues with the orbits of Jupiter and Saturn using the theory of gravitation, cutting down the errors in the tables from 20’ to 12”, eliminating the need for empirical adjustments to the planetary tables, and marking another significant victory for the law of gravitation. As Laplace rightly stated: “These inconsistencies once seemed impossible to explain by the law of gravitation—they now serve as one of its most compelling proofs.”
Let us take one more discovery of Halley, furnishing directly a new triumph for the theory. He noticed that Newton ascribed parabolic orbits to the comets which he studied, so that they come from infinity, sweep round the sun, and go off to infinity for ever, after having been visible a few weeks or months. He collected all the reliable observations of comets he could find, to the number of twenty-four, and computed their parabolic orbits by the rules laid down by Newton. His object was to find out if any of them really travelled in elongated ellipses, practically undistinguishable, in the visible part of their paths, from parabolæ, in which case they would be seen more than once. He found two old comets whose orbits, in shape and position, resembled the orbit of a comet observed by himself in 1682. Apian observed one in 1531; Kepler the other in 1607. The intervals between these appearances is seventy-five or seventy-six years. He then examined and found old records of similar appearance in 1456, 1380, and 1305. It is true, he noticed, that the intervals varied by a year and a-half, and the inclination of the orbit to the ecliptic diminished with successive apparitions. But he knew from previous calculations that this might easily be due to planetary perturbations. Finally, he arrived at the conclusion that all of these comets were identical, travelling in an ellipse so elongated that the part where the comet was seen seemed to be part of a parabolic orbit. He then predicted its return at the end of 1758 or beginning of 1759, when he should be dead; but, as he said, “if it should return, according to our prediction, about the year 1758, impartial posterity will not refuse to acknowledge that this was first discovered by an Englishman.”[3] [Synopsis Astronomiae Cometicae, 1749.]
Let’s look at one more discovery by Halley, which provided a new victory for the theory. He noticed that Newton attributed parabolic orbits to the comets he studied, meaning they come from infinity, swing around the sun, and then head off into infinity forever, only being visible for a few weeks or months. He gathered all the trustworthy observations of comets he could find, totaling twenty-four, and calculated their parabolic orbits using Newton’s rules. His goal was to determine if any of them actually traveled in elongated ellipses, which would be nearly indistinguishable from parabolas in the visible part of their paths, meaning they would be seen more than once. He identified two old comets whose orbits, in both shape and position, matched the orbit of a comet he observed in 1682. Apian recorded one in 1531, and Kepler noted the other in 1607. The gaps between these appearances were seventy-five or seventy-six years. He then checked and discovered old records of similar sightings in 1456, 1380, and 1305. He observed that the intervals varied by a year and a half, and the angle of the orbit to the ecliptic decreased with each successive appearance. However, he knew from earlier calculations that this could easily be attributed to planetary disturbances. In the end, he concluded that all of these comets were the same, traveling in such an elongated ellipse that the section where the comet was visible seemed like it was part of a parabolic orbit. He then predicted its return at the end of 1758 or the beginning of 1759, by which time he would be dead; but, as he mentioned, “if it should return, according to our prediction, around the year 1758, unbiased future generations will have to acknowledge that this was first discovered by an Englishman.”[3] [Synopsis Astronomiae Cometicae, 1749.]
Once again Halley’s suggestion became an inspiration for the mathematical astronomer. Clairaut, assisted by Lalande, found that Saturn would retard the comet 100 days, Jupiter 518 days, and predicted its return to perihelion on April 13th, 1759. In his communication to the French Academy, he said that a comet travelling into such distant regions might be exposed to the influence of forces totally unknown, and “even of some planet too far removed from the sun to be ever perceived.”
Once again, Halley’s suggestion sparked inspiration for the mathematical astronomer. Clairaut, with help from Lalande, discovered that Saturn would delay the comet by 100 days, Jupiter by 518 days, and predicted its return to perihelion on April 13th, 1759. In his message to the French Academy, he mentioned that a comet traveling into such far-off areas might be affected by forces completely unknown, and “even by some planet too far from the sun to ever be seen.”
The excitement of astronomers towards the end of 1758 became intense; and the honour of first catching sight of the traveller fell to an amateur in Saxony, George Palitsch, on Christmas Day, 1758. It reached perihelion on March 13th, 1759.
The excitement among astronomers toward the end of 1758 was intense, and the honor of being the first to spot the traveler went to an amateur from Saxony, George Palitsch, on Christmas Day, 1758. It reached its closest point to the sun on March 13, 1759.
This fact was a startling confirmation of the Newtonian theory, because it was a new kind of calculation of perturbations, and also it added a new member to the solar system, and gave a prospect of adding many more.
This fact was a surprising confirmation of Newton's theory because it involved a new way of calculating disturbances, and it also introduced a new member to the solar system, hinting at the possibility of many more to come.
When Halley’s comet reappeared in 1835, Pontecoulant’s computations for the date of perihelion passage were very exact, and afterwards he showed that, with more exact values of the masses of Jupiter and Saturn, his prediction was correct within two days, after an invisible voyage of seventy-five years!
When Halley’s comet came back in 1835, Pontecoulant’s calculations for when it would reach perihelion were very accurate, and later he demonstrated that, with more precise values for the masses of Jupiter and Saturn, his prediction was right within two days, after an unseen journey of seventy-five years!
Hind afterwards searched out many old appearances of this comet, going back to 11 B.C., and most of these have been identified as being really Halley’s comet by the calculations of Cowell and Cromellin[4] (of Greenwich Observatory), who have also predicted its next perihelion passage for April 8th to 16th, 1910, and have traced back its history still farther, to 240 B.C.
Hind later looked into many historical sightings of this comet, going back to 11 B.C., and most of these have been confirmed as Halley’s comet through the calculations of Cowell and Cromellin[4] (from the Greenwich Observatory). They also predicted its next closest passage to the sun for April 8th to 16th, 1910, and traced its history even further back to 240 B.C.
Already, in November, 1907, the Astronomer Royal was trying to catch it by the aid of photography.
Already, in November 1907, the Astronomer Royal was attempting to capture it using photography.
FOOTNOTES:
FOOTNOTES:
[1] Born 1736; died 1813.
Born 1736; passed away 1813.
[2] Born 1749; died 1827.
Born 1749; passed away 1827.
[3] This sentence does not appear in the original memoir communicated to the Royal Society, but was first published in a posthumous reprint.
[3] This sentence isn't found in the original memoir submitted to the Royal Society but was first published in a reprint that came out after the author's death.
9. DISCOVERY OF NEW PLANETS—HERSCHEL, PIAZZI, ADAMS, AND LE VERRIER.
It would be very interesting, but quite impossible in these pages, to discuss all the exquisite researches of the mathematical astronomers, and to inspire a reverence for the names connected with these researches, which for two hundred years have been establishing the universality of Newton’s law. The lunar and planetary theories, the beautiful theory of Jupiter’s satellites, the figure of the earth, and the tides, were mathematically treated by Maclaurin, D’Alembert, Legendre, Clairaut, Euler, Lagrange, Laplace, Walmsley, Bailly, Lalande, Delambre, Mayer, Hansen, Burchardt, Binet, Damoiseau, Plana, Poisson, Gauss, Bessel, Bouvard, Airy, Ivory, Delaunay, Le Verrier, Adams, and others of later date.
It would be really interesting, but totally impossible in these pages, to talk about all the amazing research by mathematical astronomers and to instill a sense of respect for the names associated with this research, which for two hundred years have been confirming the universality of Newton’s law. The theories about the moon and planets, the fascinating theory of Jupiter’s moons, the shape of the Earth, and the tides were mathematically explored by Maclaurin, D’Alembert, Legendre, Clairaut, Euler, Lagrange, Laplace, Walmsley, Bailly, Lalande, Delambre, Mayer, Hansen, Burchardt, Binet, Damoiseau, Plana, Poisson, Gauss, Bessel, Bouvard, Airy, Ivory, Delaunay, Le Verrier, Adams, and others from later times.
By passing over these important developments it is possible to trace some of the steps in the crowning triumph of the Newtonian theory, by which the planet Neptune was added to the known members of the solar system by the independent researches of Professor J.C. Adams and of M. Le Verrier, in 1846.
By skipping these important developments, we can track some of the steps in the ultimate success of the Newtonian theory, which led to the discovery of the planet Neptune as a new member of the solar system through the independent research of Professor J.C. Adams and M. Le Verrier in 1846.
It will be best to introduce this subject by relating how the eighteenth century increased the number of known planets, which was then only six, including the earth.
It’s best to start this topic by explaining how the eighteenth century expanded the list of known planets, which then included only six, with the earth being one of them.
On March 13th, 1781, Sir William Herschel was, as usual, engaged on examining some small stars, and, noticing that one of them appeared to be larger than the fixed stars, suspected that it might be a comet. To test this he increased his magnifying power from 227 to 460 and 932, finding that, unlike the fixed stars near it, its definition was impaired and its size increased. This convinced him that the object was a comet, and he was not surprised to find on succeeding nights that the position was changed, the motion being in the ecliptic. He gave the observations of five weeks to the Royal Society without a suspicion that the object was a new planet.
On March 13th, 1781, Sir William Herschel was, as usual, examining some small stars when he noticed that one of them seemed larger than the fixed stars. He suspected it might be a comet. To test this, he increased his magnifying power from 227 to 460 and then to 932, discovering that, unlike the fixed stars nearby, its clarity was diminished and its size appeared larger. This led him to believe that the object was indeed a comet, and he wasn’t surprised to see that its position changed on subsequent nights, moving in the ecliptic. He submitted his observations from five weeks to the Royal Society without realizing that the object was a new planet.
For a long time people could not compute a satisfactory orbit for the supposed comet, because it seemed to be near the perihelion, and no comet had ever been observed with a perihelion distance from the sun greater than four times the earth’s distance. Lexell was the first to suspect that this was a new planet eighteen times as far from the sun as the earth is. In January, 1783, Laplace published the elliptic elements. The discoverer of a planet has a right to name it, so Herschel called it Georgium Sidus, after the king. But Lalande urged the adoption of the name Herschel. Bode suggested Uranus, and this was adopted. The new planet was found to rank in size next to Jupiter and Saturn, being 4.3 times the diameter of the earth.
For a long time, people couldn’t figure out a satisfactory orbit for the supposed comet because it appeared to be near its closest point to the sun, and no comet had ever been seen with a closest distance from the sun greater than four times the Earth’s distance. Lexell was the first to suspect that this was a new planet, located eighteen times farther from the sun than Earth. In January 1783, Laplace published the orbital details. The person who discovers a planet gets to name it, so Herschel named it Georgium Sidus after the king. However, Lalande recommended that it be named Herschel. Bode proposed the name Uranus, and that name was accepted. The new planet was found to be the second largest after Jupiter and Saturn, with a diameter 4.3 times that of Earth.
In 1787 Herschel discovered two satellites, both revolving in nearly the same plane, inclined 80° to the ecliptic, and the motion of both was retrograde.
In 1787, Herschel discovered two satellites that both orbit in almost the same plane, tilted 80° relative to the ecliptic, and both move in a retrograde direction.
In 1772, before Herschel’s discovery, Bode[1] had discovered a curious arbitrary law of planetary distances. Opposite each planet’s name write the figure 4; and, in succession, add the numbers 0, 3, 6, 12, 24, 48, 96, etc., to the 4, always doubling the last numbers. You then get the planetary distances.
In 1772, before Herschel's discovery, Bode[1] found an interesting pattern in the distances between planets. Next to each planet's name, write the number 4; then, one after another, add the numbers 0, 3, 6, 12, 24, 48, 96, etc., to the 4, always doubling the last numbers. This gives you the distances of the planets.
Mercury, dist.-- 4 4 + 0 = 4 Venus " 7 4 + 3 = 7 Earth " 10 4 + 6 = 10 Mars " 15 4 + 12 = 16 -- 4 + 24 = 28 Jupiter dist. 52 4 + 48 = 52 Saturn " 95 4 + 96 = 100 (Uranus) " 192 4 + 192 = 196 -- 4 + 384 = 388
Mercury, dist.-- 4 4 + 0 = 4 Venus " 7 4 + 3 = 7 Earth " 10 4 + 6 = 10 Mars " 15 4 + 12 = 16 -- 4 + 24 = 28 Jupiter dist. 52 4 + 48 = 52 Saturn " 95 4 + 96 = 100 (Uranus) " 192 4 + 192 = 196 -- 4 + 384 = 388
All the five planets, and the earth, fitted this rule, except that there was a blank between Mars and Jupiter. When Uranus was discovered, also fitting the rule, the conclusion was irresistible that there is probably a planet between Mars and Jupiter. An association of twenty-four astronomers was now formed in Germany to search for the planet. Almost immediately afterwards the planet was discovered, not by any member of the association, but by Piazzi, when engaged upon his great catalogue of stars. On January 1st, 1801, he observed a star which had changed its place the next night. Its motion was retrograde till January 11th, direct after the 13th. Piazzi fell ill before he had enough observations for computing the orbit with certainty, and the planet disappeared in the sun’s rays. Gauss published an approximate ephemeris of probable positions when the planet should emerge from the sun’s light. There was an exciting hunt, and on December 31st (the day before its birthday) De Zach captured the truant, and Piazzi christened it Ceres.
All five planets, plus Earth, fit this rule, except there was a gap between Mars and Jupiter. When Uranus was discovered, also fitting the rule, it became clear that there was likely a planet between Mars and Jupiter. A group of twenty-four astronomers formed in Germany to search for the planet. Almost immediately, the planet was discovered, not by any of the group members, but by Piazzi while he was working on his major star catalog. On January 1st, 1801, he spotted a star that had moved the next night. Its motion was retrograde until January 11th and direct after January 13th. Piazzi got sick before he could gather enough observations to accurately compute the orbit, and the planet vanished in the sun’s rays. Gauss published an approximate ephemeris of likely positions for when the planet would reappear from the sun’s light. There was an exciting search, and on December 31st (the day before its birthday), De Zach found the lost planet, and Piazzi named it Ceres.
The mean distance from the sun was found to be 2.767, agreeing with the 2.8 given by Bode’s law. Its orbit was found to be inclined over 10° to the ecliptic, and its diameter was only 161 miles.
The average distance from the sun was found to be 2.767, which matches the 2.8 stated by Bode’s law. Its orbit was discovered to be tilted more than 10° to the ecliptic, and its diameter was just 161 miles.
On March 28th, 1802, Olbers discovered a new seventh magnitude star, which turned out to be a planet resembling Ceres. It was called Pallas. Gauss found its orbit to be inclined 35° to the ecliptic, and to cut the orbit of Ceres; whence Olbers considered that these might be fragments of a broken-up planet. He then commenced a search for other fragments. In 1804 Harding discovered Juno, and in 1807 Olbers found Vesta. The next one was not discovered until 1845, from which date asteroids, or minor planets (as these small planets are called), have been found almost every year. They now number about 700.
On March 28, 1802, Olbers discovered a new seventh magnitude star, which turned out to be a planet similar to Ceres. It was named Pallas. Gauss found that its orbit was tilted at 35° to the ecliptic and intersected Ceres's orbit, leading Olbers to think that these could be remnants of a shattered planet. He then began searching for more remnants. In 1804, Harding discovered Juno, and in 1807, Olbers found Vesta. The next one wasn't discovered until 1845, after which asteroids, or minor planets (as these small planets are called), have been found almost every year. There are now about 700 of them.
It is impossible to give any idea of the interest with which the first additions since prehistoric times to the planetary system were received. All of those who showered congratulations upon the discoverers regarded these discoveries in the light of rewards for patient and continuous labours, the very highest rewards that could be desired. And yet there remained still the most brilliant triumph of all, the addition of another planet like Uranus, before it had ever been seen, when the analysis of Adams and Le Verrier gave a final proof of the powers of Newton’s great law to explain any planetary irregularity.
It’s impossible to capture the excitement with which the first additions to the planetary system since prehistoric times were received. Everyone who congratulated the discoverers viewed these findings as the ultimate rewards for their hard work and dedication. Yet, the most impressive achievement was still to come: the discovery of another planet like Uranus, even before it was actually observed. The analysis from Adams and Le Verrier provided conclusive evidence of Newton’s great law, proving its ability to explain any irregularities in planetary motion.
After Sir William Herschel discovered Uranus, in 1781, it was found that astronomers had observed it on many previous occasions, mistaking it for a fixed star of the sixth or seventh magnitude. Altogether, nineteen observations of Uranus’s position, from the time of Flamsteed, in 1690, had been recorded.
After Sir William Herschel discovered Uranus in 1781, it was realized that astronomers had seen it many times before, confusing it with a fixed star of the sixth or seventh magnitude. In total, nineteen observations of Uranus's position had been recorded since Flamsteed's time in 1690.
In 1790 Delambre, using all these observations, prepared tables for computing its position. These worked well enough for a time, but at last the differences between the calculated and observed longitudes of the planet became serious. In 1821 Bouvard undertook a revision of the tables, but found it impossible to reconcile all the observations of 130 years (the period of revolution of Uranus is eighty-four years). So he deliberately rejected the old ones, expressing the opinion that the discrepancies might depend upon “some foreign and unperceived cause which may have been acting upon the planet.” In a few years the errors even of these tables became intolerable. In 1835 the error of longitude was 30”; in 1838, 50”; in 1841, 70”; and, by comparing the errors derived from observations made before and after opposition, a serious error of the distance (radius vector) became apparent.
In 1790, Delambre used all these observations to create tables for calculating its position. These tables worked fairly well for a while, but eventually, the differences between the calculated and observed longitudes of the planet became significant. In 1821, Bouvard tried to update the tables but found it impossible to reconcile all the observations from the past 130 years (since the revolution period of Uranus is eighty-four years). So, he intentionally discarded the old data, suggesting that the discrepancies might be due to "some foreign and unperceived cause that may have been acting on the planet." Within a few years, even these updated tables became unusable. By 1835, the longitude error was 30"; in 1838, it was 50"; and in 1841, it reached 70"; plus, by comparing the errors from observations made before and after opposition, a significant distance error (radius vector) became clear.
In 1843 John Couch Adams came out Senior Wrangler at Cambridge, and was free to undertake the research which as an undergraduate he had set himself—to see whether the disturbances of Uranus could be explained by assuming a certain orbit, and position in that orbit, of a hypothetical planet even more distant than Uranus. Such an explanation had been suggested, but until 1843 no one had the boldness to attack the problem. Bessel had intended to try, but a fatal illness overtook him.
In 1843, John Couch Adams graduated as the Senior Wrangler at Cambridge, and he was able to pursue the research he had set for himself while an undergraduate—to determine if the irregularities in Uranus's orbit could be explained by assuming the existence of a hypothetical planet that was even farther out than Uranus. This idea had been suggested, but until 1843, no one had the courage to tackle the issue. Bessel had planned to attempt it, but a severe illness prevented him.
Adams first recalculated all known causes of disturbance, using the latest determinations of the planetary masses. Still the errors were nearly as great as ever. He could now, however, use these errors as being actually due to the perturbations produced by the unknown planet.
Adams first re-evaluated all the known causes of disturbance, using the latest measurements of the planetary masses. Yet, the errors were still almost as significant as before. However, he could now consider these errors as actually arising from the disruptions caused by the unknown planet.
In 1844, assuming a circular orbit, and a mean distance agreeing with Bode’s law, he obtained a first approximation to the position of the supposed planet. He then asked Professor Challis, of Cambridge, to procure the latest observations of Uranus from Greenwich, which Airy immediately supplied. Then the whole work was recalculated from the beginning, with more exactness, and assuming a smaller mean distance.
In 1844, assuming a circular orbit and a mean distance that matched Bode’s law, he calculated a first estimate of the position of the potential planet. He then asked Professor Challis at Cambridge to get the latest observations of Uranus from Greenwich, which Airy promptly provided. After that, the entire work was recalculated from the start with greater accuracy and using a smaller mean distance.
In September, 1845, he handed to Challis the elements of the hypothetical planet, its mass, and its apparent position for September 30th, 1845. On September 22nd Challis wrote to Airy explaining the matter, and declaring his belief in Adams’s capabilities. When Adams called on him Airy was away from home, but at the end of October, 1845, he called again, and left a paper with full particulars of his results, which had, for the most part, reduced the discrepancies to about 1”. As a matter of fact, it has since been found that the heliocentric place of the new planet then given was correct within about 2°.
In September 1845, he gave Challis the details about the hypothetical planet, including its mass and its expected position for September 30, 1845. On September 22, Challis wrote to Airy explaining the situation and expressing his confidence in Adams’s abilities. When Adams visited, Airy was not home, but at the end of October 1845, he visited again and left a paper with all the specifics of his findings, which had mostly reduced the discrepancies to about 1”. In fact, it has since been determined that the heliocentric position of the new planet provided at that time was accurate within about 2°.
Airy wrote expressing his interest, and asked for particulars about the radius vector. Adams did not then reply, as the answer to this question could be seen to be satisfactory by looking at the data already supplied. He was a most unassuming man, and would not push himself forward. He may have felt, after all the work he had done, that Airy’s very natural inquiry showed no proportionate desire to search for the planet. Anyway, the matter lay in embryo for nine months.
Airy wrote to express his interest and asked for details about the radius vector. Adams didn’t reply at that time, since the answer to this question could be clearly understood by looking at the data already provided. He was a very modest man and wouldn’t promote himself. He might have felt that after all the work he had done, Airy’s perfectly reasonable inquiry didn’t show a strong desire to search for the planet. Anyway, the issue remained unresolved for nine months.
Meanwhile, one of the ablest French astronomers, Le Verrier, experienced in computing perturbations, was independently at work, knowing nothing about Adams. He applied to his calculations every possible refinement, and, considering the novelty of the problem, his calculation was one of the most brilliant in the records of astronomy. In criticism it has been said that these were exhibitions of skill rather than helps to a solution of the particular problem, and that, in claiming to find the elements of the orbit within certain limits, he was claiming what was, under the circumstances, impossible, as the result proved.
Meanwhile, one of the most skilled French astronomers, Le Verrier, who was experienced in calculating disturbances, was working independently, unaware of Adams. He applied every possible refinement to his calculations, and given the uniqueness of the problem, his work was among the most impressive in the history of astronomy. Some have criticized that these efforts showcased skill rather than providing a solution to this specific issue, arguing that by trying to determine the elements of the orbit within certain limits, he was making a claim that turned out to be impossible, as demonstrated by the final outcome.
In June, 1846, Le Verrier announced, in the Comptes Rendus de l’Academie des Sciences, that the longitude of the disturbing planet, for January 1st, 1847, was 325, and that the probable error did not exceed 10°.
In June 1846, Le Verrier announced in the Comptes Rendus de l’Academie des Sciences that the longitude of the disturbing planet for January 1, 1847, was 325, with a probable error not exceeding 10°.
This result agreed so well with Adams’s (within 1°) that Airy urged Challis to apply the splendid Northumberland equatoreal, at Cambridge, to the search. Challis, however, had already prepared an exhaustive plan of attack which must in time settle the point. His first work was to observe, and make a catalogue, or chart, of all stars near Adams’s position.
This result matched Adams's so closely (within 1°) that Airy encouraged Challis to use the impressive Northumberland equatorial telescope at Cambridge for the search. However, Challis had already devised a thorough plan that would eventually resolve the issue. His initial task was to observe and create a catalog or chart of all the stars near Adams's position.
On August 31st, 1846, Le Verrier published the concluding part of his labours.
On August 31, 1846, Le Verrier published the final part of his work.
On September 18th, 1846, Le Verrier communicated his results to the Astronomers at Berlin, and asked them to assist in searching for the planet. By good luck Dr. Bremiker had just completed a star-chart of the very part of the heavens including Le Verrier’s position; thus eliminating all of Challis’s preliminary work. The letter was received in Berlin on September 23rd; and the same evening Galle found the new planet, of the eighth magnitude, the size of its disc agreeing with Le Verrier’s prediction, and the heliocentric longitude agreeing within 57’. By this time Challis had recorded, without reduction, the observations of 3,150 stars, as a commencement for his search. On reducing these, he found a star, observed on August 12th, which was not in the same place on July 30th. This was the planet, and he had also observed it on August 4th.
On September 18, 1846, Le Verrier shared his findings with the astronomers in Berlin and asked for their help in searching for the planet. Fortunately, Dr. Bremiker had just finished a star chart covering the exact area of the sky where Le Verrier predicted the planet would be, which made Challis's earlier work unnecessary. The letter arrived in Berlin on September 23, and that same evening, Galle discovered the new planet, which was of the eighth magnitude, with its size matching Le Verrier's prediction and its heliocentric longitude aligning within 57’. By that time, Challis had recorded observations of 3,150 stars without any reductions as a starting point for his search. Upon reviewing these observations, he noticed a star that he had seen on August 12 which was not in the same location on July 30. This was the planet, and he had also observed it on August 4.
The feeling of wonder, admiration, and enthusiasm aroused by this intellectual triumph was overwhelming. In the world of astronomy reminders are met every day of the terrible limitations of human reasoning powers; and every success that enables the mind’s eye to see a little more clearly the meaning of things has always been heartily welcomed by those who have themselves been engaged in like researches. But, since the publication of the Principia, in 1687, there is probably no analytical success which has raised among astronomers such a feeling of admiration and gratitude as when Adams and Le Verrier showed the inequalities in Uranus’s motion to mean that an unknown planet was in a certain place in the heavens, where it was found.
The feeling of wonder, admiration, and excitement sparked by this intellectual achievement was overwhelming. In astronomy, reminders of the significant limits of human reasoning are encountered daily; and every success that allows us to understand the meaning of things a bit better has always been enthusiastically welcomed by those involved in similar research. However, since the release of the Principia in 1687, there’s likely no analytical breakthrough that has generated as much admiration and gratitude among astronomers as when Adams and Le Verrier demonstrated that the irregularities in Uranus's motion indicated the presence of an unknown planet in a specific location in the sky, where it was eventually discovered.
At the time there was an unpleasant display of international jealousy. The British people thought that the earlier date of Adams’s work, and of the observation by Challis, entitled him to at least an equal share of credit with Le Verrier. The French, on the other hand, who, on the announcement of the discovery by Galle, glowed with pride in the new proof of the great powers of their astronomer, Le Verrier, whose life had a long record of successes in calculation, were incredulous on being told that it had all been already done by a young man whom they had never heard of.
At that time, there was an unpleasant display of international jealousy. The British believed that the earlier date of Adams’s work and Challis’s observation meant he deserved at least equal credit with Le Verrier. The French, on the other hand, who felt immense pride in their astronomer Le Verrier after Galle announced the discovery, were skeptical when they learned it had already been accomplished by a young man they had never heard of.
These displays of jealousy have long since passed away, and there is now universally an entente cordiale that to each of these great men belongs equally the merit of having so thoroughly calculated this inverse problem of perturbations as to lead to the immediate discovery of the unknown planet, since called Neptune.
These shows of jealousy have long disappeared, and there is now universally a cordial understanding that each of these great men equally deserves credit for having so thoroughly calculated this inverse problem of disturbances that it led to the immediate discovery of the unknown planet, now known as Neptune.
It was soon found that the planet had been observed, and its position recorded as a fixed star by Lalande, on May 8th and 10th, 1795.
It was soon discovered that the planet had been observed, and its location noted as a fixed star by Lalande, on May 8 and 10, 1795.
Mr. Lassel, in the same year, 1846, with his two-feet reflector, discovered a satellite, with retrograde motion, which gave the mass of the planet about a twentieth of that of Jupiter.
Mr. Lassel, in the same year, 1846, with his two-foot reflector, discovered a satellite with retrograde motion, which indicated the mass of the planet to be about one-twentieth that of Jupiter.
FOOTNOTES:
FOOTNOTES:
[1] Bode’s law, or something like it, had already been fore-shadowed by Kepler and others, especially Titius (see Monatliche Correspondenz, vol. vii., p. 72).
[1] Bode’s law, or something similar, had already been hinted at by Kepler and others, particularly Titius (see Monatliche Correspondenz, vol. vii., p. 72).
10. INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION—STATE OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM.
Having now traced the progress of physical astronomy up to the time when very striking proofs of the universality of the law of gravitation convinced the most sceptical, it must still be borne in mind that, while gravitation is certainly the principal force governing the motions of the heavenly bodies, there may yet be a resisting medium in space, and there may be electric and magnetic forces to deal with. There may, further, be cases where the effects of luminous radiative repulsion become apparent, and also Crookes’ vacuum-effects described as “radiant matter.” Nor is it quite certain that Laplace’s proofs of the instantaneous propagation of gravity are final.
Having now traced the progress of physical astronomy up to the point when very convincing evidence of the universality of the law of gravitation won over even the most skeptical, we must still remember that, while gravitation is definitely the main force driving the motions of celestial bodies, there could still be a resisting medium in space, along with electric and magnetic forces at play. Additionally, there may be situations where the effects of luminous radiative repulsion become noticeable, as well as Crookes’ vacuum effects referred to as “radiant matter.” It’s also not entirely certain that Laplace’s proofs of the instantaneous propagation of gravity are conclusive.
And in the future, as in the past, Tycho Brahe’s dictum must be maintained, that all theory shall be preceded by accurate observations. It is the pride of astronomers that their science stands above all others in the accuracy of the facts observed, as well as in the rigid logic of the mathematics used for interpreting these facts.
And in the future, just like in the past, Tycho Brahe’s principle must be upheld, that all theory should be based on precise observations. Astronomers take pride in the fact that their science is superior to all others in both the accuracy of the observed facts and the strict logic of the mathematics used to interpret these facts.
It is interesting to trace historically the invention of those instruments of precision which have led to this result, and, without entering on the details required in a practical handbook, to note the guiding principles of construction in different ages.
It’s fascinating to look back at the history of the precise instruments that have led to this outcome, and without diving into the specifics needed for a practical guide, to highlight the main principles of design used throughout various periods.
It is very probable that the Chaldeans may have made spheres, like the armillary sphere, for representing the poles of the heavens; and with rings to show the ecliptic and zodiac, as well as the equinoctial and solstitial colures; but we have no record. We only know that the tower of Belus, on an eminence, was their observatory. We have, however, distinct records of two such spheres used by the Chinese about 2500 B.C. Gnomons, or some kind of sundial, were used by the Egyptians and others; and many of the ancient nations measured the obliquity of the ecliptic by the shadows of a vertical column in summer and winter. The natural horizon was the only instrument of precision used by those who determined star positions by the directions of their risings and settings; while in those days the clepsydra, or waterclock, was the best instrument for comparing their times of rising and setting.
It’s very likely that the Chaldeans created spheres, similar to the armillary sphere, to represent the celestial poles, along with rings to indicate the ecliptic and zodiac, as well as the equinoctial and solstitial colures; but we have no records of this. We know that the tower of Belus, situated on a height, served as their observatory. However, we do have clear records of two such spheres used by the Chinese around 2500 B.C. Gnomons, or some type of sundial, were utilized by the Egyptians and others, and many ancient societies measured the tilt of the ecliptic by the shadows cast by a vertical column during summer and winter. The natural horizon was the only precise instrument used by those who identified star positions based on their rising and setting directions; meanwhile, back then, the clepsydra, or water clock, was the best tool for comparing the times of rising and setting.
About 300 B.C. an observatory fitted with circular instruments for star positions was set up at Alexandria, the then centre of civilisation. We know almost nothing about the instruments used by Hipparchus in preparing his star catalogues and his lunar and solar tables; but the invention of the astrolabe is attributed to him.[1]
About 300 B.C., an observatory equipped with circular tools for tracking star positions was established in Alexandria, the leading center of civilization at the time. We know very little about the instruments Hipparchus used to create his star catalogs and his lunar and solar tables; however, the invention of the astrolabe is credited to him.[1]
In more modern times Nuremberg became a centre of astronomical culture. Waltherus, of that town, made really accurate observations of star altitudes, and of the distances between stars; and in 1484 A.D. he used a kind of clock. Tycho Brahe tried these, but discarded them as being inaccurate.
In more recent times, Nuremberg became a hub of astronomical knowledge. Waltherus, from that city, made very precise observations of star altitudes and distances between stars; and in 1484 A.D., he used a type of clock. Tycho Brahe experimented with these, but eventually dismissed them as inaccurate.
Tycho Brahe (1546-1601 A.D.) made great improvements in armillary spheres, quadrants, sextants, and large celestial globes. With these he measured the positions of stars, or the distance of a comet from several known stars. He has left us full descriptions of them, illustrated by excellent engravings. Previous to his time such instruments were made of wood. Tycho always used metal. He paid the greatest attention to the stability of mounting, to the orientation of his instruments, to the graduation of the arcs by the then new method of transversals, and to the aperture sight used upon his pointer. There were no telescopes in his day, and no pendulum clocks. He recognised the fact that there must be instrumental errors. He made these as small as was possible, measured their amount, and corrected his observations. His table of refractions enabled him to abolish the error due to our atmosphere so far as it could affect naked-eye observations. The azimuth circle of Tycho’s largest quadrant had a diameter of nine feet, and the quadrant a radius of six feet. He introduced the mural quadrant for meridian observations.[2]
Tycho Brahe (1546-1601 A.D.) made significant advancements in armillary spheres, quadrants, sextants, and large celestial globes. With these tools, he measured the positions of stars and the distance of a comet from several known stars. He left behind detailed descriptions of his instruments, accompanied by excellent engravings. Before his time, such instruments were made of wood, but Tycho consistently used metal. He focused heavily on stable mounting, proper orientation of his instruments, the graduation of the arcs using the then-new method of transversals, and the sighting aperture on his pointer. There were no telescopes or pendulum clocks during his lifetime. He acknowledged that instrumental errors existed, worked to minimize them, measured their impact, and corrected his observations. His table of refractions allowed him to eliminate the errors caused by the atmosphere, as much as possible for naked-eye observations. The azimuth circle of Tycho’s largest quadrant had a diameter of nine feet, and its quadrant had a radius of six feet. He also introduced the mural quadrant for making meridian observations. [2]

ANCIENT CHINESE
INSTRUMENTS,
Including quadrant, celestial globe, and two
armillae, in the Observatory at Peking. Photographed in Peking by the author in
1875, and stolen by the Germans when the Embassies were relieved by the allies
in 1900.
ANCIENT CHINESE
INSTRUMENTS,
Including a quadrant, celestial globe, and two armillae, in the Observatory in Beijing. Photographed in Beijing by the author in 1875, and taken by the Germans when the Embassies were rescued by the allies in 1900.
The French Jesuits at Peking, in the seventeenth century, helped the Chinese in their astronomy. In 1875 the writer saw and photographed, on that part of the wall of Peking used by the Mandarins as an observatory, the six instruments handsomely designed by Father Verbiest, copied from the instruments of Tycho Brahe, and embellished with Chinese dragons and emblems cast on the supports. He also saw there two old instruments (which he was told were Arabic) of date 1279, by Ko Show-King, astronomer to Koblai Khan, the grandson of Chenghis Khan. One of these last is nearly identical with the armillae of Tycho; and the other with his “armillae æquatoriæ maximæ,” with which he observed the comet of 1585, besides fixed stars and planets.[3]
The French Jesuits in Beijing in the seventeenth century assisted the Chinese with their astronomy. In 1875, the writer saw and photographed six beautifully designed instruments on the section of the Beijing wall used by the Mandarins as an observatory. These tools were created by Father Verbiest, modeled after Tycho Brahe's instruments, and adorned with Chinese dragons and symbols on their supports. He also saw two old instruments there (which he was told were Arabic) dating back to 1279, made by Ko Show-King, the astronomer for Kublai Khan, the grandson of Genghis Khan. One of these was nearly identical to Tycho's armilla, and the other was similar to his "armillae æquatoriæ maximæ," which he used to observe the comet of 1585, as well as fixed stars and planets.[3]
The discovery by Galileo of the isochronism of the pendulum, followed by Huyghens’s adaptation of that principle to clocks, has been one of the greatest aids to accurate observation. About the same time an equally beneficial step was the employment of the telescope as a pointer; not the Galilean with concave eye-piece, but with a magnifying glass to examine the focal image, at which also a fixed mark could be placed. Kepler was the first to suggest this. Gascoigne was the first to use it. Huyghens used a metal strip of variable width in the focus, as a micrometer to cover a planetary disc, and so to measure the width covered by the planet. The Marquis Malvasia, in 1662, described the network of fine silver threads at right angles, which he used in the focus, much as we do now.
The discovery by Galileo of the pendulum's isochronism, along with Huygens’s adaptation of that idea for clocks, has been one of the biggest contributions to precise observation. Around the same time, another significant advancement was the use of the telescope as a pointer; not the Galilean type with a concave eyepiece, but one with a magnifying glass to look at the focal image, where a fixed mark could also be placed. Kepler was the first to suggest this approach. Gascoigne was the first to actually use it. Huygens employed a metal strip of varying width in the focal point, acting as a micrometer to cover a planetary disk, allowing him to measure how much of the disk was covered by the planet. In 1662, the Marquis Malvasia described a network of fine silver threads arranged at right angles, which he used at the focus, similar to how we do things today.
In the hands of such a skilful man as Tycho Brahe, the old open sights, even without clocks, served their purpose sufficiently well to enable Kepler to discover the true theory of the solar system. But telescopic sights and clocks were required for proving some of Newton’s theories of planetary perturbations. Picard’s observations at Paris from 1667 onwards seem to embody the first use of the telescope as a pointer. He was also the first to introduce the use of Huyghens’s clocks for observing the right ascension of stars. Olaus Romer was born at Copenhagen in 1644. In 1675, by careful study of the times of eclipses of Jupiter’s satellites, he discovered that light took time to traverse space. Its velocity is 186,000 miles per second. In 1681 he took up his duties as astronomer at Copenhagen, and built the first transit circle on a window-sill of his house. The iron axis was five feet long and one and a-half inches thick, and the telescope was fixed near one end with a counterpoise. The telescope-tube was a double cone, to prevent flexure. Three horizontal and three vertical wires were used in the focus. These were illuminated by a speculum, near the object-glass, reflecting the light from a lantern placed over the axis, the upper part of the telescope-tube being partly cut away to admit the light. A divided circle, with pointer and reading microscope, was provided for reading the declination. He realised the superiority of a circle with graduations over a much larger quadrant. The collimation error was found by reversing the instrument and using a terrestrial mark, the azimuth error by star observations. The time was expressed in fractions of a second. He also constructed a telescope with equatoreal mounting, to follow a star by one axial motion. In 1728 his instruments and observation records were destroyed by fire.
In the hands of a skilled person like Tycho Brahe, the old open sights, even without clocks, worked well enough for Kepler to find the true theory of the solar system. However, telescopic sights and clocks were necessary to prove some of Newton’s theories about planetary disturbances. Starting in 1667, Picard’s observations in Paris appear to represent the first use of a telescope as a pointing device. He was also the first to use Huyghens’s clocks for tracking the right ascension of stars. Olaus Romer was born in Copenhagen in 1644. In 1675, through careful study of the timing of Jupiter’s satellites' eclipses, he discovered that light takes time to travel through space, moving at a speed of 186,000 miles per second. In 1681, he began his role as an astronomer in Copenhagen and built the first transit circle on a windowsill in his house. The iron axis was five feet long and one and a half inches thick, and the telescope was mounted near one end with a counterbalance. The telescope tube was designed as a double cone to prevent bending. Three horizontal and three vertical wires were used in the focus. These were lit by a speculum, positioned near the objective lens, reflecting light from a lantern placed above the axis, with the upper part of the telescope tube partially cut away to let light in. A graduated circle, complete with a pointer and a reading microscope, was included for reading the declination. He recognized that a circle with graduated markings was superior to a much larger quadrant. The collimation error was determined by reversing the instrument and using a ground reference point, while the azimuth error was found through star observations. Time was recorded in fractions of a second. He also built a telescope with equatorial mounting to track a star with a single axial motion. In 1728, his instruments and observation records were destroyed by fire.
Hevelius had introduced the vernier and tangent screw in his measurement of arc graduations. His observatory and records were burnt to the ground in 1679. Though an old man, he started afresh, and left behind him a catalogue of 1,500 stars.
Hevelius had introduced the vernier and tangent screw in his measurement of arc graduations. His observatory and records were burned to the ground in 1679. Even as an old man, he started over and left behind a catalog of 1,500 stars.
Flamsteed began his duties at Greenwich Observatory, as first Astronomer Royal, in 1676, with very poor instruments. In 1683 he put up a mural arc of 140°, and in 1689 a better one, seventy-nine inches radius. He conducted his measurements with great skill, and introduced new methods to attain accuracy, using certain stars for determining the errors of his instruments; and he always reduced his observations to a form in which they could be readily used. He introduced new methods for determining the position of the equinox and the right ascension of a fundamental star. He produced a catalogue of 2,935 stars. He supplied Sir Isaac Newton with results of observation required in his theoretical calculations. He died in 1719.
Flamsteed started his role as the first Astronomer Royal at Greenwich Observatory in 1676, using very basic instruments. In 1683, he installed a mural arc of 140°, and in 1689, he upgraded to a better one with a radius of seventy-nine inches. He conducted his measurements with great skill and introduced new methods to improve accuracy, using specific stars to determine the errors in his instruments. He always formatted his observations so they could be easily used. He developed new techniques for finding the position of the equinox and the right ascension of a key star. He created a catalogue of 2,935 stars and provided Sir Isaac Newton with observational data needed for his theoretical calculations. He passed away in 1719.
Halley succeeded Flamsteed to find that the whole place had been gutted by the latter’s executors. In 1721 he got a transit instrument, and in 1726 a mural quadrant by Graham. His successor in 1742, Bradley, replaced this by a fine brass quadrant, eight feet radius, by Bird; and Bradley’s zenith sector was purchased for the observatory. An instrument like this, specially designed for zenith stars, is capable of greater rigidity than a more universal instrument; and there is no trouble with refraction in the zenith. For these reasons Bradley had set up this instrument at Kew, to attempt the proof of the earth’s motion by observing the annual parallax of stars. He certainly found an annual variation of zenith distance, but not at the times of year required by the parallax. This led him to the discovery of the “aberration” of light and of nutation. Bradley has been described as the founder of the modern system of accurate observation. He died in 1762, leaving behind him thirteen folio volumes of valuable but unreduced observations. Those relating to the stars were reduced by Bessel and published in 1818, at Königsberg, in his well-known standard work, Fundamenta Astronomiae. In it are results showing the laws of refraction, with tables of its amount, the maximum value of aberration, and other constants.
Halley took over from Flamsteed only to find that the entire place had been stripped bare by Flamsteed’s executors. In 1721, he got a transit instrument, and in 1726, a mural quadrant from Graham. His successor in 1742, Bradley, replaced this with a fine brass quadrant, eight feet in radius, made by Bird; and Bradley’s zenith sector was acquired for the observatory. An instrument like this, designed specifically for zenith stars, is more rigid than a more universal instrument, and there are no issues with refraction at the zenith. For these reasons, Bradley set up this instrument at Kew to try to prove the earth’s motion by observing the annual parallax of stars. He did find an annual variation in zenith distance but not at the times of year needed for the parallax. This led him to discover the “aberration” of light and nutation. Bradley has been recognized as the founder of the modern system of precise observation. He passed away in 1762, leaving behind thirteen folio volumes of valuable but unprocessed observations. The ones related to the stars were processed by Bessel and published in 1818 in Königsberg in his well-known standard work, Fundamenta Astronomiae. It includes results that show the laws of refraction, with tables of its amount, the maximum value of aberration, and other constants.
Bradley was succeeded by Bliss, and he by Maskelyne (1765), who carried on excellent work, and laid the foundations of the Nautical Almanac (1767). Just before his death he induced the Government to replace Bird’s quadrant by a fine new mural circle, six feet in diameter, by Troughton, the divisions being read off by microscopes fixed on piers opposite to the divided circle. In this instrument the micrometer screw, with a divided circle for turning it, was applied for bringing the micrometer wire actually in line with a division on the circle—a plan which is still always adopted.
Bradley was succeeded by Bliss, who was then followed by Maskelyne (1765), who continued the excellent work and established the foundations of the Nautical Almanac (1767). Just before he died, he persuaded the Government to replace Bird’s quadrant with a high-quality new mural circle that measured six feet in diameter, created by Troughton. The divisions were read using microscopes mounted on piers facing the divided circle. In this instrument, the micrometer screw, with a divided circle for adjustment, was used to align the micrometer wire with a division on the circle—a method that is still commonly used today.
Pond succeeded Maskelyne in 1811, and was the first to use this instrument. From now onwards the places of stars were referred to the pole, not to the zenith; the zero being obtained from measures on circumpolar stars. Standard stars were used for giving the clock error. In 1816 a new transit instrument, by Troughton, was added, and from this date the Greenwich star places have maintained the very highest accuracy.
Pond took over from Maskelyne in 1811 and was the first to use this instrument. From then on, the positions of stars were referenced to the pole instead of the zenith, with the zero point determined from measurements of circumpolar stars. Standard stars were used to indicate clock errors. In 1816, a new transit instrument by Troughton was added, and since then, the star positions at Greenwich have been incredibly accurate.
George Biddell Airy, Seventh Astronomer Royal,[4] commenced his Greenwich labours in 1835. His first and greatest reformation in the work of the observatory was one he had already established at Cambridge, and is now universally adopted. He held that an observation is not completed until it has been reduced to a useful form; and in the case of the sun, moon, and planets these results were, in every case, compared with the tables, and the tabular error printed.
George Biddell Airy, the Seventh Astronomer Royal,[4] started his work at Greenwich in 1835. His first and most significant reform in the observatory’s operations was one he had already put into practice at Cambridge, and it is now widely accepted. He believed that an observation is not finished until it’s converted into a useful format; for the sun, moon, and planets, these results were compared with the tables, and the errors in the tables were published.
Airy was firmly impressed with the object for which Charles II. had wisely founded the observatory in connection with navigation, and for observations of the moon. Whenever a meridian transit of the moon could be observed this was done. But, even so, there are periods in the month when the moon is too near the sun for a transit to be well observed. Also weather interferes with many meridian observations. To render the lunar observations more continuous, Airy employed Troughton’s successor, James Simms, in conjunction with the engineers, Ransome and May, to construct an altazimuth with three-foot circles, and a five-foot telescope, in 1847. The result was that the number of lunar observations was immediately increased threefold, many of them being in a part of the moon’s orbit which had previously been bare of observations. From that date the Greenwich lunar observations have been a model and a standard for the whole world.
Airy was greatly impressed by the purpose for which Charles II had wisely established the observatory for navigation and moon observations. Whenever a meridian transit of the moon was possible, it was carried out. However, there are times during the month when the moon is too close to the sun for a proper transit observation. Additionally, weather conditions often disrupt many meridian observations. To make lunar observations more continuous, Airy hired Troughton’s successor, James Simms, along with engineers Ransome and May, to build an altazimuth with three-foot circles and a five-foot telescope in 1847. As a result, the number of lunar observations immediately tripled, with many taking place in parts of the moon’s orbit that had previously seen no observations. Since then, the Greenwich lunar observations have set a standard and model for the entire world.
Airy also undertook to superintend the reduction of all Greenwich lunar observations from 1750 to 1830. The value of this laborious work, which was completed in 1848, cannot be over-estimated.
Airy also took on the task of overseeing the reduction of all Greenwich lunar observations from 1750 to 1830. The importance of this painstaking work, which was finished in 1848, cannot be overstated.
The demands of astronomy, especially in regard to small minor planets, required a transit instrument and mural circle with a more powerful telescope. Airy combined the functions of both, and employed the same constructors as before to make a transit-circle with a telescope of eleven and a-half feet focus and a circle of six-feet diameter, the object-glass being eight inches in diameter.
The needs of astronomy, particularly concerning small minor planets, called for a transit instrument and a mural circle equipped with a more powerful telescope. Airy merged the functions of both and used the same builders as before to create a transit-circle featuring an eleven-and-a-half-foot focal telescope and a six-foot diameter circle, with the object-glass measuring eight inches in diameter.
Airy, like Bradley, was impressed with the advantage of employing stars in the zenith for determining the fundamental constants of astronomy. He devised a reflex zenith tube, in which the zenith point was determined by reflection from a surface of mercury. The design was so simple, and seemed so perfect, that great expectations were entertained. But unaccountable variations comparable with those of the transit circle appeared, and the instrument was put out of use until 1903, when the present Astronomer Royal noticed that the irregularities could be allowed for, being due to that remarkable variation in the position of the earth’s axis included in circles of about six yards diameter at the north and south poles, discovered at the end of the nineteenth century. The instrument is now being used for investigating these variations; and in the year 1907 as many as 1,545 observations of stars were made with the reflex zenith tube.
Airy, similar to Bradley, recognized the benefit of using stars at the zenith to determine the fundamental constants of astronomy. He created a reflex zenith tube, where the zenith point was identified by reflecting off a surface of mercury. The design was so straightforward and appeared so flawless that there were high hopes for it. However, unexplained variations, similar to those found with the transit circle, emerged, and the instrument was rendered unusable until 1903, when the current Astronomer Royal observed that these irregularities could be accounted for, stemming from the remarkable shift in the position of the earth’s axis that occurs in circles about six yards in diameter at the north and south poles, which was discovered at the end of the nineteenth century. The instrument is now being utilized to study these variations; and in 1907, a total of 1,545 observations of stars were conducted using the reflex zenith tube.
In connection with zenith telescopes it must be stated that Respighi, at the Capitol Observatory at Rome, made use of a deep well with a level mercury surface at the bottom and a telescope at the top pointing downwards, which the writer saw in 1871. The reflection of the micrometer wires and of a star very near the zenith (but not quite in the zenith) can be observed together. His mercury trough was a circular plane surface with a shallow edge to retain the mercury. The surface quickly came to rest after disturbance by street traffic.
In relation to zenith telescopes, it's important to mention that Respighi, at the Capitol Observatory in Rome, used a deep well with a level mercury surface at the bottom and a telescope mounted at the top pointing downwards, which the author saw in 1871. The reflection of the micrometer wires and a star very close to the zenith (but not directly at the zenith) can be seen together. His mercury trough was a circular flat surface with a shallow edge to hold the mercury in place. The surface quickly stabilized after being disturbed by street traffic.
Sir W. M. H. Christie, Eighth Astronomer Royal, took up his duties in that capacity in 1881. Besides a larger altazimuth that he erected in 1898, he has widened the field of operations at Greenwich by the extensive use of photography and the establishment of large equatoreals. From the point of view of instruments of precision, one of the most important new features is the astrographic equatoreal, set up in 1892 and used for the Greenwich section of the great astrographic chart just completed. Photography has come to be of use, not only for depicting the sun and moon, comets and nebulae, but also to obtain accurate relative positions of neighbouring stars; to pick up objects that are invisible in any telescope; and, most of all perhaps, in fixing the positions of faint satellites. Thus Saturn’s distant satellite, Phoebe, and the sixth and seventh satellites of Jupiter, have been followed regularly in their courses at Greenwich ever since their discovery with the thirty-inch reflector (erected in 1897); and while doing so Mr. Melotte made, in 1908, the splendid discovery on some of the photographic plates of an eighth satellite of Jupiter, at an enormous distance from the planet. From observations in the early part of 1908, over a limited arc of its orbit, before Jupiter approached the sun, Mr. Cowell computed a retrograde orbit and calculated the future positions of this satellite, which enabled Mr. Melotte to find it again in the autumn—a great triumph both of calculation and of photographic observation. This satellite has never been seen, and has been photographed only at Greenwich, Heidelberg, and the Lick Observatory.
Sir W. M. H. Christie, the Eighth Astronomer Royal, started his duties in that role in 1881. In addition to a larger altazimuth he built in 1898, he expanded the operations at Greenwich by extensively using photography and setting up large equatorial telescopes. One of the most significant new additions for precision instruments is the astrographic equatorial, established in 1892 and used for the Greenwich section of the completed great astrographic chart. Photography has proven valuable not only for capturing images of the sun, moon, comets, and nebulae but also for obtaining precise relative positions of neighboring stars, detecting objects that are invisible through any telescope, and, perhaps most importantly, fixing the locations of faint satellites. For instance, Saturn's distant satellite, Phoebe, and Jupiter's sixth and seventh satellites have been consistently tracked in their orbits at Greenwich since their discovery with the thirty-inch reflector built in 1897. While doing this, Mr. Melotte made a remarkable discovery in 1908 when he found evidence of an eighth satellite of Jupiter on some photographic plates, located at a great distance from the planet. From observations taken in early 1908 over a limited part of its orbit, before Jupiter moved closer to the sun, Mr. Cowell calculated a retrograde orbit and predicted the future locations of this satellite, which helped Mr. Melotte find it again in the fall—a significant achievement in both calculation and photographic observation. This satellite has never been visually observed and has only been photographed in Greenwich, Heidelberg, and the Lick Observatory.
Greenwich Observatory has been here selected for tracing the progress of accurate measurement. But there is one instrument of great value, the heliometer, which is not used at Greenwich. This serves the purpose of a double image micrometer, and is made by dividing the object-glass of a telescope along a diameter. Each half is mounted so as to slide a distance of several inches each way on an arc whose centre is the focus. The amount of the movement can be accurately read. Thus two fields of view overlap, and the adjustment is made to bring an image of one star over that of another star, and then to do the same by a displacement in the opposite direction. The total movement of the half-object glass is double the distance between the star images in the focal plane. Such an instrument has long been established at Oxford, and German astronomers have made great use of it. But in the hands of Sir David Gill (late His Majesty’s Astronomer at the Cape of Good Hope), and especially in his great researches on Solar and on Stellar parallax, it has been recognised as an instrument of the very highest accuracy, measuring the distance between stars correctly to less than a tenth of a second of arc.
The Greenwich Observatory has been chosen here to track the progress of precise measurement. However, there is a valuable instrument, the heliometer, which is not used at Greenwich. This device functions as a double image micrometer and is created by splitting the object lens of a telescope along a diameter. Each half is mounted so that it can slide several inches in either direction on an arc with the focus as its center. The amount of movement can be read accurately. This way, two fields of view overlap, and adjustments are made to position one star's image over another star's image, and then to do the same by displacing in the opposite direction. The total movement of the half-object glass is twice the distance between the star images in the focal plane. Such an instrument has been in use at Oxford for a long time, and German astronomers have utilized it extensively. However, under the guidance of Sir David Gill (formerly His Majesty’s Astronomer at the Cape of Good Hope), especially in his major research on Solar and Stellar parallax, it has been recognized as a tool of the highest accuracy, measuring the distance between stars to less than a tenth of a second of arc.
The superiority of the heliometer over all other devices (except photography) for measuring small angles has been specially brought into prominence by Sir David Gill’s researches on the distance of the sun—i.e., the scale of the solar system. A measurement of the distance of any planet fixes the scale, and, as Venus approaches the earth most nearly of all the planets, it used to be supposed that a Transit of Venus offered the best opportunity for such measurement, especially as it was thought that, as Venus entered on the solar disc, the sweep of light round the dark disc of Venus would enable a very precise observation to be made. The Transit of Venus in 1874, in which the present writer assisted, overthrew this delusion.
The heliometer is clearly superior to all other devices (except photography) for measuring small angles, as highlighted by Sir David Gill’s research on the distance of the sun—i.e., the scale of the solar system. Measuring the distance of any planet defines the scale, and since Venus gets the closest to Earth compared to all other planets, people used to believe that a Transit of Venus was the best chance for such measurements. It was thought that when Venus crossed in front of the solar disc, the light around Venus’s dark shape would allow for very precise observations. However, the Transit of Venus in 1874, which the author participated in, debunked this myth.
In 1877 Sir David Gill used Lord Crawford’s heliometer at the Island of Ascension to measure the parallax of Mars in opposition, and found the sun’s distance 93,080,000 miles. He considered that, while the superiority of the heliometer had been proved, the results would be still better with the points of light shown by minor planets rather than with the disc of Mars.
In 1877, Sir David Gill used Lord Crawford’s heliometer on the Island of Ascension to measure the parallax of Mars during its opposition and found the sun’s distance to be 93,080,000 miles. He believed that while the superiority of the heliometer had been demonstrated, the results would be even better using the points of light from minor planets instead of the disc of Mars.
In 1888-9, at the Cape, he observed the minor planets Iris, Victoria, and Sappho, and secured the co-operation of four other heliometers. His final result was 92,870,000 miles, the parallax being 8",802 (Cape Obs., Vol. VI.).
In 1888-89, at the Cape, he observed the minor planets Iris, Victoria, and Sappho, and got the help of four other heliometers. His final result was 92,870,000 miles, with the parallax being 8",802 (Cape Obs., Vol. VI.).
So delicate were these measures that Gill detected a minute periodic error of theory of twenty-seven days, owing to a periodically erroneous position of the centre of gravity of the earth and moon to which the position of the observer was referred. This led him to correct the mass of the moon, and to fix its ratio to the earth’s mass = 0.012240.
So precise were these measurements that Gill noticed a tiny periodic error in the theory of twenty-seven days, caused by a recurring miscalculation of the center of gravity of the earth and moon in relation to the observer's position. This prompted him to adjust the moon's mass and set its ratio to the earth's mass at 0.012240.
Another method of getting the distance from the sun is to measure the velocity of the earth’s orbital motion, giving the circumference traversed in a year, and so the radius of the orbit. This has been done by comparing observation and experiment. The aberration of light is an angle 20” 48, giving the ratio of the earth’s velocity to the velocity of light. The velocity of light is 186,000 miles a second; whence the distance to the sun is 92,780,000 miles. There seems, however, to be some uncertainty about the true value of the aberration, any determination of which is subject to irregularities due to the “seasonal errors.” The velocity of light was experimentally found, in 1862, by Fizeau and Foucault, each using an independent method. These methods have been developed, and new values found, by Cornu, Michaelson, Newcomb, and the present writer.
Another way to find the distance from the sun is by measuring the speed of the Earth’s orbit, which gives us the circumference traveled in a year, and from that, we can determine the radius of the orbit. This has been achieved by comparing observations with experiments. The aberration of light is measured at an angle of 20” 48, which provides the ratio of the Earth’s velocity to the speed of light. The speed of light is 186,000 miles per second, leading to a distance to the sun of 92,780,000 miles. However, there appears to be some uncertainty regarding the exact value of the aberration, as any measurement can be influenced by “seasonal errors.” The speed of light was experimentally determined in 1862 by Fizeau and Foucault, each using a different method. These methods have since been refined, and new values have been established by Cornu, Michelson, Newcomb, and myself.
Quite lately Halm, at the Cape of Good Hope, measured spectroscopically the velocity of the earth to and from a star by observations taken six months apart. Thence he obtained an accurate value of the sun’s distance.[5]
Recently, Halm, at the Cape of Good Hope, used spectroscopy to measure the speed of the Earth moving toward and away from a star by making observations six months apart. From that, he calculated an accurate value for the sun's distance.[5]
But the remarkably erratic minor planet, Eros, discovered by Witte in 1898, approaches the earth within 15,000,000 miles at rare intervals, and, with the aid of photography, will certainly give us the best result. A large number of observatories combined to observe the opposition of 1900. Their results are not yet completely reduced, but the best value deduced so far for the parallax[6] is 8".807 ± 0".0028.[7]
But the incredibly unpredictable minor planet, Eros, discovered by Witte in 1898, comes within 15,000,000 miles of Earth at rare times, and with the help of photography, it will definitely provide us with the best data. Many observatories worked together to observe the opposition in 1900. Their results aren't fully analyzed yet, but the best estimate for the parallax[6] is 8".807 ± 0".0028.[7]
FOOTNOTES:
FOOTNOTES:
[1] In 1480 Martin Behaim, of Nuremberg, produced his astrolabe for measuring the latitude, by observation of the sun, at sea. It consisted of a graduated metal circle, suspended by a ring which was passed over the thumb, and hung vertically. A pointer was fixed to a pin at the centre. This arm, called the alhidada, worked round the graduated circle, and was pointed to the sun. The altitude of the sun was thus determined, and, by help of solar tables, the latitude could be found from observations made at apparent noon.
[1] In 1480, Martin Behaim from Nuremberg created his astrolabe for measuring latitude by observing the sun at sea. It was made up of a graduated metal circle, suspended by a ring that went over the thumb and hung vertically. A pointer was attached to a pin at the center. This arm, known as the alhidada, moved around the graduated circle and pointed at the sun. The altitude of the sun was determined this way, and using solar tables, the latitude could be calculated from observations made at apparent noon.
[2] See illustration on p. 76.
See illustration on page 76.
[3] See Dreyer’s article on these instruments in Copernicus, Vol. I. They were stolen by the Germans after the relief of the Embassies, in 1900. The best description of these instruments is probably that contained in an interesting volume, which may be seen in the library of the R. A. S., entitled Chinese Researches, by Alexander Wyllie (Shanghai, 1897).
[3] Check out Dreyer's article about these instruments in Copernicus, Vol. I. They were taken by the Germans after the relief of the Embassies in 1900. The best description of these instruments is likely found in an engaging book available in the R. A. S. library, titled Chinese Researches, by Alexander Wyllie (Shanghai, 1897).
[4] Sir George Airy was very jealous of this honourable title. He rightly held that there is only one Astronomer Royal at a time, as there is only one Mikado, one Dalai Lama. He said that His Majesty’s Astronomer at the Cape of Good Hope, His Majesty’s Astronomer for Scotland, and His Majesty’s Astronomer for Ireland are not called Astronomers Royal.
[4] Sir George Airy was quite protective of this esteemed title. He believed that there can only be one Astronomer Royal at any given time, just like there is only one Mikado or one Dalai Lama. He pointed out that the Astronomer for the Cape of Good Hope, the Astronomer for Scotland, and the Astronomer for Ireland are not referred to as Astronomers Royal.
[5] Annals of the Cape Observatory, vol. x., part 3.
[5] Annals of the Cape Observatory, vol. x., part 3.
11. HISTORY OF THE TELESCOPE
Accounts of wonderful optical experiments by Roger Bacon (who died in 1292), and in the sixteenth century by Digges, Baptista Porta, and Antonio de Dominis (Grant, Hist. Ph. Ast.), have led some to suppose that they invented the telescope. The writer considers that it is more likely that these notes refer to a kind of camera obscura, in which a lens throws an inverted image of a landscape on the wall.
Accounts of amazing optical experiments by Roger Bacon (who died in 1292), and later in the sixteenth century by Digges, Baptista Porta, and Antonio de Dominis (Grant, Hist. Ph. Ast), have led some to believe they invented the telescope. The author thinks it’s more likely that these notes describe a type of camera obscura, where a lens projects an inverted image of a landscape onto the wall.
The first telescopes were made in Holland, the originator being either Henry Lipperhey,[1] Zacharias Jansen, or James Metius, and the date 1608 or earlier.
The first telescopes were created in Holland, with the inventor being either Henry Lipperhey, Zacharias Jansen, or James Metius, around 1608 or earlier.
In 1609 Galileo, being in Venice, heard of the invention, went home and worked out the theory, and made a similar telescope. These telescopes were all made with a convex object-glass and a concave eye-lens, and this type is spoken of as the Galilean telescope. Its defects are that it has no real focus where cross-wires can be placed, and that the field of view is very small. Kepler suggested the convex eye-lens in 1611, and Scheiner claimed to have used one in 1617. But it was Huyghens who really introduced them. In the seventeenth century telescopes were made of great length, going up to 300 feet. Huyghens also invented the compound eye-piece that bears his name, made of two convex lenses to diminish spherical aberration.
In 1609, while in Venice, Galileo heard about the invention, went home, developed the theory, and created a similar telescope. These telescopes were all built with a convex objective lens and a concave eyepiece, and this style is known as the Galilean telescope. Its flaws include the lack of a true focus where cross-wires can be placed, and it has a very narrow field of view. In 1611, Kepler proposed using a convex eyepiece, and Scheiner claimed to have used one in 1617. However, it was Huygens who truly popularized them. In the seventeenth century, telescopes were made very long, reaching up to 300 feet. Huygens also invented the compound eyepiece that carries his name, which consists of two convex lenses to reduce spherical aberration.
But the defects of colour remained, although their cause was unknown until Newton carried out his experiments on dispersion and the solar spectrum. To overcome the spherical aberration James Gregory,[2] of Aberdeen and Edinburgh, in 1663, in his Optica Promota, proposed a reflecting speculum of parabolic form. But it was Newton, about 1666, who first made a reflecting telescope; and he did it with the object of avoiding colour dispersion.
But the issues with color continued to exist, even though their cause was a mystery until Newton conducted his experiments on dispersion and the solar spectrum. To fix the spherical aberration, James Gregory, [2] of Aberdeen and Edinburgh, suggested a parabolic reflecting mirror in his Optica Promota in 1663. However, it was Newton, around 1666, who actually built the first reflecting telescope, aiming to eliminate color dispersion.
Some time elapsed before reflectors were much used. Pound and Bradley used one presented to the Royal Society by Hadley in 1723. Hawksbee, Bradley, and Molyneaux made some. But James Short, of Edinburgh, made many excellent Gregorian reflectors from 1732 till his death in 1768.
Some time passed before reflectors became widely used. Pound and Bradley used one that Hadley had given to the Royal Society in 1723. Hawksbee, Bradley, and Molyneaux created some as well. However, James Short from Edinburgh made many excellent Gregorian reflectors from 1732 until his death in 1768.
Newton’s trouble with refractors, chromatic aberration, remained insurmountable until John Dollond (born 1706, died 1761), after many experiments, found out how to make an achromatic lens out of two lenses—one of crown glass, the other of flint glass—to destroy the colour, in a way originally suggested by Euler. He soon acquired a great reputation for his telescopes of moderate size; but there was a difficulty in making flint-glass lenses of large size. The first actual inventor and constructor of an achromatic telescope was Chester Moor Hall, who was not in trade, and did not patent it. Towards the close of the eighteenth century a Swiss named Guinand at last succeeded in producing larger flint-glass discs free from striae. Frauenhofer, of Munich, took him up in 1805, and soon produced, among others, Struve’s Dorpat refractor of 9.9 inches diameter and 13.5 feet focal length, and another, of 12 inches diameter and 18 feet focal length, for Lamont, of Munich.
Newton's issue with refractors, specifically chromatic aberration, wasn't resolved until John Dollond (born 1706, died 1761) figured out how to create an achromatic lens using two lenses—one made of crown glass and the other of flint glass—to eliminate color distortion, a method originally suggested by Euler. He quickly gained a great reputation for his moderately sized telescopes, but creating large flint-glass lenses proved to be challenging. The first true inventor and builder of an achromatic telescope was Chester Moor Hall, who wasn't involved in commerce and didn't patent it. By the end of the eighteenth century, a Swiss named Guinand finally managed to produce larger flint-glass discs without striae. Frauenhofer from Munich began working with him in 1805 and soon created, among other telescopes, Struve’s Dorpat refractor with a diameter of 9.9 inches and a focal length of 13.5 feet, as well as another telescope with a diameter of 12 inches and a focal length of 18 feet for Lamont in Munich.
In the nineteenth century gigantic reflectors have been made. Lassel’s 2-foot reflector, made by himself, did much good work, and discovered four new satellites. But Lord Rosse’s 6-foot reflector, 54 feet focal length, constructed in 1845, is still the largest ever made. The imperfections of our atmosphere are against the use of such large apertures, unless it be on high mountains. During the last half century excellent specula have been made of silvered glass, and Dr. Common’s 5-foot speculum (removed, since his death, to Harvard) has done excellent work. Then there are the 5-foot Yerkes reflector at Chicago, and the 4-foot by Grubb at Melbourne.
In the nineteenth century, huge reflectors were created. Lassel’s 2-foot reflector, built by himself, accomplished a lot and discovered four new satellites. However, Lord Rosse’s 6-foot reflector, with a focal length of 54 feet, made in 1845, is still the largest ever constructed. The imperfections of our atmosphere hinder the use of such large apertures, unless they are located on high mountains. Over the last fifty years, excellent mirrors have been produced using silvered glass, and Dr. Common’s 5-foot mirror (now moved to Harvard after his death) has performed exceptionally well. There are also the 5-foot Yerkes reflector in Chicago and the 4-foot one by Grubb in Melbourne.
Passing now from these large reflectors to refractors, further improvements have been made in the manufacture of glass by Chance, of Birmingham, Feil and Mantois, of Paris, and Schott, of Jena; while specialists in grinding lenses, like Alvan Clark, of the U.S.A., and others, have produced many large refractors.
Passing now from these large reflectors to refractors, further improvements have been made in glass production by Chance from Birmingham, Feil and Mantois from Paris, and Schott from Jena; while lens grinding specialists, like Alvan Clark from the U.S.A. and others, have created many large refractors.
Cooke, of York, made an object-glass, 25-inch diameter, for Newall, of Gateshead, which has done splendid work at Cambridge. We have the Washington 26-inch by Clark, the Vienna 27-inch by Grubb, the Nice 29½-inch by Gautier, the Pulkowa 30-inch by Clark. Then there was the sensation of Clark’s 36-inch for the Lick Observatory in California, and finally his tour de force, the Yerkes 40-inch refractor, for Chicago.
Cooke from York built a 25-inch diameter telescope for Newall in Gateshead, which has performed excellently at Cambridge. We also have the Washington 26-inch by Clark, the Vienna 27-inch by Grubb, the Nice 29½-inch by Gautier, and the Pulkowa 30-inch by Clark. Then there was the hype around Clark’s 36-inch telescope for the Lick Observatory in California, and finally his masterpiece, the Yerkes 40-inch refractor for Chicago.
At Greenwich there is the 28-inch photographic refractor, and the Thompson equatoreal by Grubb, carrying both the 26-inch photographic refractor and the 30-inch reflector. At the Cape of Good Hope we find Mr. Frank McClean’s 24-inch refractor, with an object-glass prism for spectroscopic work.
At Greenwich, there’s the 28-inch photographic refractor and the Thompson equatorial by Grubb, which carries both the 26-inch photographic refractor and the 30-inch reflector. At the Cape of Good Hope, we see Mr. Frank McClean’s 24-inch refractor, equipped with an object-glass prism for spectroscopic work.
It would be out of place to describe here the practical adjuncts of a modern equatoreal—the adjustments for pointing it, the clock for driving it, the position-micrometer and various eye-pieces, the photographic and spectroscopic attachments, the revolving domes, observing seats, and rising floors and different forms of mounting, the siderostats and coelostats, and other convenient adjuncts, besides the registering chronograph and numerous facilities for aiding observation. On each of these a chapter might be written; but the most important part of the whole outfit is the man behind the telescope, and it is with him that a history is more especially concerned.
It wouldn't make sense to detail here the practical features of a modern equatorial telescope—like the adjustments for aiming it, the clock for powering it, the position micrometer and various eyepieces, the photographic and spectroscopic tools, the rotating domes, observing seats, adjustable floors, different types of mounts, the siderostats and coelostats, along with other handy tools, in addition to the recording chronograph and many features that assist observation. A chapter could be dedicated to each of these; however, the most crucial part of the entire setup is the person behind the telescope, and it's this individual that the history is particularly focused on.
SPECTROSCOPE.
Since the invention of the telescope no discovery has given so great an impetus to astronomical physics as the spectroscope; and in giving us information about the systems of stars and their proper motions it rivals the telescope.
Since the invention of the telescope, no discovery has boosted astronomical physics as much as the spectroscope has; and in providing us with information about star systems and their motions, it rivals the telescope.
Frauenhofer, at the beginning of the nineteenth century, while applying Dollond’s discovery to make large achromatic telescopes, studied the dispersion of light by a prism. Admitting the light of the sun through a narrow slit in a window-shutter, an inverted image of the slit can be thrown, by a lens of suitable focal length, on the wall opposite. If a wedge or prism of glass be interposed, the image is deflected to one side; but, as Newton had shown, the images formed by the different colours of which white light is composed are deflected to different extents—the violet most, the red least. The number of colours forming images is so numerous as to form a continuous spectrum on the wall with all the colours—red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet. But Frauenhofer found with a narrow slit, well focussed by the lens, that some colours were missing in the white light of the sun, and these were shown by dark lines across the spectrum. These are the Frauenhofer lines, some of which he named by the letters of the alphabet. The D line is a very marked one in the yellow. These dark lines in the solar spectrum had already been observed by Wollaston.[3]
Frauenhofer, at the start of the nineteenth century, while using Dollond’s discovery to create large achromatic telescopes, explored how light is dispersed by a prism. By letting sunlight in through a narrow slit in a window shutter, an inverted image of the slit can be projected onto the opposite wall using a lens with the right focal length. If a wedge or prism of glass is placed in between, the image will be shifted to one side; however, as Newton demonstrated, the images produced by the various colors that make up white light are deflected by different amounts—the violet the most and the red the least. The number of colors that form images is so vast that they create a continuous spectrum on the wall, displaying all the colors—red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet. But Frauenhofer discovered that with a narrow slit, sharply focused by the lens, some colors were absent in the sunlight, indicated by dark lines across the spectrum. These are the Frauenhofer lines, some of which he labeled with letters of the alphabet. The D line is particularly prominent in the yellow. These dark lines in the solar spectrum had already been noticed by Wollaston.[3]
On examining artificial lights it was found that incandescent solids and liquids (including the carbon glowing in a white gas flame) give continuous spectra; gases, except under enormous pressure, give bright lines. If sodium or common salt be thrown on the colourless flame of a spirit lamp, it gives it a yellow colour, and its spectrum is a bright yellow line agreeing in position with line D of the solar spectrum.
On looking at artificial lights, it became clear that incandescent solids and liquids (like the carbon glowing in a white gas flame) produce continuous spectra; gases, unless under extreme pressure, produce bright lines. If you add sodium or common salt to the colorless flame of a spirit lamp, it turns yellow, and its spectrum shows a bright yellow line that matches the position of line D in the solar spectrum.
In 1832 Sir David Brewster found some of the solar black lines increased in strength towards sunset, and attributed them to absorption in the earth’s atmosphere. He suggested that the others were due to absorption in the sun’s atmosphere. Thereupon Professor J. D. Forbes pointed out that during a nearly total eclipse the lines ought to be strengthened in the same way; as that part of the sun’s light, coming from its edge, passes through a great distance in the sun’s atmosphere. He tried this with the annular eclipse of 1836, with a negative result which has never been accounted for, and which seemed to condemn Brewster’s view.
In 1832, Sir David Brewster noticed that some of the solar black lines became stronger toward sunset and attributed this to absorption in the Earth’s atmosphere. He suggested that the other lines were due to absorption in the sun's atmosphere. Following this, Professor J. D. Forbes pointed out that during a nearly total eclipse, the lines should also be strengthened in the same way because the part of the sun’s light coming from its edge passes through a considerable distance in the sun’s atmosphere. He tested this during the annular eclipse of 1836, which yielded a negative result that has never been explained and seemed to contradict Brewster’s perspective.
In 1859 Kirchoff, on repeating Frauenhofer’s experiment, found that, if a spirit lamp with salt in the flame were placed in the path of the light, the black D line is intensified. He also found that, if he used a limelight instead of the sunlight and passed it through the flame with salt, the spectrum showed the D line black; or the vapour of sodium absorbs the same light that it radiates. This proved to him the existence of sodium in the sun’s atmosphere.[4] Iron, calcium, and other elements were soon detected in the same way.
In 1859, Kirchhoff repeated Fraunhofer’s experiment and discovered that placing a spirit lamp with salt in the flame in the path of the light made the black D line stand out more. He also found that when using limelight instead of sunlight and passing it through the flame with salt, the spectrum displayed the D line as black; this showed that sodium vapor absorbs the same light it emits. This confirmed the presence of sodium in the sun’s atmosphere.[4] Soon after, iron, calcium, and other elements were detected in the same way.
Extensive laboratory researches (still incomplete) have been carried out to catalogue (according to their wave-length on the undulatory theory of light) all the lines of each chemical element, under all conditions of temperature and pressure. At the same time, all the lines have been catalogued in the light of the sun and the brighter of the stars.
Extensive laboratory research (still ongoing) has been done to catalog (based on their wavelength in the wave theory of light) all the lines of each chemical element under various temperature and pressure conditions. At the same time, all the lines have been cataloged with respect to sunlight and the brighter stars.
Another method of obtaining spectra had long been known, by transmission through, or reflection from, a grating of equidistant lines ruled upon glass or metal. H. A. Rowland developed the art of constructing these gratings, which requires great technical skill, and for this astronomers owe him a debt of gratitude.
Another method for obtaining spectra has been known for a long time, using transmission through or reflection from a grating of evenly spaced lines etched onto glass or metal. H. A. Rowland advanced the technique of creating these gratings, which requires a high level of technical skill, and for this, astronomers are very grateful to him.
In 1842 Doppler[5] proved that the colour of a luminous body, like the pitch or note of a sounding body, must be changed by velocity of approach or recession. Everyone has noticed on a railway that, on meeting a locomotive whistling, the note is lowered after the engine has passed. The pitch of a sound or the colour of a light depends on the number of waves striking the ear or eye in a second. This number is increased by approach and lowered by recession.
In 1842, Doppler[5] demonstrated that the color of a light source, like the pitch or tone of a sound, changes depending on whether it's moving toward or away from you. Everyone has experienced this when a train passes by; as it approaches, you hear the whistle, and after it moves past, the pitch drops. The pitch of a sound or color of a light is determined by the number of waves hitting your ear or eye each second. This number increases when moving closer and decreases when moving away.
Thus, by comparing the spectrum of a star alongside a spectrum of hydrogen, we may see all the lines, and be sure that there is hydrogen in the star; yet the lines in the star-spectrum may be all slightly displaced to one side of the lines of the comparison spectrum. If towards the violet end, it means mutual approach of the star and earth; if to the red end, it means recession. The displacement of lines does not tell us whether the motion is in the star, the earth, or both. The displacement of the lines being measured, we can calculate the rate of approach or recession in miles per second.
Thus, by comparing a star's spectrum with a hydrogen spectrum, we can identify all the lines and confirm that hydrogen exists in the star. However, the lines in the star's spectrum may be slightly shifted to one side of the comparison spectrum. If the shift is towards the violet end, it indicates that the star and Earth are moving closer together; if it’s towards the red end, it means they are moving apart. The displacement of lines doesn’t indicate whether the motion is occurring in the star, the Earth, or both. By measuring the displacement of the lines, we can calculate the rate of approach or recession in miles per second.
In 1868 Huggins[6] succeeded in thus measuring the velocities of stars in the direction of the line of sight.
In 1868, Huggins[6] successfully measured the speeds of stars along the line of sight.
In 1873 Vogel[7] compared the spectra of the sun’s East (approaching) limb and West (receding) limb, and the displacement of lines endorsed the theory. This last observation was suggested by Zöllner.
In 1873, Vogel[7] compared the spectra of the sun's East (approaching) limb and West (receding) limb, and the displacement of lines supported the theory. This last observation was suggested by Zöllner.
FOOTNOTES:
ENDNOTES:
[1] In the Encyclopaedia Britannica, article “Telescope,” and in Grant’s Physical Astronomy, good reasons are given for awarding the honour to Lipperhey.
[1] In the Encyclopaedia Britannica, article “Telescope,” and in Grant’s Physical Astronomy, solid reasons are provided for giving the credit to Lipperhey.
[2] Will the indulgent reader excuse an anecdote which may encourage some workers who may have found their mathematics defective through want of use? James Gregory’s nephew David had a heap of MS. notes by Newton. These descended to a Miss Gregory, of Edinburgh, who handed them to the present writer, when an undergraduate at Cambridge, to examine. After perusal, he lent them to his kindest of friends, J. C. Adams (the discoverer of Neptune), for his opinion. Adams’s final verdict was: “I fear they are of no value. It is pretty evident that, when he wrote these notes, Newton’s mathematics were a little rusty.”
[2] Will the indulgent reader forgive an anecdote that might motivate some workers who have found their math skills lacking due to inactivity? James Gregory’s nephew, David, had a collection of manuscripts by Newton. These were passed down to a Miss Gregory in Edinburgh, who gave them to me when I was an undergraduate at Cambridge to review. After looking through them, I lent them to my dearest friend, J. C. Adams (the discoverer of Neptune), for his thoughts. Adams’s final verdict was: “I fear they are of no value. It’s pretty clear that when he wrote these notes, Newton’s math skills were a little rusty.”
[3] R. S. Phil. Trans.
[4] The experiment had been made before by one who did not understand its meaning;. But Sir George G. Stokes had already given verbally the true explanation of Frauenhofer lines.
[4] The experiment had previously been conducted by someone who didn't grasp its significance. But Sir George G. Stokes had already verbally provided the correct explanation for the Fraunhofer lines.
[5] Abh. d. Kön. Böhm. d. Wiss., Bd. ii., 1841-42, p. 467. See also Fizeau in the Ann. de Chem. et de Phys., 1870, p. 211.
[5] Abh. d. Kön. Böhm. d. Wiss., Vol. ii., 1841-42, p. 467. See also Fizeau in the Ann. de Chem. et de Phys., 1870, p. 211.
[6] R. S. Phil. Trans., 1868.
[7] Ast. Nach., No. 1, 864.
BOOK IV. THE PHYSICAL PERIOD
We have seen how the theory of the solar system was slowly developed by the constant efforts of the human mind to find out what are the rules of cause and effect by which our conception of the present universe and its development seems to be bound. In the primitive ages a mere record of events in the heavens and on the earth gave the only hope of detecting those uniform sequences from which to derive rules or laws of cause and effect upon which to rely. Then came the geometrical age, in which rules were sought by which to predict the movements of heavenly bodies. Later, when the relation of the sun to the courses of the planets was established, the sun came to be looked upon as a cause; and finally, early in the seventeenth century, for the first time in history, it began to be recognised that the laws of dynamics, exactly as they had been established for our own terrestrial world, hold good, with the same rigid invariability, at least as far as the limits of the solar system.
We have observed how the theory of the solar system gradually evolved through the persistent efforts of humans to understand the cause-and-effect relationships that shape our understanding of the universe and its development. In ancient times, simply keeping track of events in the sky and on Earth offered the only chance to identify consistent patterns from which we could derive reliable rules or laws of cause and effect. Then came the geometric age, where rules were created to predict the movements of celestial bodies. Later, when the relationship between the sun and the planets' orbits was established, the sun was viewed as a cause. Finally, in the early seventeenth century, for the first time in history, it became recognized that the laws of dynamics, which had been established for our own planet, apply with the same strict consistency, at least within the boundaries of the solar system.
Throughout this evolution of thought and conjecture there were two types of astronomers—those who supplied the facts, and those who supplied the interpretation through the logic of mathematics. So Ptolemy was dependent upon Hipparchus, Kepler on Tycho Brahe, and Newton in much of his work upon Flamsteed.
Throughout this evolution of ideas and theories, there were two types of astronomers—those who provided the facts and those who interpreted them using mathematics. So, Ptolemy relied on Hipparchus, Kepler depended on Tycho Brahe, and Newton based much of his work on Flamsteed.
When Galileo directed his telescope to the heavens, when Secchi and Huggins studied the chemistry of the stars by means of the spectroscope, and when Warren De la Rue set up a photoheliograph at Kew, we see that a progress in the same direction as before, in the evolution of our conception of the universe, was being made. Without definite expression at any particular date, it came to be an accepted fact that not only do earthly dynamics apply to the heavenly bodies, but that the laws we find established here, in geology, in chemistry, and in the laws of heat, may be extended with confidence to the heavenly bodies. Hence arose the branch of astronomy called astronomical physics, a science which claims a large portion of the work of the telescope, spectroscope, and photography. In this new development it is more than ever essential to follow the dictum of Tycho Brahe—not to make theories until all the necessary facts are obtained. The great astronomers of to-day still hold to Sir Isaac Newton’s declaration, “Hypotheses non fingo.” Each one may have his suspicions of a theory to guide him in a course of observation, and may call it a working hypothesis. But the cautious astronomer does not proclaim these to the world; and the historian is certainly not justified in including in his record those vague speculations founded on incomplete data which may be demolished to-morrow, and which, however attractive they may be, often do more harm than good to the progress of true science. Meanwhile the accumulation of facts has been prodigious, and the revelations of the telescope and spectroscope entrancing.
When Galileo pointed his telescope at the sky, when Secchi and Huggins analyzed the chemistry of the stars using the spectroscope, and when Warren De la Rue set up a photoheliograph at Kew, it became clear that we were making progress in understanding the universe, building on past ideas. There wasn’t a specific moment when it was officially recognized, but it gradually became accepted that the same principles governing earthly dynamics apply to celestial bodies. The laws we’ve uncovered in geology, chemistry, and thermodynamics can be reliably applied to the cosmos. This led to the emergence of a field known as astronomical physics, which relies heavily on the work done with telescopes, spectroscopes, and photography. In this new phase, it’s more crucial than ever to adhere to Tycho Brahe’s principle—not to propose theories until all necessary information has been gathered. Today’s leading astronomers still uphold Sir Isaac Newton’s statement, “Hypotheses non fingo.” Each astronomer might have their own preliminary theory to guide their observations and may refer to it as a working hypothesis. However, the careful astronomer doesn’t share these with the public; and historians definitely shouldn’t include vague speculations based on incomplete information in their records, as these could be disproven tomorrow and, despite being appealing, often hinder true scientific progress. Meanwhile, the amount of gathered data has been impressive, and the discoveries from telescopes and spectroscopes have been captivating.
12. THE SUN.
One of Galileo’s most striking discoveries, when he pointed his telescope to the heavenly bodies, was that of the irregularly shaped spots on the sun, with the dark central umbra and the less dark, but more extensive, penumbra surrounding it, sometimes with several umbrae in one penumbra. He has left us many drawings of these spots, and he fixed their period of rotation as a lunar month.
One of Galileo’s most impressive discoveries, when he pointed his telescope at the celestial bodies, was the irregularly shaped spots on the sun, with the dark central umbra and the lighter, but more extensive, penumbra surrounding it, sometimes featuring multiple umbrae in one penumbra. He left us many drawings of these spots and determined their rotation period as a lunar month.
It is not certain whether Galileo, Fabricius, or Schemer was the first to see the spots. They all did good work. The spots were found to be ever varying in size and shape. Sometimes, when a spot disappears at the western limb of the sun, it is never seen again. In other cases, after a fortnight, it reappears at the eastern limb. The faculae, or bright areas, which are seen all over the sun’s surface, but specially in the neighbourhood of spots, and most distinctly near the sun’s edge, were discovered by Galileo. A high telescopic power resolves their structure into an appearance like willow-leaves, or rice-grains, fairly uniform in size, and more marked than on other parts of the sun’s surface.
It’s not clear whether Galileo, Fabricius, or Schemer was the first to spot the sunspots. They all made significant contributions. The spots were observed to change in size and shape. Sometimes, when a spot vanishes from the western edge of the sun, it’s never seen again. In other instances, after two weeks, it shows up again on the eastern edge. The faculae, or bright areas, found all over the sun’s surface—especially around the spots and most clearly near the sun’s edge—were discovered by Galileo. A powerful telescope reveals their structure, resembling willow leaves or rice grains, fairly uniform in size and more pronounced than in other areas of the sun’s surface.

SOLAR SURFACE.
As
Photographed at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, showing sun-spots with umbræ,
penumbræ, and faculæ.
SOLAR SURFACE.
As photographed at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, showing sunspots with umbrae, penumbrae, and faculae.
Speculations as to the cause of sun-spots have never ceased from Galileo’s time to ours. He supposed them to be clouds. Scheiner[1] said they were the indications of tumultuous movements occasionally agitating the ocean of liquid fire of which he supposed the sun to be composed.
Speculations about the cause of sunspots have continued from Galileo's time to today. He believed they were clouds. Scheiner[1] suggested they were signs of turbulent movements sometimes disturbing the ocean of liquid fire that he thought the sun was made of.
A. Wilson, of Glasgow, in 1769,[2] noticed a movement of the umbra relative to the penumbra in the transit of the spot over the sun’s surface; exactly as if the spot were a hollow, with a black base and grey shelving sides. This was generally accepted, but later investigations have contradicted its universality. Regarding the cause of these hollows, Wilson said:—
A. Wilson, from Glasgow, in 1769, noticed a movement of the dark shadow relative to the light shadow during the transit of the spot across the sun’s surface; just as if the spot were a hollow with a black base and gray sloping sides. This was widely accepted, but later studies have challenged its universality. Regarding the reason for these hollows, Wilson said:—
Whether their first production and subsequent numberless changes depend upon the eructation of elastic vapours from below, or upon eddies or whirlpools commencing at the surface, or upon the dissolving of the luminous matter in the solar atmosphere, as clouds are melted and again given out by our air; or, if the reader pleases, upon the annihilation and reproduction of parts of this resplendent covering, is left for theory to guess at.[3]
Whether their first production and countless changes come from the release of elastic gases from below, or from swirls or whirlpools starting at the surface, or from the breakdown of the glowing material in the solar atmosphere, similar to how clouds are formed and dissipated by our air; or, if the reader prefers, from the destruction and reformation of sections of this brilliant covering, is something theory can only speculate about.[3]
Ever since that date theory has been guessing at it. The solar astronomer is still applying all the instruments of modern research to find out which of these suppositions, or what modification of any of them, is nearest the truth. The obstacle—one that is perhaps fatal to a real theory—lies in the impossibility of reproducing comparative experiments in our laboratories or in our atmosphere.
Ever since then, theories have been trying to figure it out. Solar astronomers are still using all the tools of modern research to determine which of these ideas, or what tweak of any of them, is closest to the truth. The challenge—one that might be critical for a solid theory—stems from the inability to replicate comparative experiments in our labs or in our atmosphere.
Sir William Herschel propounded an explanation of Wilson’s observation which received much notice, but which, out of respect for his memory, is not now described, as it violated the elementary laws of heat.
Sir William Herschel proposed an explanation for Wilson’s observation that got a lot of attention, but out of respect for his legacy, it won’t be detailed here, as it went against the basic principles of heat.
Sir John Herschel noticed that the spots are mostly confined to two zones extending to about 35° on each side of the equator, and that a zone of equatoreal calms is free from spots. But it was R. C. Carrington[4] who, by his continuous observations at Redhill, in Surrey, established the remarkable fact that, while the rotation period in the highest latitudes, 50°, where spots are seen, is twenty-seven-and-a-half days, near the equator the period is only twenty-five days. His splendid volume of observations of the sun led to much new information about the average distribution of spots at different epochs.
Sir John Herschel noticed that the spots are mostly limited to two bands about 35° on either side of the equator, and that a zone of equatorial calm is free from spots. But it was R. C. Carrington[4] who, through his continuous observations at Redhill, in Surrey, established the impressive fact that while the rotation period at the highest latitudes, 50°, where spots are visible, is twenty-seven-and-a-half days, near the equator the period is only twenty-five days. His remarkable volume of observations of the sun provided a lot of new information about the average distribution of spots at different times.
Schwabe, of Dessau, began in 1826 to study the solar surface, and, after many years of work, arrived at a law of frequency which has been more fruitful of results than any discovery in solar physics.[5] In 1843 he announced a decennial period of maxima and minima of sun-spot displays. In 1851 it was generally accepted, and, although a period of eleven years has been found to be more exact, all later observations, besides the earlier ones which have been hunted up for the purpose, go to establish a true periodicity in the number of sun-spots. But quite lately Schuster[6] has given reasons for admitting a number of co-existent periods, of which the eleven-year period was predominant in the nineteenth century.
Schwabe, from Dessau, started studying the solar surface in 1826 and, after many years of research, developed a frequency law that has proven to be more productive than any other discovery in solar physics.[5] In 1843, he declared a ten-year cycle of maximum and minimum sunspot occurrences. By 1851, this was widely accepted, and while an eleven-year cycle has been found to be more accurate, all subsequent observations, along with earlier ones that have been reviewed for this purpose, support a true periodicity in the number of sunspots. Recently, however, Schuster[6] has provided reasons to consider several co-existing cycles, with the eleven-year cycle being the most significant in the nineteenth century.
In 1851 Lament, a Scotchman at Munich, found a decennial period in the daily range of magnetic declination. In 1852 Sir Edward Sabine announced a similar period in the number of “magnetic storms” affecting all of the three magnetic elements—declination, dip, and intensity. Australian and Canadian observations both showed the decennial period in all three elements. Wolf, of Zurich, and Gauthier, of Geneva, each independently arrived at the same conclusion.
In 1851, Lament, a Scotsman in Munich, discovered a ten-year cycle in the daily changes of magnetic declination. In 1852, Sir Edward Sabine reported a similar cycle in the occurrence of “magnetic storms” affecting all three magnetic elements—declination, dip, and intensity. Observations from Australia and Canada both confirmed this ten-year cycle in all three elements. Wolf from Zurich and Gauthier from Geneva both reached the same conclusion independently.
It took many years before this coincidence was accepted as certainly more than an accident by the old-fashioned astronomers, who want rigid proof for every new theory. But the last doubts have long vanished, and a connection has been further traced between violent outbursts of solar activity and simultaneous magnetic storms.
It took many years before this coincidence was accepted as definitely more than just an accident by the traditional astronomers, who demand solid evidence for every new theory. But the last doubts have long disappeared, and a connection has been further established between intense bursts of solar activity and simultaneous magnetic storms.
The frequency of the Aurora Borealis was found by Wolf to follow the same period. In fact, it is closely allied in its cause to terrestrial magnetism. Wolf also collected old observations tracing the periodicity of sun-spots back to about 1700 A.D.
The frequency of the Aurora Borealis was discovered by Wolf to follow the same pattern. In fact, it's closely related in its cause to Earth's magnetic field. Wolf also gathered old observations that traced the periodicity of sunspots back to around 1700 A.D.
Spoerer deduced a law of dependence of the average latitude of sun-spots on the phase of the sun-spot period.
Spoerer figured out a rule showing how the average latitude of sunspots depends on the phase of the sunspot cycle.
All modern total solar eclipse observations seem to show that the shape of the luminous corona surrounding the moon at the moment of totality has a special distinct character during the time of a sun-spot maximum, and another, totally different, during a sun-spot minimum.
All current observations of total solar eclipses indicate that the shape of the bright corona around the moon at the moment of totality has a unique character during a solar maximum and a completely different one during a solar minimum.
A suspicion is entertained that the total quantity of heat received by the earth from the sun is subject to the same period. This would have far-reaching effects on storms, harvests, vintages, floods, and droughts; but it is not safe to draw conclusions of this kind except from a very long period of observations.
A suspicion exists that the total amount of heat the earth receives from the sun follows the same cycle. This could significantly impact storms, harvests, wine production, floods, and droughts; however, it's not wise to make such conclusions without a long-term data set.
Solar photography has deprived astronomers of the type of Carrington of the delight in devoting a life’s work to collecting data. It has now become part of the routine work of an observatory.
Solar photography has taken away from astronomers the joy that Carrington had in dedicating their lives to gathering data. It's now just a regular part of an observatory's routine work.
In 1845 Foucault and Fizeau took a daguerreotype photograph of the sun. In 1850 Bond produced one of the moon of great beauty, Draper having made some attempts at an even earlier date. But astronomical photography really owes its beginning to De la Rue, who used the collodion process for the moon in 1853, and constructed the Kew photoheliograph in 1857, from which date these instruments have been multiplied, and have given us an accurate record of the sun’s surface. Gelatine dry plates were first used by Huggins in 1876.
In 1845, Foucault and Fizeau captured a daguerreotype photograph of the sun. In 1850, Bond created a stunning photograph of the moon, while Draper had already made some attempts at this even earlier. However, the true start of astronomical photography is credited to De la Rue, who used the collodion process for the moon in 1853 and built the Kew photoheliograph in 1857. Since then, these instruments have been widely produced and have provided us with a precise record of the sun’s surface. Gelatin dry plates were first utilized by Huggins in 1876.
It is noteworthy that from the outset De la Rue recognised the value of stereoscopic vision, which is now known to be of supreme accuracy. In 1853 he combined pairs of photographs of the moon in the same phase, but under different conditions regarding libration, showing the moon from slightly different points of view. These in the stereoscope exhibited all the relief resulting from binocular vision, and looked like a solid globe. In 1860 he used successive photographs of the total solar eclipse stereoscopically, to prove that the red prominences belong to the sun, and not to the moon. In 1861 he similarly combined two photographs of a sun-spot, the perspective effect showing the umbra like a floor at the bottom of a hollow penumbra; and in one case the faculæ were discovered to be sailing over a spot apparently at some considerable height. These appearances may be partly due to a proper motion; but, so far as it went, this was a beautiful confirmation of Wilson’s discovery. Hewlett, however, in 1894, after thirty years of work, showed that the spots are not always depressions, being very subject to disturbance.
It’s important to note that from the beginning, De la Rue recognized the value of stereoscopic vision, which is now known to be extremely accurate. In 1853, he combined pairs of photographs of the moon in the same phase but under different conditions regarding libration, showing the moon from slightly different angles. When viewed through a stereoscope, these images showed all the depth that comes from binocular vision, making the moon look like a solid globe. In 1860, he used sequential photographs of the total solar eclipse stereoscopically to prove that the red prominences belong to the sun, not the moon. In 1861, he also combined two photographs of a sunspot, with the perspective effect making the umbra look like a floor at the bottom of a hollow penumbra; in one case, the faculæ appeared to be sailing over a spot that seemed to be at a significant height. These appearances might be partly caused by proper motion; however, this was a remarkable confirmation of Wilson’s discovery. Hewlett, though, in 1894, after thirty years of research, demonstrated that the spots are not always depressions and are very subject to disturbance.
The Kew photographs[7] contributed a vast amount of information about sun-spots, and they showed that the faculæ generally follow the spots in their rotation round the sun.
The Kew photographs[7] provided a wealth of information about sunspots and demonstrated that the faculae typically follow the spots in their rotation around the sun.
The constitution of the sun’s photosphere, the layer which is the principal light-source on the sun, has always been a subject of great interest; and much was done by men with exceptionally keen eyesight, like Mr. Dawes. But it was a difficult subject, owing to the rapidity of the changes in appearance of the so-called rice-grains, about 1” in diameter. The rapid transformations and circulations of these rice-grains, if thoroughly studied, might lead to a much better knowledge of solar physics. This seemed almost hopeless, as it was found impossible to identify any “rice-grain” in the turmoil after a few minutes. But M. Hansky, of Pulkowa (whose recent death is deplored), introduced successfully a scheme of photography, which might almost be called a solar cinematograph. He took photographs of the sun at intervals of fifteen or thirty seconds, and then enlarged selected portions of these two hundred times, giving a picture corresponding to a solar disc of six metres diameter. In these enlarged pictures he was able to trace the movements, and changes of shape and brightness, of individual rice-grains. Some granules become larger or smaller. Some seem to rise out of a mist, as it were, and to become clearer. Others grow feebler. Some are split in two. Some are rotated through a right angle in a minute or less, although each of the grains may be the size of Great Britain. Generally they move together in groups of very various velocities, up to forty kilometres a second. These movements seem to have definite relation to any sun-spots in the neighbourhood. From the results already obtained it seems certain that, if this method of observation be continued, it cannot fail to supply facts of the greatest importance.
The makeup of the sun's photosphere, the layer that is the main source of light on the sun, has always attracted a lot of interest. Many people with exceptionally sharp eyesight, like Mr. Dawes, contributed to this study. However, it was challenging due to the rapid changes in appearance of the so-called rice-grains, which are about 1” in diameter. Thorough investigation of these quick transformations and movements could lead to a much better understanding of solar physics. This effort seemed almost futile since it was nearly impossible to identify any single "rice-grain" in the chaos after just a few minutes. But M. Hansky, from Pulkowa (whose recent passing is sadly noted), successfully introduced a photography method that can almost be described as a solar cinematograph. He took photographs of the sun every fifteen or thirty seconds and then enlarged selected portions of these images by two hundred times, resulting in a picture that corresponds to a solar disk of six meters in diameter. In these enlarged images, he was able to track the movements and changes in shape and brightness of individual rice-grains. Some granules became larger or smaller, some appeared to rise out of a mist and become clearer, while others faded. Some split in two, and some rotated 90 degrees in a minute or less, even though each grain might be the size of Great Britain. Generally, they moved together in groups at various speeds, reaching up to forty kilometers per second. These movements seem to have a definite connection to nearby sunspots. Based on the results already obtained, it seems certain that if this method of observation continues, it will undoubtedly provide crucial information.
It is quite impossible to do justice here to the work of all those who are engaged on astronomical physics. The utmost that can be attempted is to give a fair idea of the directions of human thought and endeavour. During the last half-century America has made splendid progress, and an entirely new process of studying the photosphere has been independently perfected by Professor Hale at Chicago, and Deslandres at Paris.[8] They have succeeded in photographing the sun’s surface in monochromatic light, such as the light given off as one of the bright lines of hydrogen or of calcium, by means of the “Spectroheliograph.” The spectroscope is placed with its slit in the focus of an equatoreal telescope, pointed to the sun, so that the circular image of the sun falls on the slit. At the other end of the spectroscope is the photographic plate. Just in front of this plate there is another slit parallel to the first, in the position where the image of the first slit formed by the K line of calcium falls. Thus is obtained a photograph of the section of the sun, made by the first slit, only in K light. As the image of the sun passes over the first slit the photographic plate is moved at the same rate and in the same direction behind the second slit; and as successive sections of the sun’s image in the equatoreal enter the apparatus, so are these sections successively thrown in their proper place on the photographic plate, always in K light. By using a high dispersion the faculæ which give off K light can be correctly photographed, not only at the sun’s edge, but all over his surface. The actual mechanical method of carrying out the observation is not quite so simple as what is here described.
It's quite impossible to do justice here to the work of all those engaged in astronomical physics. The most that can be attempted is to provide a fair idea of the directions of human thought and effort. Over the last fifty years, America has made impressive progress, with a completely new method for studying the photosphere being independently developed by Professor Hale in Chicago and Deslandres in Paris.[8] They have successfully photographed the sun’s surface in monochromatic light, such as the light emitted in one of the bright lines of hydrogen or calcium, using the “Spectroheliograph.” The spectroscope is positioned with its slit at the focus of an equatorial telescope aimed at the sun, so that the circular image of the sun falls on the slit. At the other end of the spectroscope is the photographic plate. Just in front of this plate is another slit parallel to the first, located where the image of the first slit formed by the K line of calcium appears. This way, a photograph of the sun's section, created by the first slit, is captured only in K light. As the image of the sun moves over the first slit, the photographic plate is adjusted to move at the same speed and in the same direction behind the second slit; and as successive sections of the sun’s image in the equatorial telescope enter the device, these sections are sequentially projected into their correct spots on the photographic plate, always in K light. By using high dispersion, the faculæ that emit K light can be accurately photographed, not just at the sun's edge, but across its entire surface. The actual mechanical process of conducting the observation is a bit more complex than what is described here.
By choosing another line of the spectrum instead of calcium K—for example, the hydrogen line H(3)—we obtain two photographs, one showing the appearance of the calcium floculi, and the other of the hydrogen floculi, on the same part of the solar surface; and nothing is more astonishing than to note the total want of resemblance in the forms shown on the two. This mode of research promises to afford many new and useful data.
By selecting a different wavelength instead of calcium K—like the hydrogen line H(3)—we get two pictures, one displaying the calcium floculi and the other showing the hydrogen floculi, both over the same area of the sun's surface. It’s truly amazing to see how different the shapes appear between the two images. This approach to research looks set to provide a lot of new and valuable information.
The spectroscope has revealed the fact that, broadly speaking, the sun is composed of the same materials as the earth. Ångstrom was the first to map out all of the lines to be found in the solar spectrum. But Rowland, of Baltimore, after having perfected the art of making true gratings with equidistant lines ruled on metal for producing spectra, then proceeded to make a map of the solar spectrum on a large scale.
The spectroscope has shown that, in general, the sun is made up of the same materials as the earth. Ångstrom was the first to chart all the lines found in the solar spectrum. However, Rowland from Baltimore improved the technique of creating accurate gratings with evenly spaced lines etched on metal for producing spectra, and then he went on to create a large-scale map of the solar spectrum.
In 1866 Lockyer[9] threw an image of the sun upon the slit of a spectroscope, and was thus enabled to compare the spectrum of a spot with that of the general solar surface. The observation proved the darkness of a spot to be caused by increased absorption of light, not only in the dark lines, which are widened, but over the entire spectrum. In 1883 Young resolved this continuous obscurity into an infinite number of fine lines, which have all been traced in a shadowy way on to the general solar surface. Lockyer also detected displacements of the spectrum lines in the spots, such as would be produced by a rapid motion in the line of sight. It has been found that both uprushes and downrushes occur, but there is no marked predominance of either in a sun-spot. The velocity of motion thus indicated in the line of sight sometimes appears to amount to 320 miles a second. But it must be remembered that pressure of a gas has some effect in displacing the spectral lines. So we must go on, collecting data, until a time comes when the meaning of all the facts can be made clear.
In 1866, Lockyer[9] projected an image of the sun onto the slit of a spectroscope, allowing him to compare the spectrum of a sunspot with that of the overall solar surface. The observation showed that the darkness of a spot was caused by increased light absorption, not just in the dark lines, which were wider, but across the entire spectrum. In 1883, Young broke down this continuous darkness into countless fine lines, which have been faintly mapped onto the general solar surface. Lockyer also observed shifts in the spectrum lines within the spots, indicating rapid motion along the line of sight. It's been found that both upward and downward flows occur, but there's no strong preference for either in a sunspot. The speed of motion indicated along the line of sight can sometimes reach up to 320 miles per second. However, it's important to note that gas pressure can affect the displacement of the spectral lines. So we must continue gathering data until we can fully understand the significance of all the facts.
Total Solar Eclipses.—During total solar eclipses the time is so short, and the circumstances so impressive, that drawings of the appearance could not always be trusted. The red prominences of jagged form that are seen round the moon’s edge, and the corona with its streamers radiating or interlacing, have much detail that can hardly be recorded in a sketch. By the aid of photography a number of records can be taken during the progress of totality. From a study of these the extent of the corona is demonstrated in one case to extend to at least six diameters of the moon, though the eye has traced it farther. This corona is still one of the wonders of astronomy, and leads to many questions. What is its consistency, if it extends many million miles from the sun’s surface? How is it that it opposed no resistance to the motion of comets which have almost grazed the sun’s surface? Is this the origin of the zodiacal light? The character of the corona in photographic records has been shown to depend upon the phase of the sun-spot period. During the sun-spot maximum the corona seems most developed over the spot-zones—i.e., neither at the equator nor the poles. The four great sheaves of light give it a square appearance, and are made up of rays or plumes, delicate like the petals of a flower. During a minimum the nebulous ring seems to be made of tufts of fine hairs with aigrettes or radiations from both poles, and streamers from the equator.
Total Solar Eclipses.—During total solar eclipses, the duration is so short and the experience so striking that sketches of what is seen can’t always be relied upon. The red prominences with their jagged shapes that appear around the moon’s edge, and the corona with its streamers radiating or intertwining, contain so much detail that it's hard to capture in a drawing. Thanks to photography, several records can be made during the totality phase. From analyzing these, it has been shown that the corona can extend to at least six times the diameter of the moon, even though the eye perceives it reaching farther. This corona remains one of the fascinating wonders of astronomy and raises many questions. What is its composition if it stretches many millions of miles from the sun’s surface? How does it not impede the movement of comets that almost touch the sun? Is this related to the zodiacal light? The characteristics of the corona in photographic records have been found to vary based on the solar sunspot cycle. During periods of maximum sunspots, the corona appears most developed over the regions with sunspots—not at the equator or the poles. The four large beams of light give it a square-like shape and consist of rays or plumes that are delicate like flower petals. During times of minimum sunspot activity, the hazy ring looks like it’s made up of clusters of fine hair, with radiations or streamers emerging from both poles and from the equator.

SOLAR ECLIPSE, 1882.
From
drawing by W. H. Wesley, Secretary R.A.S.; showing the prominences, the corona,
and an unknown comet.
SOLAR ECLIPSE, 1882.
From a drawing by W. H. Wesley, Secretary R.A.S.; showing the prominences, the corona, and an unknown comet.
On September 19th, 1868, eclipse spectroscopy began with the Indian eclipse, in which all observers found that the red prominences showed a bright line spectrum, indicating the presence of hydrogen and other gases. So bright was it that Jansen exclaimed: “Je verrai ces lignes-là en dehors des éclipses.” And the next day he observed the lines at the edge of the uneclipsed sun. Huggins had suggested this observation in February, 1868, his idea being to use prisms of such great dispersive power that the continuous spectrum reflected by our atmosphere should be greatly weakened, while a bright line would suffer no diminution by the high dispersion. On October 20th Lockyer,[10] having news of the eclipse, but not of Jansen’s observations the day after, was able to see these lines. This was a splendid performance, for it enabled the prominences to be observed, not only during eclipses, but every day. Moreover, the next year Huggins was able, by using a wide slit, to see the whole of a prominence and note its shape. Prominences are classified, according to their form, into “flame” and “cloud” prominences, the spectrum of the latter showing calcium, hydrogen, and helium; that of the former including a number of metals.
On September 19, 1868, eclipse spectroscopy started with the Indian eclipse, where all observers noted that the red prominences displayed a bright line spectrum, indicating the presence of hydrogen and other gases. It was so bright that Jansen exclaimed: “Je verrai ces lignes-là en dehors des éclipses.” The following day, he observed the lines at the edge of the uneclipsed sun. Huggins had suggested this observation in February 1868, proposing to use prisms with such high dispersive power that the continuous spectrum reflected by our atmosphere would be significantly weakened, while a bright line would remain unchanged due to the high dispersion. On October 20, Lockyer, unaware of Jansen’s observations from the day before, was able to see these lines after hearing about the eclipse. This was an impressive achievement, as it allowed for the observation of prominences not just during eclipses, but every day. Additionally, the following year, Huggins was able to use a wide slit to observe the entire prominence and note its shape. Prominences are categorized based on their shape into “flame” and “cloud” prominences, with the spectrum of the latter showing calcium, hydrogen, and helium, while that of the former includes several metals.
The D line of sodium is a double line, and in the same eclipse (1868) an orange line was noticed which was afterwards found to lie close to the two components of the D line. It did not correspond with any known terrestrial element, and the unknown element was called “helium.” It was not until 1895 that Sir William Ramsay found this element as a gas in the mineral cleavite.
The D line of sodium appears as a double line, and during the same eclipse in 1868, an orange line was observed that was later discovered to be near the two parts of the D line. This line didn’t match any known earthly element, leading to the naming of the unknown element as “helium.” It wasn't until 1895 that Sir William Ramsay identified this element as a gas in the mineral cleavite.
The spectrum of the corona is partly continuous, indicating light reflected from the sun’s body. But it also shows a green line corresponding with no known terrestrial element, and the name “coronium” has been given to the substance causing it.
The spectrum of the corona is partially continuous, indicating light reflected from the sun’s body. However, it also displays a green line that doesn't match any known earthly element, and the term “coronium” has been assigned to the substance responsible for it.
A vast number of facts have been added to our knowledge about the sun by photography and the spectroscope. Speculations and hypotheses in plenty have been offered, but it may be long before we have a complete theory evolved to explain all the phenomena of the storm-swept metallic atmosphere of the sun.
A huge amount of information about the sun has been added to our understanding through photography and the spectroscope. Many speculations and theories have been proposed, but it might be a while before we develop a complete theory that explains all the phenomena of the stormy metallic atmosphere of the sun.
The proceedings of scientific societies teem with such facts and “working hypotheses,” and the best of them have been collected by Miss Clerke in her History of Astronomy during the Nineteenth Century. As to established facts, we learn from the spectroscopic researches (1) that the continuous spectrum is derived from the photosphere or solar gaseous material compressed almost to liquid consistency; (2) that the reversing layer surrounds it and gives rise to black lines in the spectrum; that the chromosphere surrounds this, is composed mainly of hydrogen, and is the cause of the red prominences in eclipses; and that the gaseous corona surrounds all of these, and extends to vast distances outside the sun’s visible surface.
The discussions of scientific societies are full of facts and “working hypotheses,” and the best of these have been gathered by Miss Clerke in her History of Astronomy during the Nineteenth Century. Regarding established facts, we learn from spectroscopic studies (1) that the continuous spectrum comes from the photosphere, which is the solar gaseous material compressed almost to a liquid state; (2) that the reversing layer encloses it and creates black lines in the spectrum; that the chromosphere surrounds this layer, is primarily made of hydrogen, and causes the red prominences we see during eclipses; and that the gaseous corona surrounds all of these layers and extends far beyond the sun’s visible surface.
FOOTNOTES:
FOOTNOTES:
[1] Rosa Ursina, by C. Scheiner, fol.; Bracciani, 1630.
[1] Rosa Ursina, by C. Scheiner, fol.; Bracciani, 1630.
[2] R. S. Phil. Trans., 1774.
[3] Ibid, 1783.
[4] Observations on the Spots on the Sun, etc., 4°; London and Edinburgh, 1863.
[4] Observations on the Spots on the Sun, etc., 4°; London and Edinburgh, 1863.
[5] Periodicität der Sonnenflecken. Astron. Nach. XXI., 1844, P. 234.
[5] Periodicity of Sunspots. Astron. Nach. XXI., 1844, P. 234.
[7] “Researches on Solar Physics,” by De la Rue, Stewart and Loewy; R. S. Phil. Trans., 1869, 1870.
[7] “Research on Solar Physics,” by De la Rue, Stewart, and Loewy; R. S. Phil. Trans., 1869, 1870.
13. THE MOON AND PLANETS.
The Moon.—Telescopic discoveries about the moon commence with Galileo’s discovery that her surface has mountains and valleys, like the earth. He also found that, while she always turns the same face to us, there is periodically a slight twist to let us see a little round the eastern or western edge. This was called libration, and the explanation was clear when it was understood that in showing always the same face to us she makes one revolution a month on her axis uniformly, and that her revolution round the earth is not uniform.
The Moon.—The discoveries made through telescopes about the moon start with Galileo's finding that its surface has mountains and valleys, similar to Earth. He also noticed that, while the moon always shows us the same face, it occasionally shifts a bit so we can see a little around the eastern or western edge. This movement was called libration, and the explanation became clear when it was realized that the moon rotates uniformly on its axis once a month, while its orbit around the Earth is not uniform.
Galileo said that the mountains on the moon showed greater differences of level than those on the earth. Shröter supported this opinion. W. Herschel opposed it. But Beer and Mädler measured the heights of lunar mountains by their shadows, and found four of them over 20,000 feet above the surrounding plains.
Galileo said that the mountains on the moon had more variation in elevation than those on Earth. Shröter agreed with this viewpoint. W. Herschel disagreed. However, Beer and Mädler measured the heights of the lunar mountains by looking at their shadows and discovered that four of them were over 20,000 feet tall compared to the surrounding plains.
Langrenus[1] was the first to do serious work on selenography, and named the lunar features after eminent men. Riccioli also made lunar charts. In 1692 Cassini made a chart of the full moon. Since then we have the charts of Schröter, Beer and Mädler (1837), and of Schmidt, of Athens (1878); and, above all, the photographic atlas by Loewy and Puiseux.
Langrenus[1] was the first to do significant work on mapping the moon's surface, naming its features after notable people. Riccioli also created lunar charts. In 1692, Cassini produced a chart of the full moon. Since then, we have had charts from Schröter, Beer and Mädler (1837), and Schmidt from Athens (1878); and, most importantly, the photographic atlas by Loewy and Puiseux.
The details of the moon’s surface require for their discussion a whole book, like that of Neison or the one by Nasmyth and Carpenter. Here a few words must suffice. Mountain ranges like our Andes or Himalayas are rare. Instead of that, we see an immense number of circular cavities, with rugged edges and flat interior, often with a cone in the centre, reminding one of instantaneous photographs of the splash of a drop of water falling into a pool. Many of these are fifty or sixty miles across, some more. They are generally spoken of as resembling craters of volcanoes, active or extinct, on the earth. But some of those who have most fully studied the shapes of craters deny altogether their resemblance to the circular objects on the moon. These so-called craters, in many parts, are seen to be closely grouped, especially in the snow-white parts of the moon. But there are great smooth dark spaces, like the clear black ice on a pond, more free from craters, to which the equally inappropriate name of seas has been given. The most conspicuous crater, Tycho, is near the south pole. At full moon there are seen to radiate from Tycho numerous streaks of light, or “rays,” cutting through all the mountain formations, and extending over fully half the lunar disc, like the star-shaped cracks made on a sheet of ice by a blow. Similar cracks radiate from other large craters. It must be mentioned that these white rays are well seen only in full light of the sun at full moon, just as the white snow in the crevasses of a glacier is seen bright from a distance only when the sun is high, and disappears at sunset. Then there are deep, narrow, crooked “rills” which may have been water-courses; also “clefts” about half a mile wide, and often hundreds of miles long, like deep cracks in the surface going straight through mountain and valley.
The details of the moon’s surface could fill an entire book, like those by Neison or Nasmyth and Carpenter. Here, just a few words will do. Mountain ranges like our Andes or Himalayas are rare. Instead, we see countless circular depressions with jagged edges and flat interiors, often with a cone in the center, reminiscent of quick snapshots of a drop splashing into water. Many of these are fifty or sixty miles wide, and some even more. They’re commonly referred to as resembling volcano craters, whether active or extinct, on Earth. However, some researchers who have studied crater shapes argue that they don't actually look like the circular features on the moon. These so-called craters are often found grouped together, especially in the bright white areas of the moon. But there are also vast smooth dark spots, like clear black ice on a pond, that are more free of craters and are inappropriately called seas. The most prominent crater, Tycho, is located near the south pole. When the moon is full, you can see numerous streaks of light, or "rays," radiating from Tycho, cutting across all the mountain formations and stretching over half the lunar surface, similar to star-shaped cracks formed on a sheet of ice from a blow. Similar cracks spread from other large craters as well. It's important to note that these white rays are only clearly visible during full sunlight at full moon, just like the white snow in a glacier's crevasses is only bright from a distance when the sun is high, disappearing at sunset. There are also deep, narrow, winding "rills" that may have been water channels, along with "clefts" about half a mile wide and often hundreds of miles long, resembling deep cracks in the surface that run straight through mountains and valleys.
The moon shares with the sun the advantage of being a good subject for photography, though the planets are not. This is owing to her larger apparent size, and the abundance of illumination. The consequence is that the finest details of the moon, as seen in the largest telescope in the world, may be reproduced at a cost within the reach of all.
The moon, like the sun, is great for photography, while the planets are not. This is because it appears larger and is well-lit. As a result, the incredible details of the moon, observable through the largest telescope in the world, can be captured at a price that most people can afford.
No certain changes have ever been observed; but several suspicions have been expressed, especially as to the small crater Linné, in the Mare Serenitatis. It is now generally agreed that no certainty can be expected from drawings, and that for real evidence we must await the verdict of photography.
No definite changes have ever been seen; however, there have been a number of suspicions raised, particularly about the small crater Linné in the Mare Serenitatis. It's now widely accepted that we can't rely on drawings for certainty, and that for concrete evidence, we must wait for the results of photography.
No trace of water or of an atmosphere has been found on the moon. It is possible that the temperature is too low. In any case, no displacement of a star by atmospheric refraction at occultation has been surely recorded. The moon seems to be dead.
No evidence of water or an atmosphere has been found on the moon. It's possible that the temperature is just too low. In any case, there hasn't been a definitive record of a star being displaced by atmospheric refraction during an occultation. The moon appears to be lifeless.
The distance of the moon from the earth is just now the subject of re-measurement. The base line is from Greenwich to Cape of Good Hope, and the new feature introduced is the selection of a definite point on a crater (Mösting A), instead of the moon’s edge, as the point whose distance is to be measured.
The distance from the moon to the earth is currently being re-measured. The baseline is from Greenwich to the Cape of Good Hope, and the new approach is to choose a specific spot on a crater (Mösting A) rather than the edge of the moon as the point for measuring distance.
The Inferior Planets.—When the telescope was invented, the phases of Venus attracted much attention; but the brightness of this planet, and her proximity to the sun, as with Mercury also, seemed to be a bar to the discovery of markings by which the axis and period of rotation could be fixed. Cassini gave the rotation as twenty-three hours, by observing a bright spot on her surface. Shröter made it 23h. 21m. 19s. This value was supported by others. In 1890 Schiaparelli[2] announced that Venus rotates, like our moon, once in one of her revolutions, and always directs the same face to the sun. This property has also been ascribed to Mercury; but in neither case has the evidence been generally accepted. Twenty-four hours is probably about the period of rotation for each of these planets.
The Inferior Planets.—When the telescope was invented, the phases of Venus caught a lot of attention; however, the brightness of this planet, along with its closeness to the sun, similar to Mercury, seemed to prevent the discovery of markings that could determine its axis and rotation period. Cassini noted the rotation as twenty-three hours by observing a bright spot on its surface. Shröter measured it as 23h. 21m. 19s. This measurement was corroborated by others. In 1890, Schiaparelli[2] announced that Venus rotates, like our moon, once during one of its revolutions, always showing the same face to the sun. This characteristic has also been attributed to Mercury; but neither case has had its evidence widely accepted. The rotation period for each of these planets is likely around twenty-four hours.
Several observers have claimed to have seen a planet within the orbit of Mercury, either in transit over the sun’s surface or during an eclipse. It has even been named Vulcan. These announcements would have received little attention but for the fact that the motion of Mercury has irregularities which have not been accounted for by known planets; and Le Verrier[3] has stated that an intra-Mercurial planet or ring of asteroids would account for the unexplained part of the motion of the line of apses of Mercury’s orbit amounting to 38” per century.
Several observers have claimed to have seen a planet within Mercury's orbit, either passing in front of the sun or during an eclipse. It’s even been named Vulcan. These reports would have flown under the radar, but the fact that Mercury's motion shows irregularities not explained by known planets grabs attention; Le Verrier[3] has pointed out that a planet or a ring of asteroids inside Mercury's orbit could explain the unexplained part of Mercury’s orbit's motion, which amounts to 38” per century.
Mars.—The first study of the appearance of Mars by Miraldi led him to believe that there were changes proceeding in the two white caps which are seen at the planet’s poles. W. Herschel attributed these caps to ice and snow, and the dates of his observations indicated a melting of these ice-caps in the Martian summer.
Mars.—Miraldi's initial study of Mars's appearance made him think that the two white caps visible at the planet's poles were undergoing changes. W. Herschel believed these caps were made of ice and snow, and his observation dates suggested that these ice caps melted during the Martian summer.
Schroter attributed the other markings on Mars to drifting clouds. But Beer and Mädler, in 1830-39, identified the same dark spots as being always in the same place, though sometimes blurred by mist in the local winter. A spot sketched by Huyghens in 1672, one frequently seen by W. Herschel in 1783, another by Arago in 1813, and nearly all the markings recorded by Beer and Mädler in 1830, were seen and drawn by F. Kaiser in Leyden during seventeen nights of the opposition of 1862 (Ast. Nacht., No. 1,468), whence he deduced the period of rotation to be 24h. 37m. 22s.,62—or one-tenth of a second less than the period deduced by R. A. Proctor from a drawing by Hooke in 1666.
Schroter suggested that the other markings on Mars were just drifting clouds. However, Beer and Mädler, between 1830 and 1839, pinpointed the same dark spots as always being in the same location, even if they were sometimes obscured by mist during the local winter. A spot sketched by Huyghens in 1672, one frequently observed by W. Herschel in 1783, another by Arago in 1813, and almost all the markings documented by Beer and Mädler in 1830, were observed and drawn by F. Kaiser in Leyden over seventeen nights during the opposition of 1862 (Ast. Nacht., No. 1,468), from which he deduced the rotation period to be 24h. 37m. 22s.,62—or just one-tenth of a second shorter than the period calculated by R. A. Proctor based on a drawing by Hooke in 1666.
It must be noted that, if the periods of rotation both of Mercury and Venus be about twenty-four hours, as seems probable, all the four planets nearest to the sun rotate in the same period, while the great planets rotate in about ten hours (Uranus and Neptune being still indeterminate).
It should be noted that if both Mercury and Venus have rotation periods of around twenty-four hours, as seems likely, then all four planets closest to the sun rotate in the same time frame, while the larger planets rotate in about ten hours (with Uranus and Neptune still being uncertain).
The general surface of Mars is a deep yellow; but there are dark grey or greenish patches. Sir John Herschel was the first to attribute the ruddy colour of Mars to its soil rather than to its atmosphere.
The general surface of Mars is a deep yellow, but there are dark gray or greenish patches. Sir John Herschel was the first to say that the reddish color of Mars comes from its soil instead of its atmosphere.
The observations of that keen-sighted observer Dawes led to the first good map of Mars, in 1869. In the 1877 opposition Schiaparelli revived interest in the planet by the discovery of canals, uniformly about sixty miles wide, running generally on great circles, some of them being three or four thousand miles long. During the opposition of 1881-2 the same observer re-observed the canals, and in twenty of them he found the canals duplicated,[4] the second canal being always 200 to 400 miles distant from its fellow.
The keen-eyed observer Dawes created the first accurate map of Mars in 1869. During the 1877 opposition, Schiaparelli sparked renewed interest in the planet by discovering canals that were consistently around sixty miles wide, running mostly along great circles, with some stretching three or four thousand miles long. In the 1881-2 opposition, the same observer re-examined the canals, and in twenty of them, he found that the canals were paired, with the second canal always 200 to 400 miles away from its counterpart.
The existence of these canals has been doubted. Mr. Lowell has now devoted years to the subject, has drawn them over and over again, and has photographed them; and accepts the explanation that they are artificial, and that vegetation grows on their banks. Thus is revived the old controversy between Whewell and Brewster as to the habitability of the planets. The new arguments are not yet generally accepted. Lowell believes he has, with the spectroscope, proved the existence of water on Mars.
The existence of these canals has been questioned. Mr. Lowell has now spent years studying the subject, has drawn them repeatedly, and has taken photographs of them; he believes that they are artificial and that plants grow along their banks. This brings back the old debate between Whewell and Brewster about whether the planets can support life. The new arguments aren't widely accepted yet. Lowell thinks he has proven the presence of water on Mars using a spectroscope.
One of the most unexpected and interesting of all telescopic discoveries took place in the opposition of 1877, when Mars was unusually near to the earth. The Washington Observatory had acquired the fine 26-inch refractor, and Asaph Hall searched for satellites, concealing the planet’s disc to avoid the glare. On August 11th he had a suspicion of a satellite. This was confirmed on the 16th, and on the following night a second one was added. They are exceedingly faint, and can be seen only by the most powerful telescopes, and only at the times of opposition. Their diameters are estimated at six or seven miles. It was soon found that the first, Deimos, completes its orbit in 30h. 18m. But the other, Phobos, at first was a puzzle, owing to its incredible velocity being unsuspected. Later it was found that the period of revolution was only 7h. 39m. 22s. Since the Martian day is twenty-four and a half hours, this leads to remarkable results. Obviously the easterly motion of the satellite overwhelms the diurnal rotation of the planet, and Phobos must appear to the inhabitants, if they exist, to rise in the west and set in the east, showing two or even three full moons in a day, so that, sufficiently well for the ordinary purposes of life, the hour of the day can be told by its phases.
One of the most surprising and fascinating discoveries through a telescope happened during the opposition of 1877 when Mars was particularly close to Earth. The Washington Observatory had acquired an impressive 26-inch refractor, and Asaph Hall looked for satellites while blocking out the planet's disc to reduce the glare. On August 11th, he suspected he had spotted a satellite. This was confirmed on the 16th, and on the following night, a second satellite was discovered. They are extremely faint and can only be seen with the most powerful telescopes, and only during opposition. Their diameters are estimated to be around six or seven miles. It was soon determined that the first satellite, Deimos, completes its orbit in 30 hours and 18 minutes. The second satellite, Phobos, was initially puzzling due to its astonishing speed. Later, it was found that its orbital period was only 7 hours, 39 minutes, and 22 seconds. Since a Martian day is about 24 and a half hours long, this leads to some remarkable outcomes. Clearly, the eastward motion of Phobos outpaces the planet's rotation, so if there are any inhabitants on Mars, they would see it rise in the west and set in the east, experiencing two or even three full moons in a single day, allowing them to tell the time of day by its phases quite well for everyday purposes.
The discovery of these two satellites is, perhaps, the most interesting telescopic visual discovery made with the large telescopes of the last half century; photography having been the means of discovering all the other new satellites except Jupiter’s fifth (in order of discovery).
The discovery of these two satellites is probably the most fascinating visual discovery made with large telescopes in the last fifty years; photography has been the method used to find all the other new satellites except for Jupiter’s fifth (in order of discovery).

JUPITER.
From a drawing by E. M.
Antoniadi, showing transit of a satellite’s shadow, the belts, and the
“great red spot” (Monthly Notices, R. A. S., vol. lix., pl.
x.).
JUPITER.
From a drawing by E. M. Antoniadi, showing the transit of a satellite's shadow, the belts, and the "great red spot" (Monthly Notices, R. A. S., vol. lix., pl. x.).
Jupiter.—Galileo’s discovery of Jupiter’s satellites was followed by the discovery of his belts. Zucchi and Torricelli seem to have seen them. Fontana, in 1633, reported three belts. In 1648 Grimaldi saw but two, and noticed that they lay parallel to the ecliptic. Dusky spots were also noticed as transient. Hooke[5] measured the motion of one in 1664. In 1665 Cassini, with a fine telescope, 35-feet focal length, observed many spots moving from east to west, whence he concluded that Jupiter rotates on an axis like the earth. He watched an unusually permanent spot during twenty-nine rotations, and fixed the period at 9h. 56m. Later he inferred that spots near the equator rotate quicker than those in higher latitudes (the same as Carrington found for the sun); and W. Herschel confirmed this in 1778-9.
Jupiter.—Galileo’s discovery of Jupiter’s moons was soon followed by the discovery of its bands. Zucchi and Torricelli appear to have observed them. Fontana, in 1633, reported three bands. In 1648, Grimaldi saw only two and noted that they were aligned parallel to the ecliptic. Dark spots were also observed as temporary. Hooke[5] measured the movement of one in 1664. In 1665, Cassini, using a high-quality telescope with a 35-foot focal length, observed many spots traveling from east to west, leading him to conclude that Jupiter rotates on an axis similar to Earth’s. He tracked a particularly stable spot during twenty-nine rotations and determined the period to be 9 hours and 56 minutes. Later, he suggested that spots near the equator rotate faster than those at higher latitudes (the same observation Carrington made for the sun), and W. Herschel confirmed this in 1778-9.
Jupiter’s rapid rotation ought, according to Newton’s theory, to be accompanied by a great flattening at the poles. Cassini had noted an oval form in 1691. This was confirmed by La Hire, Römer, and Picard. Pound measured the ellipticity = 1/(13.25).
Jupiter's fast rotation should, based on Newton's theory, lead to a significant flattening at the poles. Cassini observed this oval shape in 1691. La Hire, Römer, and Picard confirmed it. Pound measured the ellipticity as 1/(13.25).
W. Herschel supposed the spots to be masses of cloud in the atmosphere—an opinion still accepted. Many of them were very permanent. Cassini’s great spot vanished and reappeared nine times between 1665 and 1713. It was close to the northern margin of the southern belt. Herschel supposed the belts to be the body of the planet, and the lighter parts to be clouds confined to certain latitudes.
W. Herschel thought the spots were cloud masses in the atmosphere—an idea that is still accepted today. Many of them were very stable. Cassini’s big spot disappeared and reappeared nine times between 1665 and 1713. It was near the northern edge of the southern belt. Herschel believed the belts were the solid part of the planet, and the lighter areas were clouds limited to specific latitudes.
In 1665 Cassini observed transits of the four satellites, and also saw their shadows on the planet, and worked out a lunar theory for Jupiter. Mathematical astronomers have taken great interest in the perturbations of the satellites, because their relative periods introduce peculiar effects. Airy, in his delightful book, Gravitation, has reduced these investigations to simple geometrical explanations.
In 1665, Cassini observed the transits of the four satellites and also noticed their shadows on the planet. He developed a lunar theory for Jupiter. Mathematical astronomers have been very interested in the perturbations of the satellites because their relative periods create unique effects. Airy, in his enjoyable book, Gravitation, has simplified these investigations with straightforward geometrical explanations.
In 1707 and 1713 Miraldi noticed that the fourth satellite varies much in brightness. W. Herschel found this variation to depend upon its position in its orbit, and concluded that in the positions of feebleness it is always presenting to us a portion of its surface, which does not well reflect the sun’s light; proving that it always turns the same face to Jupiter, as is the case with our moon. This fact had also been established for Saturn’s fifth satellite, and may be true for all satellites.
In 1707 and 1713, Miraldi observed that the fourth satellite changes a lot in brightness. W. Herschel discovered that this variation depends on its position in its orbit, concluding that in its dimmer positions, it always shows us a part of its surface that doesn't reflect the sun's light well. This proves that it always shows the same face to Jupiter, just like our moon does. This fact was also established for Saturn’s fifth satellite, and it may apply to all satellites.
In 1826 Struve measured the diameters of the four satellites, and found them to be 2,429, 2,180, 3,561, and 3,046 miles.
In 1826, Struve measured the diameters of the four satellites and found them to be 2,429, 2,180, 3,561, and 3,046 miles.
In modern times much interest has been taken in watching a rival to Cassini’s famous spot. The “great red spot” was first observed by Niesten, Pritchett, and Tempel, in 1878, as a rosy cloud attached to a whitish zone beneath the dark southern equatorial band, shaped like the new war balloons, 30,000 miles long and 7,000 miles across. The next year it was brick-red. A white spot beside it completed a rotation in less time by 5½ minutes than the red spot—a difference of 260 miles an hour. Thus they came together again every six weeks, but the motions did not continue uniform. The spot was feeble in 1882-4, brightened in 1886, and, after many changes, is still visible.
In modern times, there has been a lot of interest in observing a rival to Cassini’s famous spot. The “great red spot” was first noted by Niesten, Pritchett, and Tempel in 1878 as a pink cloud connected to a light-coloured zone beneath the dark southern equatorial band, shaped like the new war balloons, measuring 30,000 miles long and 7,000 miles wide. The following year, it appeared brick-red. A white spot next to it rotated in 5½ minutes less time than the red spot—about a 260 miles per hour difference. As a result, they aligned again every six weeks, but their motions didn't remain consistent. The spot was faint from 1882 to 1884, brightened in 1886, and after many changes, it remains visible today.
Galileo’s great discovery of Jupiter’s four moons was the last word in this connection until September 9th, 1892, when Barnard, using the 36-inch refractor of the Lick Observatory, detected a tiny spot of light closely following the planet. This proved to be a new satellite (fifth), nearer to the planet than any other, and revolving round it in 11h. 57m. 23s. Between its rising and setting there must be an interval of 2½ Jovian days, and two or three full moons. The sixth and seventh satellites were found by the examination of photographic plates at the Lick Observatory in 1905, since which time they have been continuously photographed, and their orbits traced, at Greenwich. On examining these plates in 1908 Mr. Melotte detected the eighth satellite, which seems to be revolving in a retrograde orbit three times as far from its planet as the next one (seventh), in these two points agreeing with the outermost of Saturn’s satellites (Phoebe).
Galileo’s major discovery of Jupiter’s four moons was the final word on this topic until September 9th, 1892, when Barnard, using the 36-inch refractor at the Lick Observatory, spotted a tiny light closely trailing the planet. This turned out to be a new satellite (the fifth), located closer to the planet than any other, orbiting it in 11h 57m 23s. Between its rising and setting, there’s an interval of 2½ Jovian days and two or three full moons. The sixth and seventh satellites were discovered by examining photographic plates at the Lick Observatory in 1905, and since then, they have been continuously photographed, with their orbits traced at Greenwich. While reviewing these plates in 1908, Mr. Melotte found the eighth satellite, which appears to be orbiting in a retrograde motion three times farther from its planet than the next one (the seventh), matching the outermost of Saturn’s satellites (Phoebe) in these two aspects.
Saturn.—This planet, with its marvellous ring, was perhaps the most wonderful object of those first examined by Galileo’s telescope. He was followed by Dominique Cassini, who detected bands like Jupiter’s belts. Herschel established the rotation of the planet in 1775-94. From observations during one hundred rotations he found the period to be 10h. 16m. 0s., 44. Herschel also measured the ratio of the polar to the equatoreal diameter as 10:11.
Saturn.—This planet, with its amazing ring, was probably the most impressive object first examined by Galileo’s telescope. He was succeeded by Dominique Cassini, who discovered bands similar to Jupiter’s belts. Herschel determined the planet's rotation between 1775 and 1794. Based on observations over one hundred rotations, he found the period to be 10 hours, 16 minutes, and 0.44 seconds. Herschel also measured the ratio of the polar diameter to the equatorial diameter as 10:11.
The ring was a complete puzzle to Galileo, most of all when the planet reached a position where the plane of the ring was in line with the earth, and the ring disappeared (December 4th, 1612). It was not until 1656 that Huyghens, in his small pamphlet De Saturni Luna Observatio Nova, was able to suggest in a cypher the ring form; and in 1659, in his Systema Saturnium, he gave his reasons and translated the cypher: “The planet is surrounded by a slender flat ring, everywhere distinct from its surface, and inclined to the ecliptic.” This theory explained all the phases of the ring which had puzzled others. This ring was then, and has remained ever since, a unique structure. We in this age have got accustomed to it. But Huyghens’s discovery was received with amazement.
The ring was a complete mystery to Galileo, especially when the planet was in a position where the plane of the ring aligned with Earth, causing the ring to vanish (December 4th, 1612). It wasn't until 1656 that Huyghens, in his small pamphlet De Saturni Luna Observatio Nova, managed to suggest in a code the ring's shape; and in 1659, in his Systema Saturnium, he laid out his reasoning and decoded the message: “The planet is surrounded by a thin, flat ring, clearly separate from its surface, and tilted towards the ecliptic.” This theory explained all the phases of the ring that had baffled others. This ring was then, and has remained ever since, a remarkable structure. We in this era have become accustomed to it. But Huyghens’s discovery was met with astonishment.
In 1675 Cassini found the ring to be double, the concentric rings being separated by a black band—a fact which was placed beyond dispute by Herschel, who also found that the thickness of the ring subtends an angle less than 0".3. Shröter estimated its thickness at 500 miles.
In 1675, Cassini discovered that the ring was double, with the concentric rings separated by a black band—a fact that was confirmed by Herschel, who also found that the thickness of the ring subtends an angle of less than 0".3. Shröter estimated its thickness to be 500 miles.
Many speculations have been advanced to explain the origin and constitution of the ring. De Sejour said[6] that it was thrown off from Saturn’s equator as a liquid ring, and afterwards solidified. He noticed that the outside would have a greater velocity, and be less attracted to the planet, than the inner parts, and that equilibrium would be impossible; so he supposed it to have solidified into a number of concentric rings, the exterior ones having the least velocity.
Many theories have been proposed to explain the origin and structure of the ring. De Sejour said[6] that it was ejected from Saturn’s equator as a liquid ring and later solidified. He observed that the outer parts would have a higher speed and be less pulled towards the planet than the inner sections, making equilibrium impossible; so he suggested that it solidified into several concentric rings, with the outer ones having the lowest speed.
Clerk Maxwell, in the Adams prize essay, gave a physico-mathematical demonstration that the rings must be composed of meteoritic matter like gravel. Even so, there must be collisions absorbing the energy of rotation, and tending to make the rings eventually fall into the planet. The slower motion of the external parts has been proved by the spectroscope in Keeler’s hands, 1895.
Clerk Maxwell, in the Adams prize essay, provided a physical and mathematical demonstration that the rings are likely made up of meteoric material similar to gravel. However, there must be collisions that absorb rotational energy, which would cause the rings to eventually descend into the planet. The slower movement of the outer parts was confirmed by the spectroscope in Keeler’s hands in 1895.
Saturn has perhaps received more than its share of attention owing to these rings. This led to other discoveries. Huyghens in 1655, and J. D. Cassini in 1671, discovered the sixth and eighth satellites (Titan and Japetus). Cassini lost his satellite, and in searching for it found Rhea (the fifth) in 1672, besides his old friend, whom he lost again. He added the third and fourth in 1684 (Tethys and Dione). The first and second (Mimas and Encelades) were added by Herschel in 1789, and the seventh (Hyperion) simultaneously by Lassel and Bond in 1848. The ninth (Phoebe) was found on photographs, by Pickering in 1898, with retrograde motion; and he has lately added a tenth.
Saturn has probably gotten more than its fair share of attention because of these rings. This led to other discoveries. Huygens in 1655 and J. D. Cassini in 1671 discovered the sixth and eighth moons (Titan and Iapetus). Cassini lost track of his moon, and while searching for it, he found Rhea (the fifth) in 1672, along with his old find, which he lost again. He added the third and fourth moons in 1684 (Tethys and Dione). The first and second moons (Mimas and Enceladus) were discovered by Herschel in 1789, and the seventh (Hyperion) was found simultaneously by Lassel and Bond in 1848. The ninth moon (Phoebe) was discovered through photographs by Pickering in 1898, showing retrograde motion; and he has recently added a tenth.
The occasional disappearance of Cassini’s Japetus was found on investigation to be due to the same causes as that of Jupiter’s fourth satellite, and proves that it always turns the same face to the planet.
The occasional disappearance of Cassini’s Japetus was discovered during investigation to be due to the same causes as that of Jupiter’s fourth satellite, and it shows that it always faces the planet with the same side.
Uranus and Neptune.—The splendid discoveries of Uranus and two satellites by Sir William Herschel in 1787, and of Neptune by Adams and Le Verrier in 1846, have been already described. Lassel added two more satellites to Uranus in 1851, and found Neptune’s satellite in 1846. All of the satellites of Uranus have retrograde motion, and their orbits are inclined about 80° to the ecliptic.
Uranus and Neptune.—The amazing discoveries of Uranus and its two moons by Sir William Herschel in 1787, along with the discovery of Neptune by Adams and Le Verrier in 1846, have already been discussed. Lassel added two more moons to Uranus in 1851 and discovered Neptune’s moon in 1846. All of Uranus's moons have a retrograde motion, and their orbits are tilted about 80° to the ecliptic.
The spectroscope has shown the existence of an absorbing atmosphere on Jupiter and Saturn, and there are suspicions that they partake something of the character of the sun, and emit some light besides reflecting solar light. On both planets some absorption lines seem to agree with the aqueous vapour lines of our own atmosphere; while one, which is a strong band in the red common to both planets, seems to agree with a line in the spectrum of some reddish stars.
The spectroscope has revealed that Jupiter and Saturn have an absorbing atmosphere, and there's a theory that they might share some characteristics with the sun, emitting some light in addition to reflecting sunlight. On both planets, certain absorption lines appear to match the water vapor lines found in our atmosphere; meanwhile, a strong band in the red that is common to both planets seems to correspond with a line in the spectrum of some red stars.
Uranus and Neptune are difficult to observe spectroscopically, but appear to have peculiar spectra agreeing together. Sometimes Uranus shows Frauenhofer lines, indicating reflected solar light. But generally these are not seen, and six broad bands of absorption appear. One is the F. of hydrogen; another is the red-star line of Jupiter and Saturn. Neptune is a very difficult object for the spectroscope.
Uranus and Neptune are hard to observe using spectroscopy, but they seem to have unusual spectra that match up. Occasionally, Uranus displays Fraunhofer lines, which indicate reflected sunlight. However, these lines are usually absent, and instead, six broad absorption bands are observed. One corresponds to hydrogen and another matches the red-star line found in Jupiter and Saturn. Neptune is particularly challenging to analyze with a spectroscope.
Quite lately[7] P. Lowell has announced that V. M. Slipher, at Flagstaff Observatory, succeeded in 1907 in rendering some plates sensitive far into the red. A reproduction is given of photographed spectra of the four outermost planets, showing (1) a great number of new lines and bands; (2) intensification of hydrogen F. and C. lines; (3) a steady increase of effects (1) and (2) as we pass from Jupiter and Saturn to Uranus, and a still greater increase in Neptune.
Quite recently, P. Lowell announced that V. M. Slipher at Flagstaff Observatory succeeded in 1907 in making some plates sensitive to far into the red spectrum. A reproduction is provided of the photographed spectra of the four outermost planets, showing (1) a large number of new lines and bands; (2) an intensification of hydrogen F. and C. lines; (3) a consistent increase in effects (1) and (2) as we move from Jupiter and Saturn to Uranus, and an even greater increase in Neptune.
Asteroids.—The discovery of these new planets has been described. At the beginning of the last century it was an immense triumph to catch a new one. Since photography was called into the service by Wolf, they have been caught every year in shoals. It is like the difference between sea fishing with the line and using a steam trawler. In the 1908 almanacs nearly seven hundred asteroids are included. The computation of their perturbations and ephemerides by Euler’s and Lagrange’s method of variable elements became so laborious that Encke devised a special process for these, which can be applied to many other disturbed orbits.[8]
Asteroids.—The discovery of these new planets has been discussed. At the start of the last century, finding a new one was an incredible achievement. Since Wolf used photography to aid in the discovery, they have been found every year in large numbers. It’s similar to the difference between traditional fishing with a line and using a steam trawler. In the 1908 almanacs, nearly seven hundred asteroids are listed. Calculating their perturbations and ephemerides using Euler’s and Lagrange’s method of variable elements became so tedious that Encke developed a special process for these, which can be applied to many other disturbed orbits.[8]
When a photograph is taken of a region of the heavens including an asteroid, the stars are photographed as points because the telescope is made to follow their motion; but the asteroids, by their proper motion, appear as short lines.
When a photograph is taken of a part of the sky that includes an asteroid, the stars show up as points because the telescope tracks their movement. However, the asteroids, due to their own movement, look like short lines.
The discovery of Eros and the photographic attack upon its path have been described in their relation to finding the sun’s distance.
The discovery of Eros and the photographic examination of its orbit have been explained in connection with determining the sun’s distance.
A group of four asteroids has lately been found, with a mean distance and period equal to that of Jupiter. To three of these masculine names have been given—Hector, Patroclus, Achilles; the other has not yet been named.
A group of four asteroids has recently been discovered, with an average distance and orbit similar to that of Jupiter. Three of these have been given masculine names—Hector, Patroclus, Achilles; the fourth has not been named yet.
FOOTNOTES:
ENDNOTES:
[1] Langrenus (van Langren), F. Selenographia sive lumina austriae philippica; Bruxelles, 1645.
[1] Langrenus (van Langren), F. Selenographia or the Lights of the Philippine South; Brussels, 1645.
[2] Astr. Nach., 2,944.
[6] Grant’s Hist. Ph. Ast., p. 267.
[7] Nature, November 12th, 1908.
14. COMETS AND METEORS.
Ever since Halley discovered that the comet of 1682 was a member of the solar system, these wonderful objects have had a new interest for astronomers; and a comparison of orbits has often identified the return of a comet, and led to the detection of an elliptic orbit where the difference from a parabola was imperceptible in the small portion of the orbit visible to us. A remarkable case in point was the comet of 1556, of whose identity with the comet of 1264 there could be little doubt. Hind wanted to compute the orbit more exactly than Halley had done. He knew that observations had been made, but they were lost. Having expressed his desire for a search, all the observations of Fabricius and of Heller, and also a map of the comet’s path among the stars, were eventually unearthed in the most unlikely manner, after being lost nearly three hundred years. Hind and others were certain that this comet would return between 1844 and 1848, but it never appeared.
Ever since Halley found out that the comet of 1682 was part of the solar system, these amazing objects have fascinated astronomers even more. By comparing orbits, they've often figured out when a comet would return and identified elliptical orbits, where the difference from a parabola was too small to notice in the tiny bit of the orbit we can see. A striking example was the comet of 1556, which was clearly the same as the comet of 1264. Hind wanted to calculate the orbit more accurately than Halley had. He knew there had been observations made, but they were lost. After expressing his wish for a search, all the observations from Fabricius and Heller, along with a map of the comet's path through the stars, were eventually found in the most unexpected way, after being lost for almost three hundred years. Hind and others were convinced that this comet would come back between 1844 and 1848, but it never showed up.
When the spectroscope was first applied to finding the composition of the heavenly bodies, there was a great desire to find out what comets are made of. The first opportunity came in 1864, when Donati observed the spectrum of a comet, and saw three bright bands, thus proving that it was a gas and at least partly self-luminous. In 1868 Huggins compared the spectrum of Winnecke’s comet with that of a Geissler tube containing olefiant gas, and found exact agreement. Nearly all comets have shown the same spectrum.[1] A very few comets have given bright band spectra differing from the normal type. Also a certain kind of continuous spectrum, as well as reflected solar light showing Frauenhofer lines, have been seen.
When the spectroscope was first used to determine the composition of celestial bodies, there was a strong interest in discovering what comets are made of. The first chance came in 1864 when Donati observed a comet's spectrum and saw three bright bands, proving that it was a gas and at least partially glowing on its own. In 1868, Huggins compared the spectrum of Winnecke’s comet with that of a Geissler tube filled with olefiant gas and found they matched perfectly. Almost all comets have shown the same spectrum. A very few comets have produced bright band spectra that differ from the typical type. There have also been observations of a certain kind of continuous spectrum, as well as reflected solar light displaying Frauenhofer lines.

COPY OF THE DRAWING
MADE BY PAUL FABRICIUS.
To
define the path of comet 1556. After being lost for 300 years, this drawing was
recovered by the prolonged efforts of Mr. Hind and Professor Littrow in
1856.
COPY OF THE DRAWING
MADE BY PAUL FABRICIUS.
To
define the path of comet 1556. After being missing for 300 years, this drawing was
found thanks to the dedicated efforts of Mr. Hind and Professor Littrow in
1856.
When Wells’s comet, in 1882, approached very close indeed to the sun, the spectrum changed to a mono-chromatic yellow colour, due to sodium.
When Wells's comet got really close to the sun in 1882, its spectrum changed to a single, bright yellow color because of sodium.
For a full account of the wonders of the cometary world the reader is referred to books on descriptive astronomy, or to monographs on comets.[2] Nor can the very uncertain speculations about the structure of comets’ tails be given here. A new explanation has been proposed almost every time that a great discovery has been made in the theory of light, heat, chemistry, or electricity.
For a complete overview of the wonders of comets, readers should check out books on descriptive astronomy or specific studies on comets.[2] It isn’t possible to discuss the uncertain theories about how comet tails are structured here. Each time a major discovery is made in the fields of light, heat, chemistry, or electricity, a new explanation has been suggested.
Halley’s comet remained the only one of which a prediction of the return had been confirmed, until the orbit of the small, ill-defined comet found by Pons in 1819 was computed by Encke, and found to have a period of 3 1/3 years. It was predicted to return in 1822, and was recognised by him as identical with many previous comets. This comet, called after Encke, has showed in each of its returns an inexplicable reduction of mean distance, which led to the assertion of a resisting medium in space until a better explanation could be found.[3]
Halley’s comet was the only one for which a return prediction had been confirmed, until the orbit of the small, poorly defined comet discovered by Pons in 1819 was calculated by Encke, revealing a period of 3 1/3 years. It was predicted to return in 1822, and he recognized it as the same as many earlier comets. This comet, named after Encke, has shown an unexplained reduction in mean distance with each return, leading to the claim of a resisting medium in space until a better explanation could be found.[3]
Since that date fourteen comets have been found with elliptic orbits, whose aphelion distances are all about the same as Jupiter’s mean distance; and six have an aphelion distance about ten per cent, greater than Neptune’s mean distance. Other comets are similarly associated with the planets Saturn and Uranus.
Since that date, fourteen comets have been discovered with elliptical orbits, all having aphelion distances that are roughly the same as Jupiter’s average distance. Six of them have an aphelion distance that's about ten percent greater than Neptune’s average distance. Other comets are similarly linked to the planets Saturn and Uranus.
The physical transformations of comets are among the most wonderful of unexplained phenomena in the heavens. But, for physical astronomers, the greatest interest attaches to the reduction of radius vector of Encke’s comet, the splitting of Biela’s comet into two comets in 1846, and the somewhat similar behaviour of other comets. It must be noted, however, that comets have a sensible size, that all their parts cannot travel in exactly the same orbit under the sun’s gravitation, and that their mass is not sufficient to retain the parts together very forcibly; also that the inevitable collision of particles, or else fluid friction, is absorbing energy, and so reducing the comet’s velocity.
The physical changes of comets are some of the most amazing unexplained phenomena in the sky. However, for astronomers, the greatest interest lies in the reduction of the radius vector of Encke’s comet, the splitting of Biela’s comet into two comets in 1846, and the somewhat similar behavior of other comets. It should be noted, though, that comets have a noticeable size, meaning that not all their parts can travel in exactly the same orbit due to the sun’s gravity, and that their mass isn’t strong enough to hold the parts together very tightly; also, the unavoidable collisions of particles, or fluid friction, are draining energy and thus reducing the comet’s speed.
In 1770 Lexell discovered a comet which, as was afterwards proved by investigations of Lexell, Burchardt, and Laplace, had in 1767 been deflected by Jupiter out of an orbit in which it was invisible from the earth into an orbit with a period of 5½ years, enabling it to be seen. In 1779 it again approached Jupiter closer than some of his satellites, and was sent off in another orbit, never to be again recognised.
In 1770, Lexell discovered a comet which, later confirmed by research from Lexell, Burchardt, and Laplace, had been redirected by Jupiter in 1767 from an orbit that was not visible from Earth into a new orbit with a period of 5½ years, making it observable. In 1779, it passed by Jupiter closer than some of its moons and was sent off into another orbit, never to be seen again.
But our interest in cometary orbits has been added to by the discovery that, owing to the causes just cited, a comet, if it does not separate into discrete parts like Biela’s, must in time have its parts spread out so as to cover a sensible part of the orbit, and that, when the earth passes through such part of a comet’s orbit, a meteor shower is the result.
But our interest in comet orbits has increased with the discovery that, due to the reasons mentioned, a comet, if it doesn't break into separate pieces like Biela's, will eventually have its parts spread out enough to cover a significant portion of its orbit. When Earth moves through such a section of a comet's orbit, it leads to a meteor shower.
A magnificent meteor shower was seen in America on November 12th-13th, 1833, when the paths of the meteors all seemed to radiate from a point in the constellation Leo. A similar display had been witnessed in Mexico by Humboldt and Bonpland on November 12th, 1799. H. A. Newton traced such records back to October 13th, A.D. 902. The orbital motion of a cloud or stream of small particles was indicated. The period favoured by H. A. Newton was 354½ days; another suggestion was 375½ days, and another 33¼ years. He noticed that the advance of the date of the shower between 902 and 1833, at the rate of one day in seventy years, meant a progression of the node of the orbit. Adams undertook to calculate what the amount would be on all the five suppositions that had been made about the period. After a laborious work, he found that none gave one day in seventy years except the 33¼-year period, which did so exactly. H. A. Newton predicted a return of the shower on the night of November 13th-14th, 1866. He is now dead; but many of us are alive to recall the wonder and enthusiasm with which we saw this prediction being fulfilled by the grandest display of meteors ever seen by anyone now alive.
A stunning meteor shower was observed in America on November 12th-13th, 1833, when all the meteors appeared to radiate from a point in the constellation Leo. A similar event had been documented in Mexico by Humboldt and Bonpland on November 12th, 1799. H. A. Newton traced such records back to October 13th, A.D. 902. The orbital motion of a cloud or stream of small particles was indicated. The period suggested by H. A. Newton was 354½ days; another idea was 375½ days, and another was 33¼ years. He observed that the advance of the shower's date from 902 to 1833, at a rate of one day every seventy years, indicated a change in the orbit's node. Adams calculated what the amount would be based on all five assumptions about the period. After extensive work, he found that only the 33¼-year period matched the one day in seventy years exactly. H. A. Newton predicted the shower would return on the night of November 13th-14th, 1866. He has since passed away, but many of us are still here to remember the wonder and excitement with which we witnessed this prediction coming true with the most spectacular display of meteors that anyone alive has ever seen.
The progression of the nodes proved the path of the meteor stream to be retrograde. The radiant had almost the exact longitude of the point towards which the earth was moving. This proved that the meteor cluster was at perihelion. The period being known, the eccentricity of the orbit was obtainable, also the orbital velocity of the meteors in perihelion; and, by comparing this with the earth’s velocity, the latitude of the radiant enabled the inclination to be determined, while the longitude of the earth that night was the longitude of the node. In such a way Schiaparelli was able to find first the elements of the orbit of the August meteor shower (Perseids), and to show its identity with the orbit of Tuttle’s comet 1862.iii. Then, in January 1867, Le Verrier gave the elements of the November meteor shower (Leonids); and Peters, of Altona, identified these with Oppolzer’s elements for Tempel’s comet 1866—Schiaparelli having independently attained both of these results. Subsequently Weiss, of Vienna, identified the meteor shower of April 20th (Lyrids) with comet 1861. Finally, that indefatigable worker on meteors, A. S. Herschel, added to the number, and in 1878 gave a list of seventy-six coincidences between cometary and meteoric orbits.
The progression of the nodes showed that the path of the meteor stream was moving backward. The radiant had almost the same longitude as the point the Earth was headed towards. This indicated that the meteor cluster was at perihelion. Knowing the period allowed for the calculation of the orbit's eccentricity and the meteors' orbital velocity at perihelion. By comparing this with the Earth's speed, the radiant's latitude helped determine the inclination, while the longitude of the Earth that night matched the longitude of the node. This way, Schiaparelli was able to first identify the elements of the orbit of the August meteor shower (Perseids) and showed its link to the orbit of Tuttle’s comet 1862.iii. Then, in January 1867, Le Verrier provided the elements for the November meteor shower (Leonids); and Peters from Altona matched these with Oppolzer’s elements for Tempel’s comet 1866, with Schiaparelli having independently reached both of these findings. Later, Weiss from Vienna connected the meteor shower on April 20th (Lyrids) to comet 1861. Lastly, the dedicated researcher on meteors, A. S. Herschel, contributed further and in 1878 published a list of seventy-six matches between cometary and meteoric orbits.
Cometary astronomy is now largely indebted to photography, not merely for accurate delineations of shape, but actually for the discovery of most of them. The art has also been applied to the observation of comets at distances from their perihelia so great as to prevent their visual observation. Thus has Wolf, of Heidelburg, found upon old plates the position of comet 1905.v., as a star of the 15.5 magnitude, 783 days before the date of its discovery. From the point of view of the importance of finding out the divergence of a cometary orbit from a parabola, its period, and its aphelion distance, this increase of range attains the very highest value.
Cometary astronomy now relies heavily on photography, not just for accurately showing shapes, but also for discovering most comets. This technique has been used to observe comets at distances from their closest approach where visual observation is impossible. For instance, Wolf from Heidelberg found the position of comet 1905.v. on old plates as a star of magnitude 15.5, 783 days before it was officially discovered. Understanding how much a comet's orbit deviates from a parabola, along with its period and aphelion distance, makes this expanded range extremely valuable.
The present Astronomer Royal, appreciating this possibility, has been searching by photography for Halley’s comet since November, 1907, although its perihelion passage will not take place until April, 1910.
The current Astronomer Royal, recognizing this opportunity, has been looking for Halley’s comet using photography since November 1907, even though its closest approach will not happen until April 1910.
FOOTNOTES:
FOOTNOTES:
[1] In 1874, when the writer was crossing the Pacific Ocean in H.M.S. “Scout,” Coggia’s comet unexpectedly appeared, and (while Colonel Tupman got its positions with the sextant) he tried to use the prism out of a portable direct-vision spectroscope, without success until it was put in front of the object-glass of a binocular, when, to his great joy, the three band images were clearly seen.
[1] In 1874, while the author was sailing across the Pacific Ocean on H.M.S. “Scout,” Coggia’s comet suddenly appeared. Colonel Tupman took its positions with a sextant, and the author tried to use a prism from a portable direct-vision spectroscope. He had no luck until he placed it in front of the objective lens of a pair of binoculars, when, to his great delight, the three band images were clearly visible.
[2] Such as The World of Comets, by A. Guillemin; History of Comets, by G. R. Hind, London, 1859; Theatrum Cometicum, by S. de Lubienietz, 1667; Cometographie, by Pingré, Paris, 1783; Donati’s Comet, by Bond.
[2] Such as The World of Comets, by A. Guillemin; History of Comets, by G. R. Hind, London, 1859; Theatrum Cometicum, by S. de Lubienietz, 1667; Cometography, by Pingré, Paris, 1783; Donati’s Comet, by Bond.
[3] The investigations by Von Asten (of St. Petersburg) seem to support, and later ones, especially those by Backlund (also of St. Petersburg), seem to discredit, the idea of a resisting medium.
[3] The investigations by Von Asten (from St. Petersburg) appear to back up the idea, while later studies, especially those by Backlund (also from St. Petersburg), seem to undermine it, regarding a resisting medium.
15. THE FIXED STARS AND NEBULÆ.
Passing now from our solar system, which appears to be subject to the action of the same forces as those we experience on our globe, there remains an innumerable host of fixed stars, nebulas, and nebulous clusters of stars. To these the attention of astronomers has been more earnestly directed since telescopes have been so much enlarged. Photography also has enabled a vast amount of work to be covered in a comparatively short period, and the spectroscope has given them the means, not only of studying the chemistry of the heavens, but also of detecting any motion in the line of sight from less than a mile a second and upwards in any star, however distant, provided it be bright enough.
Moving beyond our solar system, which seems to be influenced by the same forces we experience on Earth, there exists an endless array of fixed stars, nebulae, and clusters of nebulous stars. Astronomers have focused more intensively on these since telescopes have greatly improved. Photography has also allowed for a significant amount of work to be completed in a relatively short time, and the spectroscope has given them the ability to not only examine the chemistry of the universe but also to detect any motion in the line of sight of any star, as little as a mile per second and beyond, no matter how far away it is, as long as it is bright enough.

SIR WILLIAM
HERSCHEL, F.R.S.—1738-1822.
Painted by Lemuel F.
Abbott; National Portrait Gallery, Room XX.
SIR WILLIAM HERSCHEL, F.R.S.—1738-1822.
Painted by Lemuel F. Abbott; National Portrait Gallery, Room XX.
In the field of telescopic discovery beyond our solar system there is no one who has enlarged our knowledge so much as Sir William Herschel, to whom we owe the greatest discovery in dynamical astronomy among the stars—viz., that the law of gravitation extends to the most distant stars, and that many of them describe elliptic orbits about each other. W. Herschel was born at Hanover in 1738, came to England in 1758 as a trained musician, and died in 1822. He studied science when he could, and hired a telescope, until he learnt to make his own specula and telescopes. He made 430 parabolic specula in twenty-one years. He discovered 2,500 nebulæ and 806 double stars, counted the stars in 3,400 guage-fields, and compared the principal stars photometrically.
In the area of telescope discoveries beyond our solar system, no one has expanded our knowledge as much as Sir William Herschel. He is credited with the biggest breakthrough in dynamical astronomy among the stars—namely, that the law of gravitation applies to the farthest stars, and that many of them orbit each other in elliptical paths. W. Herschel was born in Hanover in 1738, moved to England in 1758 as a trained musician, and passed away in 1822. He studied science whenever he could and rented a telescope until he learned how to make his own mirrors and telescopes. Over twenty-one years, he created 430 parabolic mirrors. He discovered 2,500 nebulae and 806 double stars, counted the stars in 3,400 gauge fields, and compared the main stars using photometry.
Some of the things for which he is best known were results of those accidents that happen only to the indefatigable enthusiast. Such was the discovery of Uranus, which led to funds being provided for constructing his 40-feet telescope, after which, in 1786, he settled at Slough. In the same way, while trying to detect the annual parallax of the stars, he failed in that quest, but discovered binary systems of stars revolving in ellipses round each other; just as Bradley’s attack on stellar parallax failed, but led to the discovery of aberration, nutation, and the true velocity of light.
Some of the things he is most known for came from those accidents that only happen to the tireless enthusiast. One example is the discovery of Uranus, which resulted in funding for the construction of his 40-foot telescope; after that, in 1786, he settled in Slough. Similarly, while trying to measure the annual parallax of the stars, he didn’t succeed in that but instead discovered binary star systems orbiting each other in ellipses. Just like Bradley’s attempt to measure stellar parallax didn’t work out, but it led to the discoveries of aberration, nutation, and the true speed of light.
Parallax.—The absence of stellar parallax was the great objection to any theory of the earth’s motion prior to Kepler’s time. It is true that Kepler’s theory itself could have been geometrically expressed equally well with the earth or any other point fixed. But in Kepler’s case the obviously implied physical theory of the planetary motions, even before Newton explained the simplicity of conception involved, made astronomers quite ready to waive the claim for a rigid proof of the earth’s motion by measurement of an annual parallax of stars, which they had insisted on in respect of Copernicus’s revival of the idea of the earth’s orbital motion.
Parallax.—The lack of stellar parallax was the main argument against any theory of the earth's motion before Kepler's time. It's true that Kepler's theory could have been mathematically represented just as well with the earth or any other point as fixed. However, in Kepler's case, the obvious underlying physical theory of planetary motions, even before Newton clarified the straightforward ideas involved, made astronomers willing to overlook the need for a solid proof of the earth's motion through the measurement of an annual parallax of stars, which they had insisted on regarding Copernicus's revival of the idea of the earth’s orbital motion.
Still, the desire to measure this parallax was only intensified by the practical certainty of its existence, and by repeated failures. The attempts of Bradley failed. The attempts of Piazzi and Brinkley,[1] early in the nineteenth century, also failed. The first successes, afterwards confirmed, were by Bessel and Henderson. Both used stars whose proper motion had been found to be large, as this argued proximity. Henderson, at the Cape of Good Hope, observed α Centauri, whose annual proper motion he found to amount to 3".6, in 1832-3; and a few years later deduced its parallax 1".16. His successor at the Cape, Maclear, reduced this to 0".92.
Still, the desire to measure this parallax only grew stronger due to the practical certainty of its existence and the repeated failures encountered. Bradley's attempts were unsuccessful. Piazzi and Brinkley's attempts early in the nineteenth century also failed. The first successes, which were later confirmed, came from Bessel and Henderson. Both used stars with significant proper motion, as this indicated closeness. Henderson, at the Cape of Good Hope, observed α Centauri, whose annual proper motion he calculated to be 3".6 in 1832-3; and a few years later, he deduced its parallax to be 1".16. His successor at the Cape, Maclear, revised this to 0".92.
In 1835 Struve assigned a doubtful parallax of 0".261 to Vega (α Lyræ). But Bessel’s observations, between 1837 and 1840, of 61 Cygni, a star with the large proper motion of over 5”, established its annual parallax to be 0".3483; and this was confirmed by Peters, who found the value 0".349.
In 1835, Struve assigned an uncertain parallax of 0".261 to Vega (α Lyræ). However, Bessel’s observations of 61 Cygni, a star with a significant proper motion of over 5”, conducted between 1837 and 1840, determined its annual parallax to be 0".3483, which was later confirmed by Peters, who found it to be 0".349.
Later determinations for α2 Centauri, by Gill,[2] make its parallax 0".75—This is the nearest known fixed star; and its light takes 4 1/3 years to reach us. The lightyear is taken as the unit of measurement in the starry heavens, as the earth’s mean distance is “the astronomical unit” for the solar system.[3] The proper motions and parallaxes combined tell us the velocity of the motion of these stars across the line of sight: α Centauri 14.4 miles a second=4.2 astronomical units a year; 61 Cygni 37.9 miles a second=11.2 astronomical units a year. These successes led to renewed zeal, and now the distances of many stars are known more or less accurately.
Later measurements for α2 Centauri, by Gill, [2] show its parallax to be 0".75—This is the closest known fixed star, and its light takes 4 1/3 years to travel to us. The lightyear is used as the unit of measurement in the starry sky, while the Earth's average distance is referred to as "the astronomical unit" for the solar system. [3] The proper motions and parallaxes combined give us the speed at which these stars are moving across our line of sight: α Centauri moves at 14.4 miles per second, which is 4.2 astronomical units a year; 61 Cygni moves at 37.9 miles per second, which is 11.2 astronomical units a year. These achievements sparked renewed enthusiasm, and now the distances to many stars are known with varying degrees of accuracy.
Several of the brightest stars, which might be expected to be the nearest, have not shown a parallax amounting to a twentieth of a second of arc. Among these are Canopus, α Orionis, α Cygni, β Centauri, and γ Cassiopeia. Oudemans has published a list of parallaxes observed.[4]
Several of the brightest stars that you'd think would be the closest haven't shown a parallax greater than one-twentieth of a second of arc. This includes Canopus, α Orionis, α Cygni, β Centauri, and γ Cassiopeia. Oudemans has published a list of observed parallaxes.[4]
Proper Motion.—In 1718 Halley[5] detected the proper motions of Arcturus and Sirius. In 1738 J. Cassinis[6] showed that the former had moved five minutes of arc since Tycho Brahe fixed its position. In 1792 Piazzi noted the motion of 61 Cygni as given above. For a long time the greatest observed proper motion was that of a small star 1830 Groombridge, nearly 7” a year; but others have since been found reaching as much as 10”.
Proper Motion.—In 1718, Halley detected the proper motions of Arcturus and Sirius. In 1738, J. Cassinis showed that Arcturus had moved five minutes of arc since Tycho Brahe fixed its position. In 1792, Piazzi noted the motion of 61 Cygni as mentioned above. For a long time, the greatest observed proper motion was that of a small star, 1830 Groombridge, nearly 7” a year; but others have since been found reaching up to 10”.
Now the spectroscope enables the motion of stars to be detected at a single observation, but only that part of the motion that is in the line of sight. For a complete knowledge of a star’s motion the proper motion and parallax must also be known.
Now the spectroscope allows us to detect the movement of stars with a single observation, but only the portion of the movement that is directly in our line of sight. To fully understand a star’s motion, we also need to know its proper motion and parallax.
When Huggins first applied the Doppler principle to measure velocities in the line of sight,[7] the faintness of star spectra diminished the accuracy; but Vögel, in 1888, overcame this to a great extent by long exposures of photographic plates.
When Huggins first used the Doppler effect to measure speeds in the line of sight,[7] the faintness of star spectra reduced the accuracy; however, Vögel, in 1888, significantly improved this by using long exposures on photographic plates.
It has often been noticed that stars which seem to belong to a group of nearly uniform magnitude have the same proper motion. The spectroscope has shown that these have also often the same velocity in the line of sight. Thus in the Great Bear, β, γ, δ, ε, ζ, all agree as to angular proper motion. δ was too faint for a spectroscopic measurement, but all the others have been shown to be approaching us at a rate of twelve to twenty miles a second. The same has been proved for proper motion, and line of sight motion, in the case of Pleiades and other groups.
It has often been observed that stars that appear to belong to a group with nearly the same brightness tend to have the same proper motion. The spectroscope has indicated that these stars often also have the same velocity in the line of sight. For example, in the Great Bear, stars β, γ, δ, ε, and ζ all show similar angular proper motion. Star δ was too faint for a spectroscopic measurement, but all the others have been shown to be moving toward us at a speed of twelve to twenty miles per second. The same has been demonstrated for both proper motion and line of sight motion in the case of the Pleiades and other groups.
Maskelyne measured many proper motions of stars, from which W. Herschel[8] came to the conclusion that these apparent motions are for the most part due to a motion of the solar system in space towards a point in the constellation Hercules, R.A. 257°; N. Decl. 25°. This grand discovery has been amply confirmed, and, though opinions differ as to the exact direction, it happens that the point first indicated by Herschel, from totally insufficient data, agrees well with modern estimates.
Maskelyne measured the proper motions of many stars, which led W. Herschel[8] to conclude that these apparent motions are mainly caused by the motion of the solar system in space toward a point in the constellation Hercules, R.A. 257°; N. Decl. 25°. This significant discovery has been well confirmed, and while opinions vary on the exact direction, it turns out that the point initially suggested by Herschel, based on very limited data, aligns closely with modern estimates.
Comparing the proper motions and parallaxes to get the actual velocity of each star relative to our system, C.L. Struve found the probable velocity of the solar system in space to be fifteen miles a second, or five astronomical units a year.
Comparing the proper motions and parallaxes to determine the actual velocity of each star relative to our system, C.L. Struve discovered that the solar system's probable velocity in space is fifteen miles per second, or five astronomical units per year.
The work of Herschel in this matter has been checked by comparing spectroscopic velocities in the line of sight which, so far as the sun’s motion is concerned, would give a maximum rate of approach for stars near Hercules, a maximum rate of recession for stars in the opposite part of the heavens, and no effect for stars half-way between. In this way the spectroscope has confirmed generally Herschel’s view of the direction, and makes the velocity eleven miles a second, or nearly four astronomical units a year.
The work of Herschel on this topic has been validated by comparing the spectroscopic velocities along the line of sight. When it comes to the sun's motion, this shows a maximum approach rate for stars near Hercules, a maximum recession rate for stars on the opposite side of the sky, and no effect for stars located halfway in between. In this manner, the spectroscope has generally supported Herschel’s perspective on the direction, indicating a velocity of eleven miles per second, or nearly four astronomical units per year.
The average proper motion of a first magnitude star has been found to be 0".25 annually, and of a sixth magnitude star 0".04. But that all bright stars are nearer than all small stars, or that they show greater proper motion for that reason, is found to be far from the truth. Many statistical studies have been made in this connection, and interesting results may be expected from this treatment in the hands of Kapteyn of Groningen, and others.[9]
The average proper motion of a first magnitude star is about 0".25 each year, while a sixth magnitude star has a motion of 0".04. However, the idea that all bright stars are closer than all dim stars, or that they have greater proper motion for that reason, has proven to be untrue. Many statistical studies have been conducted on this topic, and promising results can be anticipated from this research by Kapteyn from Groningen and others.[9]
On analysis of the directions of proper motions of stars in all parts of the heavens, Kapteyn has shown[10] that these indicate, besides the solar motion towards Hercules, two general drifts of stars in nearly opposite directions, which can be detected in any part of the heavens. This result has been confirmed from independent data by Eddington (R.A.S., M.N.) and Dyson (R.S.E. Proc.).
On analyzing the proper motions of stars throughout the sky, Kapteyn has shown[10] that these motions indicate, in addition to the solar motion toward Hercules, two main drifts of stars moving in nearly opposite directions, which can be observed in any area of the sky. This finding has been supported by independent data from Eddington (R.A.S., M.N.) and Dyson (R.S.E. Proc.).
Photography promises to assist in the measurement of parallax and proper motions. Herr Pulfrich, of the firm of Carl Zeiss, has vastly extended the applications of stereoscopic vision to astronomy—a subject which De la Rue took up in the early days of photography. He has made a stereo-comparator of great beauty and convenience for comparing stereoscopically two star photographs taken at different dates. Wolf of Heidelberg has used this for many purposes. His investigations depending on the solar motion in space are remarkable. He photographs stars in a direction at right angles to the line of the sun’s motion. He has taken photographs of the same region fourteen years apart, the two positions of his camera being at the two ends of a base-line over 5,000,000,000 miles apart, or fifty-six astronomical units. On examining these stereoscopically, some of the stars rise out of the general plane of the stars, and seem to be much nearer. Many of the stars are thus seen to be suspended in space at different distances corresponding exactly to their real distances from our solar system, except when their proper motion interferes. The effect is most striking; the accuracy of measurement exceeds that of any other method of measuring such displacements, and it seems that with a long interval of time the advantage of the method increases.
Photography is set to help measure parallax and proper motions. Mr. Pulfrich, from the Carl Zeiss company, has greatly expanded the use of stereoscopic vision in astronomy—a topic that De la Rue explored in the early days of photography. He has created a beautifully designed and convenient stereo-comparator for comparing two star photographs taken on different dates. Wolf from Heidelberg has utilized this for various purposes. His research on the solar motion in space is remarkable. He captures stars in a direction perpendicular to the sun's trajectory. He has taken pictures of the same area fourteen years apart, with his camera positioned at two ends of a baseline over 5,000,000,000 miles apart, or fifty-six astronomical units. When examining these stereoscopically, some stars appear to rise above the general plane of stars and seem much closer. Many stars are seen to be suspended in space at various distances that accurately match their actual distances from our solar system, except when their proper motion complicates things. The effect is striking; the measuring accuracy surpasses any other method for such displacements, and it appears that with a longer time interval, the advantages of the method increase.
Double Stars.—The large class of double stars has always been much studied by amateurs, partly for their beauty and colour, and partly as a test for telescopic definition. Among the many unexplained stellar problems there is one noticed in double stars that is thought by some to be likely to throw light on stellar evolution. It is this: There are many instances where one star of the pair is comparatively faint, and the two stars are contrasted in colour; and in every single case the general colour of the faint companion is invariably to be classed with colours more near to the blue end of the spectrum than that of the principal star.
Double Stars.—The large group of double stars has always fascinated amateur astronomers, partly because of their beauty and color, and partly as a way to test the resolution of telescopes. Among the many unresolved mysteries of stars, there's one observed in double stars that some believe could provide insights into stellar evolution. It is this: There are many cases where one star in the pair is relatively dim, and the two stars show contrasting colors; and in every single instance, the overall color of the faint companion is always classified as being closer to the blue end of the spectrum than that of the primary star.
Binary Stars.—Sir William Herschel began his observations of double stars in the hope of discovering an annual parallax of the stars. In this he was following a suggestion of Galileo’s. The presumption is that, if there be no physical connection between the stars of a pair, the largest is the nearest, and has the greatest parallax. So, by noting the distance between the pair at different times of the year, a delicate test of parallax is provided, unaffected by major instrumental errors.
Binary Stars.—Sir William Herschel started his observations of double stars with the goal of finding an annual parallax of the stars. He was following a suggestion made by Galileo. The idea is that if there is no physical connection between the stars in a pair, the larger one is the closest and has the greatest parallax. By measuring the distance between the pair at different times of the year, a sensitive test of parallax is created, free from significant instrumental errors.
Herschel did, indeed, discover changes of distance, but not of the character to indicate parallax. Following this by further observation, he found that the motions were not uniform nor rectilinear, and by a clear analysis of the movements he established the remarkable and wholly unexpected fact that in all these cases the motion is due to a revolution about their common centre of gravity.[11] He gave the approximate period of revolution of some of these: Castor, 342 years; δ Serpentis, 375 years; γ Leonis, 1,200 years; ε Bootis, 1,681 years.
Herschel did discover changes in distance, but not in a way that indicated parallax. After further observations, he found that the motions were neither uniform nor straight, and through a clear analysis of the movements, he established the remarkable and completely unexpected fact that in all these cases, the motion is due to a revolution around their common center of gravity.[11] He provided the approximate revolution periods for some of these: Castor, 342 years; δ Serpentis, 375 years; γ Leonis, 1,200 years; ε Bootis, 1,681 years.
Twenty years later Sir John Herschel and Sir James South, after re-examination of these stars, confirmed[12] and extended the results, one pair of Coronæ having in the interval completed more than a whole revolution.
Twenty years later, Sir John Herschel and Sir James South, after taking another look at these stars, confirmed[12] and expanded the findings, with one pair in Coronæ having completed more than one full revolution in the meantime.
It is, then, to Sir William Herschel that we owe the extension of the law of gravitation, beyond the limits of the solar system, to the whole universe. His observations were confirmed by F.G.W. Struve (born 1793, died 1864), who carried on the work at Dorpat. But it was first to Savary,[13] and later to Encke and Sir John Herschel, that we owe the computation of the elliptic elements of these stars; also the resulting identification of their law of force with Newton’s force of gravitation applied to the solar system, and the force that makes an apple fall to the ground. As Grant well says in his History: “This may be justly asserted to be one of the most sublime truths which astronomical science has hitherto disclosed to the researches of the human mind.”
It is to Sir William Herschel that we owe the extension of the law of gravitation beyond the solar system to the entire universe. His observations were confirmed by F.G.W. Struve (born 1793, died 1864), who continued the work at Dorpat. However, it was initially Savary,[13] and later Encke and Sir John Herschel, who computed the elliptical elements of these stars. They also established the connection between their law of force and Newton’s law of gravitation applied to the solar system, as well as the force that causes an apple to fall to the ground. As Grant aptly states in his History: “This may be justly asserted to be one of the most sublime truths which astronomical science has hitherto disclosed to the researches of the human mind.”
Latterly the best work on double stars has been done by S. W. Burnham,[14] at the Lick Observatory. The shortest period he found was eleven years (κ Pegasi). In the case of some of these binaries the parallax has been measured, from which it appears that in four of the surest cases the orbits are about the size of the orbit of Uranus, these being probably among the smallest stellar orbits.
Lately, the best work on double stars has been done by S. W. Burnham, [14] at the Lick Observatory. The shortest period he found was eleven years (κ Pegasi). In some of these binary systems, the parallax has been measured, which shows that in four of the most reliable cases, the orbits are about the size of Uranus's orbit, making them probably some of the smallest stellar orbits.
The law of gravitation having been proved to extend to the stars, a discovery (like that of Neptune in its origin, though unlike it in the labour and originality involved in the calculation) that entrances the imagination became possible, and was realised by Bessel—the discovery of an unknown body by its gravitational disturbance on one that was visible. In 1834 and 1840 he began to suspect a want of uniformity in the proper motion of Sirius and Procyon respectively. In 1844, in a letter to Sir John Herschel,[15] he attributed these irregularities in each case to the attraction of an invisible companion, the period of revolution of Sirius being about half a century. Later he said: “I adhere to the conviction that Procyon and Sirius form real binary systems, consisting of a visible and an invisible star. There is no reason to suppose luminosity an essential quality of cosmical bodies. The visibility of countless stars is no argument against the invisibility of countless others.” This grand conception led Peters to compute more accurately the orbit, and to assign the place of the invisible companion of Sirius. In 1862 Alvan G. Clark was testing a new 18-inch object-glass (now at Chicago) upon Sirius, and, knowing nothing of these predictions, actually found the companion in the very place assigned to it. In 1896 the companion of Procyon was discovered by Professor Schaeberle at the Lick Observatory.
The law of gravitation has been shown to extend to the stars, making a captivating discovery possible, similar to that of Neptune in its origin but different in the effort and originality involved in the calculations. This was realized by Bessel—the discovery of an unknown body through its gravitational effect on a visible one. In 1834 and 1840, he began to notice irregularities in the proper motion of Sirius and Procyon respectively. In 1844, in a letter to Sir John Herschel,[15] he suggested that these irregularities were caused by the gravitational pull of an unseen companion, with the orbital period of Sirius being about fifty years. Later, he stated: “I remain convinced that Procyon and Sirius form real binary systems, comprising a visible star and an invisible one. There is no reason to think that luminosity is an essential characteristic of celestial bodies. The visibility of countless stars does not disprove the invisibility of countless others.” This significant idea prompted Peters to compute the orbit more accurately and determine the position of Sirius's invisible companion. In 1862, Alvan G. Clark was testing a new 18-inch object-glass (now in Chicago) on Sirius, and without any knowledge of these predictions, he actually found the companion exactly where it was predicted to be. In 1896, the companion of Procyon was discovered by Professor Schaeberle at the Lick Observatory.
Now, by the refined parallax determinations of Gill at the Cape, we know that of Sirius to be 0".38. From this it has been calculated that the mass of Sirius equals two of our suns, and its intrinsic brightness equals twenty suns; but the companion, having a mass equal to our sun, has only a five-hundredth part of the sun’s brightness.
Now, based on the precise parallax measurements taken by Gill at the Cape, we know that the parallax of Sirius is 0".38. From this, it's been calculated that Sirius has a mass equal to two of our suns and an intrinsic brightness equal to twenty suns; however, its companion, which has a mass equal to our sun, has only one five-hundredth of the sun’s brightness.
Spectroscopic Binaries.—On measuring the velocity of a star in the line of sight at frequent intervals, periodic variations have been found, leading to a belief in motion round an invisible companion. Vogel, in 1889, discovered this in the case of Spica (α Virginis), whose period is 4d. 0h. 19m., and the diameter of whose orbit is six million miles. Great numbers of binaries of this type have since then been discovered, all of short period.
Spectroscopic Binaries.—By measuring the speed of a star along our line of sight at regular intervals, researchers have found periodic changes, suggesting that the star is moving in orbit around an unseen companion. In 1889, Vogel discovered this phenomenon in Spica (α Virginis), which has an orbital period of 4 days, 0 hours, and 19 minutes, and an orbital diameter of six million miles. Since then, a large number of binary stars of this type have been discovered, all with short periods.
Also, in 1889, Pickering found that at regular intervals of fifty-two days the lines in the spectrum of ζ of the Great Bear are duplicated, indicating a relative velocity, equal to one hundred miles a second, of two components revolving round each other, of which that apparently single star must be composed.
Also, in 1889, Pickering discovered that every fifty-two days, the lines in the spectrum of ζ of the Great Bear are duplicated, indicating a relative velocity of one hundred miles per second between two components orbiting each other, which that seemingly single star must be made of.
It would be interesting, no doubt, to follow in detail the accumulating knowledge about the distances, proper motions, and orbits of the stars; but this must be done elsewhere. Enough has been said to show how results are accumulating which must in time unfold to us the various stellar systems and their mutual relationships.
It would definitely be interesting to explore in detail the growing understanding of the distances, movements, and orbits of the stars; but that needs to be discussed elsewhere. We've said enough to demonstrate how results are stacking up that will eventually reveal to us the different stellar systems and how they relate to each other.
Variable Stars.—It has often happened in the history of different branches of physical science that observation and experiment were so far ahead of theory that hopeless confusion appeared to reign; and then one chance result has given a clue, and from that time all differences and difficulties in the previous researches have stood forth as natural consequences, explaining one another in a rational sequence. So we find parallax, proper motion, double stars, binary systems, variable stars, and new stars all bound together.
Variable Stars.—In the history of various fields of physical science, there have been times when observations and experiments have advanced far beyond the theories, leading to significant confusion. Then, a single unexpected result has provided a clue, and from that point on, all previous differences and challenges have emerged as natural outcomes, rationally explaining each other in a logical sequence. This is how we see parallax, proper motion, double stars, binary systems, variable stars, and new stars all interconnected.
The logical and necessary explanation given of the cause of ordinary spectroscopic binaries, and of irregular proper motions of Sirius and Procyon, leads to the inference that if ever the plane of such a binary orbit were edge-on to us there ought to be an eclipse of the luminous partner whenever the non-luminous one is interposed between us. This should give rise either to intermittence in the star’s light or else to variability. It was by supposing the existence of a dark companion to Algol that its discoverer, Goodricke of York,[16] in 1783, explained variable stars of this type. Algol (β Persei) completes the period of variable brightness in 68.8 hours. It loses three-fifths of its light, and regains it in twelve hours. In 1889 Vogel,[17] with the Potsdam spectrograph, actually found that the luminous star is receding before each eclipse, and approaching us after each eclipse; thus entirely supporting Goodricke’s opinion. There are many variables of the Algol type, and information is steadily accumulating. But all variable stars do not suffer the sudden variations of Algol. There are many types, and the explanations of others have not proved so easy.
The clear and logical explanation provided for the cause of regular spectroscopic binaries and the irregular movements of Sirius and Procyon suggests that if the plane of such a binary orbit were edge-on to us, there should be an eclipse of the bright star whenever the dim one passes in front of it. This would result in either the star's light flickering or changing in brightness. It was by hypothesizing the existence of a dark companion to Algol that its discoverer, Goodricke of York, in 1783, explained variable stars of this kind. Algol (β Persei) completes its cycle of variable brightness in 68.8 hours, losing three-fifths of its light and regaining it in twelve hours. In 1889, Vogel, using the Potsdam spectrograph, found that the bright star moves away from us before each eclipse and comes closer after each eclipse, fully supporting Goodricke's theory. There are many variable stars of the Algol type, and information is continuously growing. However, not all variable stars experience the sudden changes like Algol. There are various types, and explanations for other types have not been as straightforward.
The Harvard College photographs have disclosed the very great prevalence of variability, and this is certainly one of the lines in which modern discovery must progress.
The Harvard College photographs have revealed a significant amount of variability, and this is definitely one of the areas where modern research needs to advance.
Roberts, in South Africa, has done splendid work on the periods of variables of the Algol type.
Roberts, in South Africa, has done an excellent job on the periods of variables of the Algol type.
New Stars.—Extreme instances of variable stars are the new stars such as those detected by Hipparchus, Tycho Brahe, and Kepler, of which many have been found in the last half-century. One of the latest great “Novæ” was discovered in Auriga by a Scotsman, Dr. Anderson, on February 1st, 1892, and, with the modesty of his race, he communicated the fact to His Majesty’s Astronomer for Scotland on an unsigned post-card.[18] Its spectrum was observed and photographed by Huggins and many others. It was full of bright lines of hydrogen, calcium, helium, and others not identified. The astounding fact was that lines were shown in pairs, bright and dark, on a faint continuous spectrum, indicating apparently that a dark body approaching us at the rate of 550 miles a second[19] was traversing a cold nebulous atmosphere, and was heated to incandescence by friction, like a meteor in our atmosphere, leaving a luminous train behind it. It almost disappeared, and on April 26th it was of the sixteenth magnitude; but on August 17th it brightened to the tenth, showing the principal nebular band in its spectrum, and no sign of approach or recession. It was as if it emerged from one part of the nebula, cooled down, and rushed through another part of the nebula, rendering the nebular gas more luminous than itself.[20]
New Stars.—Extreme examples of variable stars are the new stars such as those discovered by Hipparchus, Tycho Brahe, and Kepler, many of which have been found in the last fifty years. One of the most recent great "Novæ" was discovered in Auriga by a Scotsman, Dr. Anderson, on February 1, 1892. True to his modest nature, he shared this news with His Majesty’s Astronomer for Scotland on an unsigned postcard.[18] Its spectrum was observed and photographed by Huggins and many others. It was filled with bright lines of hydrogen, calcium, helium, and others that were not identified. The astonishing part was that the lines appeared in pairs, both bright and dark, on a faint continuous spectrum, suggesting that a dark body approaching us at a speed of 550 miles per second[19] was moving through a cold nebulous atmosphere, getting heated to incandescence by friction, similar to a meteor traveling through our atmosphere, leaving a bright trail behind it. It almost vanished, and on April 26th it was of the sixteenth magnitude; but on August 17th it brightened to the tenth magnitude, displaying the main nebular band in its spectrum, with no signs of moving closer or further away. It was as if it came from one section of the nebula, cooled down, and sped through another section of the nebula, making the nebular gas shine more brightly than itself.[20]
Since 1892 one Nova after another has shown a spectrum as described above, like a meteor rushing towards us and leaving a train behind, for this seems to be the obvious meaning of the spectra.
Since 1892, one nova after another has displayed a spectrum as described above, like a meteor racing toward us and leaving a trail behind, as this seems to be the clear meaning of the spectra.
The same may be said of the brilliant Nova Persei, brighter at its best than Capella, and discovered also by Dr. Anderson on February 22nd, 1901. It increased in brightness as it reached the densest part of the nebula, then it varied for some weeks by a couple of magnitudes, up and down, as if passing through separate nebular condensations. In February, 1902, it could still be seen with an opera-glass. As with the other Novæ, when it first dashed into the nebula it was vaporised and gave a continuous spectrum with dark lines of hydrogen and helium. It showed no bright lines paired with the dark ones to indicate a train left behind; but in the end its own luminosity died out, and the nebular spectrum predominated.
The same can be said for the brilliant Nova Persei, which was brighter at its peak than Capella and was also discovered by Dr. Anderson on February 22, 1901. Its brightness increased as it reached the densest part of the nebula, then it fluctuated for several weeks by a couple of magnitudes, going up and down, as if it were moving through different nebular clumps. By February 1902, it was still visible with an opera glass. Like the other novas, when it first entered the nebula, it was vaporized and produced a continuous spectrum with dark lines of hydrogen and helium. There were no bright lines accompanying the dark ones to indicate a trail was left behind; ultimately, its own brightness faded, and the nebular spectrum took over.
The nebular illumination as seen in photographs, taken from August to November, seemed to spread out slowly in a gradually increasing circle at the rate of 90” in forty-eight days. Kapteyn put this down to the velocity of light, the original outburst sending its illumination to the nebulous gas and illuminating a spherical shell whose radius increased at the velocity of light. This supposition seems correct, in which case it can easily be shown from the above figures that the distance of this Nova was 300 light years.
The nebular illumination, as shown in photographs taken from August to November, appeared to spread out slowly in an increasingly larger circle at a rate of 90” over forty-eight days. Kapteyn attributed this to the speed of light, with the initial burst sending its light to the nebulous gas and lighting up a spherical shell whose radius expanded at the speed of light. This assumption seems accurate, in which case it can easily be demonstrated from the above figures that the distance of this Nova was 300 light years.
Star Catalogues.—Since the days of very accurate observations numerous star-catalogues have been produced by individuals or by observatories. Bradley’s monumental work may be said to head the list. Lacaille’s, in the Southern hemisphere, was complementary. Then Piazzi, Lalande, Groombridge, and Bessel were followed by Argelander with his 324,000 stars, Rumker’s Paramatta catalogue of the southern hemisphere, and the frequent catalogues of national observatories. Later the Astronomische Gesellschaft started their great catalogue, the combined work of many observatories. Other southern ones were Gould’s at Cordova and Stone’s at the Cape.
Star Catalogues.—Since the era of very precise observations, many star catalogues have been created by individuals and observatories. Bradley's monumental work is often considered the most significant. Lacaille's catalogue in the Southern Hemisphere was a complementary effort. Following that were Piazzi, Lalande, Groombridge, and Bessel, succeeded by Argelander with his 324,000 stars, Rumker’s Paramatta catalogue of the southern hemisphere, and frequent catalogues from national observatories. Later, the Astronomische Gesellschaft initiated their comprehensive catalogue, a collaborative effort from many observatories. Other southern catalogues include Gould’s at Cordova and Stone’s at the Cape.
After this we have a new departure. Gill at the Cape, having the comet 1882.ii. all to himself in those latitudes, wished his friends in Europe to see it, and employed a local photographer to strap his camera to the observatory equatoreal, driven by clockwork, and adjusted on the comet by the eye. The result with half-an-hour’s exposure was good, so he tried three hours. The result was such a display of sharp star images that he resolved on the Cape Photographic Durchmusterung, which after fourteen years, with Kapteyn’s aid in reducing, was completed. Meanwhile the brothers Henry, of Paris, were engaged in going over Chacornac’s zodiacal stars, and were about to catalogue the Milky Way portion, a serious labour, when they saw Gill’s Comet photograph and conceived the idea of doing the rest of their work by photography. Gill had previously written to Admiral Mouchez, of the Paris Observatory, and explained to him his project for charting the heavens photographically, by combining the work of many observatories. This led Admiral Mouchez to support the brothers Henry in their scheme.[21] Gill, having got his own photographic work underway, suggested an international astrographic chart, the materials for different zones to be supplied by observatories of all nations, each equipped with similar photographic telescopes. At a conference in Paris, 1887, this was decided on, the stars on the charts going down to the fourteenth magnitude, and the catalogues to the eleventh.
After this, we have a new beginning. Gill at the Cape, having the comet 1882.ii all to himself in those regions, wanted his friends in Europe to see it. He hired a local photographer to mount his camera on the observatory’s equatorial telescope, which was driven by clockwork and aimed at the comet manually. The result after half an hour of exposure was good, so he tried three hours. The outcome showed such clear star images that he decided to work on the Cape Photographic Durchmusterung, which, after fourteen years and with Kapteyn’s help in processing the data, was completed. Meanwhile, the Henry brothers in Paris were reviewing Chacornac’s zodiacal stars and were about to catalogue the part of the Milky Way, a hefty task, when they saw Gill's comet photograph and came up with the idea of doing the rest of their work using photography. Gill had previously written to Admiral Mouchez from the Paris Observatory, explaining his plan for mapping the heavens photographically by collaborating with various observatories. This prompted Admiral Mouchez to support the Henry brothers in their project. Gill, having started his own photographic work, proposed an international astrographic chart, with materials for different zones to be provided by observatories from all countries, each using similar photographic telescopes. At a conference in Paris in 1887, this was agreed upon, with the stars on the charts going down to the fourteenth magnitude and the catalogues to the eleventh.

GREAT COMET,
NOV. 14TH, 1882. (Exposure 2hrs. 20m.)
By
kind permission of Sir David Gill. From this photograph originated all stellar
chart-photography.
GREAT COMET, NOV. 14TH, 1882. (Exposure 2hrs. 20m.)
By kind permission of Sir David Gill. This photograph is the foundation for all stellar chart photography.
This monumental work is nearing completion. The labour involved was immense, and the highest skill was required for devising instruments and methods to read off the star positions from the plates.
This huge project is almost done. The amount of work needed was tremendous, and it took a lot of skill to create the tools and techniques to measure the star positions from the plates.
Then we have the Harvard College collection of photographic plates, always being automatically added to; and their annex at Arequipa in Peru.
Then we have the Harvard College collection of photographic plates, which is continually being updated, along with their annex in Arequipa, Peru.
Such catalogues vary in their degree of accuracy; and fundamental catalogues of standard stars have been compiled. These require extension, because the differential methods of the heliometer and the camera cannot otherwise be made absolute.
Such catalogs differ in their accuracy, and basic catalogs of standard stars have been created. These need to be expanded because the differential methods of the heliometer and the camera can't otherwise be made absolute.
The number of stars down to the fourteenth magnitude may be taken at about 30,000,000; and that of all the stars visible in the greatest modern telescopes is probably about 100,000,000.
The number of stars down to the fourteenth magnitude is estimated to be around 30,000,000, and the total number of stars visible through the best modern telescopes is probably about 100,000,000.
Nebulæ and Star-clusters.—Our knowledge of nebulæ really dates from the time of W. Herschel. In his great sweeps of the heavens with his giant telescopes he opened in this direction a new branch of astronomy. At one time he held that all nebulæ might be clusters of innumerable minute stars at a great distance. Then he recognised the different classes of nebulæ, and became convinced that there is a widely-diffused “shining fluid” in space, though many so-called nebulæ could be resolved by large telescopes into stars. He considered that the Milky Way is a great star cluster, whose form may be conjectured from numerous star-gaugings. He supposed that the compact “planetary nebulæ” might show a stage of evolution from the diffuse nebulæ, and that his classifications actually indicate various stages of development. Such speculations, like those of the ancients about the solar system, are apt to be harmful to true progress of knowledge unless in the hands of the ablest mathematical physicists; and Herschel violated their principles in other directions. But here his speculations have attracted a great deal of attention, and, with modifications, are accepted, at least as a working hypothesis, by a fair number of people.
Nebulas and Star Clusters.—Our understanding of nebulas really began with W. Herschel. By scanning the skies with his massive telescopes, he opened up a new area of astronomy. At one point, he believed that all nebulas might be clusters of countless tiny stars located far away. Then he identified different types of nebulas and became convinced that there is a widely distributed "shining fluid" in space, although many so-called nebulas could be resolved into stars by large telescopes. He thought the Milky Way is a massive star cluster, and its shape could be inferred from various star measurements. He speculated that the compact "planetary nebulas" may represent a stage of evolution from the diffuse nebulas, and that his classifications actually indicate different stages of development. Such theories, like those of ancient thinkers about the solar system, can hinder true knowledge advancement unless handled by the most skilled mathematical physicists; and Herschel strayed from those principles in other areas. But in this case, his speculations have gained significant attention and, with some modifications, are accepted, at least as a working hypothesis, by many people.
When Sir John Herschel had extended his father’s researches into the Southern Hemisphere he was also led to the belief that some nebulae were a phosphorescent material spread through space like fog or mist.
When Sir John Herschel expanded his father's research into the Southern Hemisphere, he also came to believe that some nebulae were a glowing substance scattered through space like fog or mist.
Then his views were changed by the revelations due to the great discoveries of Lord Rosse with his gigantic refractor,[22] when one nebula after another was resolved into a cluster of minute stars. At that time the opinion gained ground that with increase of telescopic power this would prove to be the case with all nebulæ.
Then his views changed because of the discoveries made by Lord Rosse with his massive refractor, [22] as one nebula after another was revealed to be a group of tiny stars. At that time, the belief grew that with more powerful telescopes, this would turn out to be true for all nebulae.
In 1864 all doubt was dispelled by Huggins[23] in his first examination of the spectrum of a nebula, and the subsequent extension of this observation to other nebulæ; thus providing a certain test which increase in the size of telescopes could never have given. In 1864 Huggins found that all true nebulae give a spectrum of bright lines. Three are due to hydrogen; two (discovered by Copeland) are helium lines; others are unknown. Fifty-five lines have been photographed in the spectrum of the Orion nebula. It seems to be pretty certain that all true nebulae are gaseous, and show almost exactly the same spectrum.
In 1864, Huggins eliminated all doubt in his first examination of the spectrum of a nebula, and he later extended this observation to other nebulae. This provided a definitive test that an increase in telescope size could never achieve. Huggins discovered that all true nebulae produce a spectrum of bright lines. Three of these lines are from hydrogen; two, discovered by Copeland, are from helium; and others remain unidentified. Fifty-five lines have been photographed in the spectrum of the Orion nebula. It appears quite certain that all true nebulae are gaseous and display almost exactly the same spectrum.
Other nebulæ, and especially the white ones like that in Andromeda, which have not yet been resolved into stars, show a continuous spectrum; others are greenish and give no lines.
Other nebulae, especially the white ones like the one in Andromeda, which haven’t been broken down into stars yet, display a continuous spectrum; others are greenish and show no lines.
A great deal has to be done by the chemist before the astronomer can be on sure ground in drawing conclusions from certain portions of his spectroscopic evidence.
A lot of work needs to be done by the chemist before the astronomer can feel confident in making conclusions based on certain parts of his spectroscopic evidence.
The light of the nebulas is remarkably actinic, so that photography has a specially fine field in revealing details imperceptible in the telescope. In 1885 the brothers Henry photographed, round the star Maia in the Pleiades, a spiral nebula 3’ long, as bright on the plate as that star itself, but quite invisible in the telescope; and an exposure of four hours revealed other new nebula in the same district. That painstaking and most careful observer, Barnard, with 10¼ hours’ exposure, extended this nebulosity for several degrees, and discovered to the north of the Pleiades a huge diffuse nebulosity, in a region almost destitute of stars. By establishing a 10-inch instrument at an altitude of 6,000 feet, Barnard has revealed the wide distribution of nebular matter in the constellation Scorpio over a space of 4° or 5° square. Barnard asserts that the “nebular hypothesis” would have been killed at its birth by a knowledge of these photographs. Later he has used still more powerful instruments, and extended his discoveries.
The light from the nebulae is incredibly strong, making photography an excellent method for capturing details that are hard to see through a telescope. In 1885, the Henry brothers took a photograph around the star Maia in the Pleiades, showcasing a spiral nebula 3’ long, which was just as bright on the photo as the star itself but completely invisible through the telescope. An exposure of four hours revealed more new nebulae in the same area. The meticulous observer, Barnard, conducted a 10¼ hour exposure, extending this nebulosity over several degrees and discovering a massive diffuse nebula to the north of the Pleiades in an area nearly devoid of stars. By using a 10-inch telescope at an altitude of 6,000 feet, Barnard uncovered the widespread distribution of nebular matter in the constellation Scorpio over a 4° to 5° square area. Barnard claims that the "nebular hypothesis" would have been discredited at its inception if these photographs had been known. He later used even more powerful instruments to expand his findings.
The association of stars with planetary nebulæ, and the distribution of nebulæ in the heavens, especially in relation to the Milky Way, are striking facts, which will certainly bear fruit when the time arrives for discarding vague speculations, and learning to read the true physical structure and history of the starry universe.
The connection between stars and planetary nebulae, along with how nebulae are spread out in the sky, especially in relation to the Milky Way, are impressive facts. These will definitely lead to valuable insights when the time comes to move away from vague theories and start understanding the actual physical structure and history of the starry universe.
Stellar Spectra.—When the spectroscope was first available for stellar research, the leaders in this branch of astronomy were Huggins and Father Secchi,[24] of Rome. The former began by devoting years of work principally to the most accurate study of a few stars. The latter devoted the years from 1863 to 1867 to a general survey of the whole heavens, including 4,000 stars. He divided these into four principal classes, which have been of the greatest service. Half of his stars belonged to the first class, including Sirius, Vega, Regulus, Altair. The characteristic feature of their spectra is the strength and breadth of the hydrogen lines and the extreme faintness of the metallic lines. This class of star is white to the eye, and rich in ultra violet light.
Stellar Spectra.—When the spectroscope was first used for stellar research, the leaders in this field of astronomy were Huggins and Father Secchi,[24] of Rome. Huggins dedicated years to meticulously studying a few specific stars. In contrast, Father Secchi spent the years from 1863 to 1867 conducting a comprehensive survey of the entire sky, covering 4,000 stars. He categorized these stars into four main classes, which have proven extremely valuable. Half of the stars he studied were in the first class, which includes Sirius, Vega, Regulus, and Altair. The defining characteristic of their spectra is the strong and wide hydrogen lines along with the very faint metallic lines. This type of star appears white to the naked eye and is rich in ultraviolet light.
The second class includes about three-eighths of his stars, including Capella, Pollux, and Arcturus. These stars give a spectrum like that of our sun, and appear yellowish to the eye.
The second class includes about three-eighths of his stars, like Capella, Pollux, and Arcturus. These stars have a spectrum similar to our sun and look yellowish to the eye.
The third class includes α Herculis, α Orionis (Betelgeux), Mira Ceti, and about 500 red and variable stars. The spectrum has fluted bands shaded from blue to red, and sharply defined at the more refrangible edge.
The third class includes α Herculis, α Orionis (Betelgeux), Mira Ceti, and around 500 red and variable stars. The spectrum shows fluted bands transitioning from blue to red, with sharp definition at the more refrangible edge.
The fourth class is a small one, containing no stars over fifth magnitude, of which 152 Schjellerup, in Canes Venatici, is a good example. This spectrum also has bands, but these are shaded on the violet side and sharp on the red side. They are due to carbon in some form. These stars are ruby red in the telescope.
The fourth class is a small one, containing no stars brighter than fifth magnitude, with 152 Schjellerup in Canes Venatici being a good example. This spectrum also has bands, but they are shaded on the violet side and sharp on the red side. They are caused by carbon in some form. These stars appear ruby red in the telescope.
It would appear, then, that all stars are suns with continuous spectra, and the classes are differentiated by the character of the absorbent vapours of their atmospheres.
It seems that all stars are suns with continuous spectra, and the different classes are determined by the type of absorbent gases in their atmospheres.
It is very likely that, after the chemists have taught us how to interpret all the varieties of spectrum, it will be possible to ascribe the different spectrum-classes to different stages in the life-history of every star. Already there are plenty of people ready to lay down arbitrary assumptions about the lessons to be drawn from stellar spectra. Some say that they know with certainty that each star begins by being a nebula, and is condensed and heated by condensation until it begins to shine as a star; that it attains a climax of temperature, then cools down, and eventually becomes extinct. They go so far as to declare that they know what class of spectrum belongs to each stage of a star’s life, and how to distinguish between one that is increasing and another that is decreasing in temperature.
It’s very likely that once chemists help us understand how to interpret all the different types of spectra, we’ll be able to associate the various spectrum classes with different stages in the life cycle of every star. Already, there are many people eager to make bold claims about the conclusions we can draw from stellar spectra. Some confidently state that each star starts out as a nebula, which condenses and heats up until it begins to shine as a star; that it reaches a peak temperature, then cools down, and ultimately goes extinct. They even claim to know what type of spectrum corresponds to each stage of a star’s life and how to tell apart one that’s heating up from one that’s cooling down.
The more cautious astronomers believe that chemistry is not sufficiently advanced to justify all of these deductions; that, until chemists have settled the lately raised question of the transmutation of elements, no theory can be sure. It is also held that until they have explained, without room for doubt, the reasons for the presence of some lines, and the absence of others, of any element in a stellar spectrum; why the arc-spectrum of each element differs from its spark spectrum; what are all the various changes produced in the spectrum of a gas by all possible concomitant variations of pressure and temperature; also the meanings of all the flutings in the spectra of metalloids and compounds; and other equally pertinent matters—until that time arrives the part to be played by the astronomer is one of observation. By all means, they say, make use of “working hypotheses” to add an interest to years of laborious research, and to serve as a guide to the direction of further labours; but be sure not to fall into the error of calling any mere hypothesis a theory.
The more cautious astronomers believe that chemistry isn't advanced enough to back up all these conclusions; that until chemists address the recently raised question of element transmutation, no theory can be considered definitive. They also argue that until chemists can clearly explain why some lines appear and others are absent in the spectrum of any element, why the arc-spectrum of each element differs from its spark spectrum, what all the different changes in a gas’s spectrum are due to various pressure and temperature conditions, as well as the meanings of all the patterns in the spectra of metalloids and compounds, and other equally relevant issues—until that happens, the astronomer's role should be limited to observation. They suggest using "working hypotheses" to make years of diligent research more interesting and to guide future work, but they warn against mistakenly calling any mere hypothesis a theory.
Nebular Hypothesis.—The Nebular Hypothesis, which was first, as it were, tentatively put forward by Laplace as a note in his Système du Monde, supposes the solar system to have been a flat, disk-shaped nebula at a high temperature in rapid rotation. In cooling it condensed, leaving revolving rings at different distances from the centre. These themselves were supposed to condense into the nucleus for a rotating planet, which might, in contracting, again throw off rings to form satellites. The speculation can be put in a really attractive form, but is in direct opposition to many of the actual facts; and so long as it is not favoured by those who wish to maintain the position of astronomy as the most exact of the sciences—exact in its facts, exact in its logic—this speculation must be recorded by the historian, only as he records the guesses of the ancient Greeks--as an interesting phase in the history of human thought.
Nebular Hypothesis.—The Nebular Hypothesis, which was initially proposed by Laplace as a note in his Système du Monde, suggests that the solar system started as a flat, disk-shaped nebula at a high temperature and spinning rapidly. As it cooled, it condensed, forming revolving rings at various distances from the center. These rings were thought to condense into a core for a rotating planet, which could contract and potentially release rings to create satellites. This idea can seem appealing, but it contradicts many established facts; and as long as it is not supported by those who aim to uphold astronomy as the most precise of the sciences—both in terms of facts and logic—this theory should be noted by historians just like the theories of the ancient Greeks: as an intriguing moment in the evolution of human thought.
Other hypotheses, having the same end in view, are the meteoritic hypothesis of Lockyer and the planetesimal hypothesis that has been largely developed in the United States. These can best be read in the original papers to various journals, references to which may be found in the footnotes of Miss Clerke’s History of Astronomy during the Nineteenth Century. The same can be said of Bredichin’s hypothesis of comets’ tails, Arrhenius’s book on the applications of the theory of light repulsion, the speculations on radium, the origin of the sun’s heat and the age of the earth, the electron hypothesis of terrestrial magnetism, and a host of similar speculations, all combining to throw an interesting light on the evolution of a modern train of thought that seems to delight in conjecture, while rebelling against that strict mathematical logic which has crowned astronomy as the queen of the sciences.
Other theories aiming for the same goal include Lockyer's meteoritic hypothesis and the planetesimal hypothesis, which has been largely developed in the United States. You can find the original papers in various journals, referenced in the footnotes of Miss Clerke’s History of Astronomy during the Nineteenth Century. The same goes for Bredichin’s theory about comets’ tails, Arrhenius’s book on light repulsion theory applications, ideas about radium, the origins of the sun's heat, the age of the earth, the electron theory of terrestrial magnetism, and many other similar ideas. All of these contribute to an intriguing perspective on the development of modern thinking that seems to embrace speculation while pushing back against the strict mathematical logic that has established astronomy as the queen of the sciences.
FOOTNOTES:
FOOTNOTES:
[2] One of the most valuable contributions to our knowledge of stellar parallaxes is the result of Gill’s work (Cape Results, vol. iii., part ii., 1900).
[2] One of the most important contributions to our understanding of star parallaxes comes from Gill’s research (Cape Results, vol. iii., part ii., 1900).
[3] Taking the velocity of light at 186,000 miles a second, and the earth’s mean distance at 93,000,000 miles, 1 light-year=5,865,696,000,000 miles or 63,072 astronomical units; 1 astronomical unit a year=2.94 miles a second; and the earth’s orbital velocity=18.5 miles a second.
[3] Taking the speed of light at 186,000 miles per second and the average distance from the Earth to the Sun at 93,000,000 miles, 1 light-year equals 5,865,696,000,000 miles or 63,072 astronomical units; 1 astronomical unit per year equals 2.94 miles per second; and the Earth's orbital speed is 18.5 miles per second.
[4] Ast. Nacht., 1889.
[5] R. S. Phil. Trans., 1718.
[7] R. S Phil. Trans., 1868.
[8] R.S. Phil Trans., 1783.
[9] See Kapteyn’s address to the Royal Institution, 1908. Also Gill’s presidential address to the British Association, 1907.
[9] Check out Kapteyn’s speech to the Royal Institution in 1908. Also, take a look at Gill’s presidential speech to the British Association from 1907.
[10] Brit. Assoc. Rep., 1905.
[12] Ibid, 1824.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ibid, 1824.
[13] Connaisance des Temps, 1830.
Connaissance des Temps, 1830.
[14] R. A. S. Mem., vol. xlvii., p. 178; Ast. Nach., No. 3,142; Catalogue published by Lick Observatory, 1901.
[14] R. A. S. Mem., vol. 47, p. 178; Ast. Nach., No. 3,142; Catalogue published by Lick Observatory, 1901.
[17] Astr. Nach., No. 2,947.
[18] R. S. E. Trans., vol. xxvii. In 1901 Dr. Anderson discovered Nova Persei.
[18] R. S. E. Trans., vol. xxvii. In 1901, Dr. Anderson found Nova Persei.
[19] Astr. Nach., No. 3,079.
[20] For a different explanation see Sir W. Huggins’s lecture, Royal Institution, May 13th, 1892.
[20] For a different explanation, see Sir W. Huggins’s lecture at the Royal Institution on May 13, 1892.
[21] For the early history of the proposals for photographic cataloguing of stars, see the Cape Photographic Durchmusterung, 3 vols. (Ann. of the Cape Observatory, vols. in., iv., and v., Introduction.)
[21] For the early history of the ideas about using photography to catalog stars, check out the Cape Photographic Durchmusterung, 3 vols. (Ann. of the Cape Observatory, vols. i., iv., and v., Introduction.)
[23] Ibid, vol. cliv., p. 437.
ILLUSTRATIONS
SIR ISAAC NEWTON (From the bust by Roubiliac In Trinity College, Cambridge.) |
CHALDÆAN BAKED BRICK
OR TABLET Obverse and reverse sides, containing record of solar eclipse, 1062 B.C., used lately by Cowell for rendering the lunar theory more accurate than was possible by finest modern observations. (British Museum collection, No. 35908.) |
“QUADRANS MURALIS SIVE
TICHONICUS.” With portrait of Tycho Brahe, instruments, etc., painted on the wall; showing assistants using the sight, watching the clock, and recording. (From the author’s copy of the Astronomiæ Instauratæ Mechanica.) |
PORTRAIT OF JOHANNES
KEPLER. By F. Wanderer, from Reitlinger’s “Johannes Kepler” (Original in Strassburg). |
DEATH-MASK OF
SIR ISAAC NEWTON. Photographed specially for this work from the original, by kind permission of the Royal Society, London. |
ANCIENT CHINESE
INSTRUMENTS, Including quadrant, celestial globe, and two armillae, in the Observatory at Peking. Photographed in Peking by the author in 1875, and stolen by the Germans when the Embassies were relieved by the allies in 1900. |
SOLAR SURFACE. As Photographed at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, showing sun spots with umbræ, penumbræ, and faculæ. |
SOLAR ECLIPSE, 1882. From drawing by W. H. Wesley, Secretary R.A.S.; showing the prominences, the corona, and an unknown comet. |
JUPITER. From a drawing by E. M. Antoniadi, showing transit of a satellite’s shadow, the belts, and the “great red spot” (Monthly Notices, R. A. S., vol. lix., pl. x.). |
COPY OF THE DRAWING
MADE BY PAUL FABRICIUS. To define the path of comet 1556. After being lost for 300 years, this drawing was recovered by the prolonged efforts of Mr. Hind and Professor Littrow in 1856. |
SIR WILLIAM
HERSCHEL, F.R.S.—1738-1822. Painted by Lemuel F. Abbott; National Portrait Gallery, Room XX. |
GREAT COMET,
NOV. 14TH, 1882. (Exposure 2hrs. 20m.) By kind permission of Sir David Gill. From this photograph originated all stellar chart-photography. |
INDEX
Abul Wefa, 24
Acceleration of moon’s mean motion, 60
Achromatic lens invented, 88
Adams, J. C., 61, 65, 68, 69, 70, 87, 118, 124
Airy, G. B., 13, 30, 37, 65, 69, 70, 80, 81, 114,
119
Albetegnius, 24
Alphonso, 24
Altazimuth, 81
Anaxagoras, 14, 16
Anaximander, 14
Anaximenes, 14
Anderson, T. D., 137, 138
Ångstrom, A. J., 102
Antoniadi, 113
Apian, P., 63
Apollonius, 22, 23
Arago, 111
Argelander, F. W. A., 139
Aristarchus, 18, 29
Aristillus, 17, 19
Aristotle, 16, 30, 47
Arrhenius, 146
Arzachel, 24
Asshurbanapal, 12
Asteroids, discovery of, 67, 119
Astrology, ancient and modern, 1-7, 38
Backlund, 122
Bacon, R., 86
Bailly, 8, 65
Barnard, E. E., 115, 143
Beer and Mädler, 107, 110, 111
Behaim, 74
Bessel, F.W., 65, 79, 128, 134, 139
Biela, 123
Binet, 65
Biot, 10
Bird, 79, 80
Bliss, 80
Bode, 66, 69
Bond, G. P., 99, 117, 122
Bouvard, A., 65, 68
Bradley, J., 79, 80, 81, 87, 127, 128, 139
Bredechin, 146
Bremiker, 71
Brewster, D., 52, 91, 112
Brinkley, 128
Bruno, G., 49
Burchardt, 65, 123
Burnham, S. W., 134
Callippus, 15, 16, 31
Carrington, R. C., 97, 99, 114
Cassini, G. D., 107, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118
Cassini, J., 109, 129
Chacornac, 139
Chaldæan astronomy, 11-13
Challis, J., 69, 70, 71, 72
Chance, 88
Charles, II., 50, 81
Chinese astronomy, 8-11
Christie, W. M. H. (Ast. Roy.), 64, 82, 125
Chueni, 9
Clairaut, A. C., 56, 63, 65
Clark, A. G., 89, 135
Clerke, Miss, 106, 146
Comets, 120
Common, A. A., 88
Cooke, 89
Copeland, R., 142
Copernicus, N., 14, 24-31, 37, 38, 41, 42, 49, 128
Cornu, 85
Cowell, P. H., 3, 5, 64, 83
Crawford, Earl of, 84
Cromellin, A. C., 5, 64
D’Alembert, 65
Damoiseau, 65
D’Arrest, H. L., 34
Dawes, W. R., 100, 111
Delambre, J. B. J., 8, 27, 51, 65, 68
De la Rue, W., 2, 94, 99, 100, 131
Delaunay, 65
Democritus, 16
Descartes, 51
De Sejour, 117
Deslandres, II., 101
Desvignolles, 9
De Zach, 67
Digges, L., 86
Dollond, J., 87, 90
Dominis, A. di., 86
Donati, 120
Doppler, 92, 129
Draper, 99
Dreyer, J. L. E., 29,77
Dunthorne, 60
Dyson, 131
Eclipses, total solar, 103
Ecphantes, 16
Eddington, 131
Ellipse, 41
Empedocles, 16
Encke, J. F., 119, 122, 123, 133
Epicycles, 22
Eratosthenes, 18
Euclid, 17
Eudoxus, 15, 31
Euler, L., 60, 61, 62, 65, 88, 119
Fabricius, D.,95, 120, 121
Feil and Mantois, 88
Fizeau, H. L., 85, 92, 99
Flamsteed, J., 50, 58, 68, 78, 79, 93
Fohi, 8
Forbes, J. D., 52, 91
Foucault, L., 85, 99
Frauenhofer, J., 88, 90, 91
Galilei, G., 38, 46-49, 77, 93, 94, 95, 96, 107, 113,
115, 116, 133
Galle, 71, 72
Gascoigne, W., 45, 77
Gauss, C. F., 65, 67
Gauthier, 98
Gautier, 89
Gilbert, 44
Gill, D., 84, 85, 128, 135, 139, 140
Goodricke, J., 136
Gould, B. A., 139
Grant, R., 27, 47, 51, 86, 134
Graham, 79
Greek astronomy, 8-11
Gregory, J. and D., 87
Grimaldi, 113
Groombridge, S., 139
Grubb, 88, 89
Guillemin, 122
Guinand, 88
Hale, G. E., 101
Hall, A., 112
Hall, C. M., 88
Halley, E., 19, 51, 58, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 79, 120,
122, 125, 129
Halley’s comet, 62-64
Halm, 85
Hansen, P. A., 3, 65
Hansky, A. P., 100
Harding, C. L., 67
Heliometer, 83
Heller, 120
Helmholtz, H. L. F., 35
Henderson, T., 128
Henry, P. and P., 139, 140, 143
Heraclides, 16
Heraclitus, 14
Herodotus, 13
Herschel, W., 65, 68, 97, 107, 110, 114, 115, 116,
117, 118, 126, 127,
130, 131, 132, 141, 142
Herschel, J., 97, 111, 133, 134, 142
Herschel, A. S., 125
Hevelius, J., 178
Hind, J. R., 5, 64, 120, 121, 122
Hipparchus, 3, 18, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, 26, 36, 55,
60, 74, 93, 137
Hooke, R., 51, 111, 114
Horrocks, J., 50, 56
Howlett, 100
Huggins, W., 92, 93, 99, 106, 120, 129, 137, 138,
142, 144
Humboldt and Bonpland, 124
Huyghens, C., 47, 77, 87, 110, 116, 117
Ivory, 65
Jansen, P. J. C., 105, 106
Jansen, Z., 86
Kaiser, F., 111
Kapteyn, J. C., 131, 138, 139
Keeler, 117
Kepler, J., 17, 23, 26, 29, 30, 36, 37, 38-46, 48,
49, 50, 52, 53, 63,
66, 77, 87, 93, 127, 137
Kepler’s laws, 42
Kirchoff, G.R., 91
Kirsch, 9
Knobel, E.B., 12, 13
Ko-Show-King, 76
Lacaile, N.L., 139
Lagrange, J.L., 61, 62, 65, 119
La Hire, 114
Lalande, J.J.L., 60, 63, 65, 66, 72, 139
Lamont, J., 98
Langrenus, 107
Laplace, P.S. de, 50, 58, 61, 62, 65,66, 123, 146
Lassel, 72, 88, 117, 118
Law of universal gravitation, 53
Legendre, 65
Leonardo da Vinci, 46
Lewis, G.C., 17
Le Verrier, U.J.J., 65, 68, 70, 71,72, 110, 118, 125
Lexell, 66, 123
Light year, 128
Lipperhey, H., 86
Littrow, 121
Lockyer, J.N., 103, 105, 146
Logarithms invented, 50
Loewy, 2, 100
Long inequality of Jupiter and Saturn, 50, 62
Lowell, P., 111, 112, 118
Lubienietz, S. de, 122
Luther, M., 38
Lunar theory, 37, 50, 56, 64
Maclaurin, 65
Maclear, T., 128
Malvasia, 77
Martin, 9
Maxwell, J. Clerk, 117
Maskelyne, N., 80, 130
McLean, F., 89
Medici, Cosmo di, 48
Melancthon, 38
Melotte, 83, 116
Meteors, 123
Meton, 15
Meyer, 57, 65
Michaelson, 85
Miraldi, 110, 114
Molyneux, 87
Moon, physical observations, 107
Mouchez, 139
Moyriac de Mailla, 8
Napier, Lord, 50
Nasmyth and Carpenter, 108
Nebulae, 141, 146
Neison, E., 108
Neptune, discovery of, 68-72
Newall, 89
Newcomb, 85
Newton, H.A., 124
Newton, I., 5, 19, 43, 49, 51-60, 62, 64, 68, 77,
79, 87, 90, 93, 94,
114, 127, 133
Nicetas, 16, 25
Niesten, 115
Nunez, P., 35
Olbers, H.W.M., 67
Omar, 11, 24
Oppolzer, 13, 125
Oudemans, 129
Palitsch, G., 64
Parallax, solar, 85, 86
Parmenides, 14
Paul III., 30
Paul V., 48
Pemberton, 51
Peters, C.A.F., 125, 128, 135
Photography, 99
Piazzi, G., 67, 128, 129, 139
Picard, 54, 77, 114
Pickering, E.C., 118, 135
Pingré, 13, 122
Plana, 65
Planets and satellites, physical observations, 109-119
Plato, 17, 23, 26, 40
Poisson, 65
Pond, J., 80
Pons, 122
Porta, B., 86
Pound, 87, 114
Pontecoulant, 64
Precession of the equinoxes, 19-21, 55, 57
Proctor, R.A., 111
Pritchett, 115
Ptolemy, 11, 13, 21, 22, 23, 24, 93
Puiseux and Loewy, 108
Pulfrich, 131
Purbach, G., 24
Pythagoras, 14, 17, 25, 29
Ramsay, W., 106
Ransome and May, 81
Reflecting telescopes invented, 87
Regiomontanus (Müller), 24
Respighi, 82
Retrograde motion of planets, 22
Riccioli, 107
Roberts, 137
Römer, O.,78, 114
Rosse, Earl of, 88, 142
Rowland, H. A., 92, 102
Rudolph H.,37, 39
Rumker, C., 139
Sabine, E., 98
Savary, 133
Schaeberle, J. M., 135
Schiaparelli, G. V., 110, 111, 124, 125
Scheiner, C., 87, 95, 96
Schmidt, 108
Schott, 88
Schröter, J. H., 107, 110, 111, 124, 125
Schuster, 98
Schwabe, G. H., 97
Secchi, A., 93, 144
Short, 87
Simms, J., 81
Slipher, V. M., 119
Socrates, 17
Solon, 15
Souciet, 8
South, J., 133
Spectroscope, 89-92
Spectroheliograph, 101
Spoerer, G. F. W., 98
Spots on the sun, 84;
periodicity of, 97
Stars, Parallax, 127;
proper motion, 129;
double, 132;
binaries, 132, 135;
new, 19, 36, 137;
catalogues of, 19, 36, 139;
spectra of, 143
Stewart, B., 2, 100
Stokes, G. G., 91
Stone, E. J., 139
Struve, C. L., 130
Struve, F. G. W,, 88, 115, 128, 133
Telescopes invented, 47, 86;
large, 88
Temple, 115, 125
Thales, 13, 16
Theon, 60
Transit circle of Römer, 78
Timocharis, 17, 19
Titius, 66
Torricelli, 113
Troughton, E., 80
Tupman, G. L., 120
Tuttle, 125
Tycho Brahe, 23, 25, 30, 33-38, 39, 40, 44, 50, 75, 77, 93, 94, 129, 137
Ulugh Begh, 24
Uranus, discovery of, 65
Velocity of light, 86, 128;
of earth in orbit, 128
Verbiest, 75
Vogel, H. C., 92, 129, 135, 136
Von Asten, 122
Walmsley, 65
Walterus, B., 24, 74
Weiss, E., 125
Wells, 122
Wesley, 104
Whewell, 112
Williams, 10
Wilson, A., 96, 100
Winnecke, 120
Witte, 86
Wollaston, 90
Wolf, M., 119, 125, 132
Wolf, R., 98
Wren, C., 51
Wyllie, A., 77
Yao, 9
Young, C. A., 103
Yu-Chi, 8
Zenith telescopes, 79, 82
Zöllner, 92
Zucchi, 113
Abul Wefa, 24
Acceleration of the moon’s average motion, 60
Achromatic lens invented, 88
Adams, J. C., 61, 65, 68, 69, 70, 87, 118, 124
Airy, G. B., 13, 30, 37, 65, 69, 70, 80, 81, 114, 119
Albetegnius, 24
Alphonso, 24
Altazimuth, 81
Anaxagoras, 14, 16
Anaximander, 14
Anaximenes, 14
Anderson, T. D., 137, 138
Ångstrom, A. J., 102
Antoniadi, 113
Apian, P., 63
Apollonius, 22, 23
Arago, 111
Argelander, F. W. A., 139
Aristarchus, 18, 29
Aristillus, 17, 19
Aristotle, 16, 30, 47
Arrhenius, 146
Arzachel, 24
Asshurbanapal, 12
Asteroids, discovery of, 67, 119
Astrology, ancient and modern, 1-7, 38
Backlund, 122
Bacon, R., 86
Bailly, 8, 65
Barnard, E. E., 115, 143
Beer and Mädler, 107, 110, 111
Behaim, 74
Bessel, F.W., 65, 79, 128, 134, 139
Biela, 123
Binet, 65
Biot, 10
Bird, 79, 80
Bliss, 80
Bode, 66, 69
Bond, G. P., 99, 117, 122
Bouvard, A., 65, 68
Bradley, J., 79, 80, 81, 87, 127, 128, 139
Bredechin, 146
Bremiker, 71
Brewster, D., 52, 91, 112
Brinkley, 128
Bruno, G., 49
Burchardt, 65, 123
Burnham, S. W., 134
Callippus, 15, 16, 31
Carrington, R. C., 97, 99, 114
Cassini, G. D., 107, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118
Cassini, J., 109, 129
Chacornac, 139
Chaldæan astronomy, 11-13
Challis, J., 69, 70, 71, 72
Chance, 88
Charles II, 50, 81
Chinese astronomy, 8-11
Christie, W. M. H. (Ast. Roy.), 64, 82, 125
Chueni, 9
Clairaut, A. C., 56, 63, 65
Clark, A. G., 89, 135
Clerke, Miss, 106, 146
Comets, 120
Common, A. A., 88
Cooke, 89
Copeland, R., 142
Copernicus, N., 14, 24-31, 37, 38, 41, 42, 49, 128
Cornu, 85
Cowell, P. H., 3, 5, 64, 83
Crawford, Earl of, 84
Cromellin, A. C., 5, 64
D’Alembert, 65
Damoiseau, 65
D’Arrest, H. L., 34
Dawes, W. R., 100, 111
Delambre, J. B. J., 8, 27, 51, 65, 68
De la Rue, W., 2, 94, 99, 100, 131
Delaunay, 65
Democritus, 16
Descartes, 51
De Sejour, 117
Deslandres, II., 101
Desvignolles, 9
De Zach, 67
Digges, L., 86
Dollond, J., 87, 90
Dominis, A. di., 86
Donati, 120
Doppler, 92, 129
Draper, 99
Dreyer, J. L. E., 29, 77
Dunthorne, 60
Dyson, 131
Eclipses, total solar, 103
Ecphantes, 16
Eddington, 131
Ellipse, 41
Empedocles, 16
Encke, J. F., 119, 122, 123, 133
Epicycles, 22
Eratosthenes, 18
Euclid, 17
Eudoxus, 15, 31
Euler, L., 60, 61, 62, 65, 88, 119
Fabricius, D., 95, 120, 121
Feil and Mantois, 88
Fizeau, H. L., 85, 92, 99
Flamsteed, J., 50, 58, 68, 78, 79, 93
Fohi, 8
Forbes, J. D., 52, 91
Foucault, L., 85, 99
Frauenhofer, J., 88, 90, 91
Galilei, G., 38, 46-49, 77, 93, 94, 95, 96, 107, 113, 115, 116, 133
Galle, 71, 72
Gascoigne, W., 45, 77
Gauss, C. F., 65, 67
Gauthier, 98
Gautier, 89
Gilbert, 44
Gill, D., 84, 85, 128, 135, 139, 140
Goodricke, J., 136
Gould, B. A., 139
Grant, R., 27, 47, 51, 86, 134
Graham, 79
Greek astronomy, 8-11
Gregory, J. and D., 87
Grimaldi, 113
Groombridge, S., 139
Grubb, 88, 89
Guillemin, 122
Guinand, 88
Hale, G. E., 101
Hall, A., 112
Hall, C. M., 88
Halley, E., 19, 51, 58, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 79, 120, 122, 125, 129
Halley’s comet, 62-64
Halm, 85
Hansen, P. A., 3, 65
Hansky, A. P., 100
Harding, C. L., 67
Heliometer, 83
Heller, 120
Helmholtz, H. L. F., 35
Henderson, T., 128
Henry, P. and P., 139, 140, 143
Heraclides, 16
Heraclitus, 14
Herodotus, 13
Herschel, W., 65, 68, 97, 107, 110, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 126, 127, 130, 131, 132, 141, 142
Herschel, J., 97, 111, 133, 134, 142
Herschel, A. S., 125
Hevelius, J., 178
Hind, J. R., 5, 64, 120, 121, 122
Hipparchus, 3, 18, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, 26, 36, 55, 60, 74, 93, 137
Hooke, R., 51, 111, 114
Horrocks, J., 50, 56
Howlett, 100
Huggins, W., 92, 93, 99, 106, 120, 129, 137, 138, 142, 144
Humboldt and Bonpland, 124
Huyghens, C., 47, 77, 87, 110, 116, 117
Ivory, 65
Jansen, P. J. C., 105, 106
Jansen, Z., 86
Kaiser, F., 111
Kapteyn, J. C., 131, 138, 139
Keeler, 117
Kepler, J., 17, 23, 26, 29, 30, 36, 37, 38-46, 48, 49, 50, 52, 53, 63, 66, 77, 87, 93, 127, 137
Kepler’s laws, 42
Kirchoff, G.R., 91
Kirsch, 9
Knobel, E.B., 12, 13
Ko-Show-King, 76
Lacaile, N.L., 139
Lagrange, J.L., 61, 62, 65, 119
La Hire, 114
Lalande, J.J.L., 60, 63, 65, 66, 72, 139
Lamont, J., 98
Langrenus, 107
Laplace, P.S. de, 50, 58, 61, 62, 65, 66, 123, 146
Lassel, 72, 88, 117, 118
Law of universal gravitation, 53
Legendre, 65
Leonardo da Vinci, 46
Lewis, G.C., 17
Le Verrier, U.J.J., 65, 68, 70, 71, 72, 110, 118, 125
Lexell, 66, 123
Light year, 128
Lipperhey, H., 86
Littrow, 121
Lockyer, J.N., 103, 105, 146
Logarithms invented, 50
Loewy, 2, 100
Long inequality of Jupiter and Saturn, 50, 62
Lowell, P., 111, 112, 118
Lubienietz, S. de, 122
Luther, M., 38
Lunar theory, 37, 50, 56, 64
Maclaurin, 65
Maclear, T., 128
Malvasia, 77
Martin, 9
Maxwell, J. Clerk, 117
Maskelyne, N., 80, 130
McLean, F., 89
Medici, Cosmo di, 48
Melancthon, 38
Melotte, 83, 116
Meteors, 123
Meton, 15
Meyer, 57, 65
Michaelson, 85
Miraldi, 110, 114
Molyneux, 87
Moon, physical observations, 107
Mouchez, 139
Moyriac de Mailla, 8
Napier, Lord, 50
Nasmyth and Carpenter, 108
Nebulae, 141, 146
Neison, E., 108
Neptune, discovery of, 68-72
Newall, 89
Newcomb, 85
Newton, H.A., 124
Newton, I., 5, 19, 43, 49, 51-60, 62, 64, 68, 77, 79, 87, 90, 93, 94, 114, 127, 133
Nicetas, 16, 25
Niesten, 115
Nunez, P., 35
Olbers, H.W.M., 67
Omar, 11, 24
Oppolzer, 13, 125
Oudemans, 129
Palitsch, G., 64
Parallax, solar, 85, 86
Parmenides, 14
Paul III, 30
Paul V, 48
Pemberton, 51
Peters, C.A.F., 125, 128, 135
Photography, 99
Piazzi, G., 67, 128, 129, 139
Picard, 54, 77, 114
Pickering, E.C., 118, 135
Pingré, 13, 122
Plana, 65
Planets and satellites, physical observations, 109-119
Plato, 17, 23, 26, 40
Poisson, 65
Pond, J., 80
Pons, 122
Porta, B., 86
Pound, 87, 114
Pontecoulant, 64
Precession of the equinoxes, 19-21, 55, 57
Proctor, R.A., 111
Pritchett, 115
Ptolemy, 11, 13, 21, 22, 23, 24, 93
Puiseux and Loewy, 108
Pulfrich, 131
Purbach, G., 24
Pythagoras, 14, 17, 25, 29
Ramsay, W., 106
Ransome and May, 81
Reflecting telescopes invented, 87
Regiomontanus (Müller), 24
Respighi, 82
Retrograde motion of planets, 22
Riccioli, 107
Roberts, 137
Römer, O., 78, 114
Rosse, Earl of, 88, 142
Rowland, H. A., 92, 102
Rudolph H., 37, 39
Rumker, C., 139
Sabine, E., 98
Savary, 133
Schaeberle, J. M., 135
Schiaparelli, G. V., 110, 111, 124, 125
Scheiner, C., 87, 95, 96
Schmidt, 108
Schott, 88
Schröter, J. H., 107, 110, 111, 124, 125
Schuster, 98
Schwabe, G. H., 97
Secchi, A., 93, 144
Short, 87
Simms, J., 81
Slipher, V. M., 119
Socrates, 17
Solon, 15
Souciet, 8
South, J., 133
Spectroscope, 89-92
Spectroheliograph, 101
Spoerer, G. F. W., 98
Spots on the sun, 84;
periodicity of, 97
Stars, Parallax, 127;
proper motion, 129;
double, 132;
binaries, 132, 135;
new, 19, 36, 137;
catalogues of, 19, 36, 139;
spectra of, 143
Stewart, B., 2, 100
Stokes, G. G., 91
Stone, E. J., 139
Struve, C. L., 130
Struve, F. G. W,, 88, 115, 128, 133
Telescopes invented, 47, 86;
large, 88
Temple, 115, 125
Thales, 13, 16
Theon, 60
Transit circle of Römer, 78
Timocharis, 17, 19
Titius, 66
Torricelli, 113
Troughton, E., 80
Tupman, G. L., 120
Tuttle, 125
Tycho Brahe, 23, 25, 30, 33-38, 39, 40, 44, 50, 75, 77, 93, 94, 129, 137
Ulugh Begh, 24
Uranus, discovery of, 65
Velocity of light, 86, 128;
of earth in orbit, 128
Verbiest, 75
Vogel, H. C., 92, 129, 135, 136
Von Asten, 122
Walmsley, 65
Walterus, B., 24, 74
Weiss, E., 125
Wells, 122
Wesley, 104
Whewell, 112
Williams, 10
Wilson, A., 96, 100
Winnecke, 120
Witte, 86
Wollaston, 90
Wolf, M., 119, 125, 132
Wolf, R., 98
Wren, C., 51
Wyllie, A., 77
Yao, 9
Young, C. A., 103
Yu-Chi, 8
Zenith telescopes, 79, 82
Zöllner, 92
Zucchi, 113
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!